(3). Surveys the field of anthropology, including cultural anthropology, archaeology, physical anthropology, and anthropological linguistics.
(3). A study of the history, methodology, problems, and theory of archaeology including an outline of prehistoric cultural development in both the New and Old Worlds.
(3). An examination of the ways in which the archaeologist recovers archaeological data. Methods, theory, actual field work, and field trips to archaeological sites will be included in this course.
(3). A global survey of the dynamics of cultural systems, including subsistence, kinship, marriage, sex and gender, politics, and religion. Covers both modern and primitive societies.
(3). An examination of how anthropology offers insight into national and international problems and events. Topics covered include environmental issues, poverty, crime, warfare, gender, and racism
(3). Uses archaeological and ethnographic data to describe the diversity and ingenuity of traditional North American Indian societies and their contributions to contemporary American culture.
(3). Surveys the growth and development of Indian cultures in Mexico and Central America from prehistoric times to the present.
(3). An examination of human origins covering evolutionary theory, the fossil record of human ancestry, primatology, genetics, and other pertinent topics.
(3). A cross-cultural survey of sexual behavior, gender roles, and male-female relations among the world's societies, including biological and cultural influences on sexual phenomena.
(3). Prerequisites: AN 224 or approval of instructor. Topics, excursions, and requirements determined by department. May be duplicated for credit; however, only 3 credits may be applied toward any major or minor. Infrequently scheduled and subject to minimum and maximum numbers. Advance deposit required.
(3). This course is designed to provide the student field experience in methodology and techniques of archaeological data recovery. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours.
(3). Instruction and experience in the techniques of artifact preparation, analysis, cataloging, and storage.
(3). Prerequisite: AN 224. An examination of current issues in anthropology. The content of this course will vary each semester. Students seeking admission must have advanced standing and secure approval of instructor. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 9 semester hours.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of department head and instructor required. An opportunity for students with advanced standing to engage in special research projects in anthropology. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 3 semester hours. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(3). A study of the major visual arts from the Prehistoric Period to the Middle Ages.
(3). A study of the major visual arts from the Renaissance to the Contemporary World.
(3). Practice in different basic drawing techniques and media.
(3). Exploration of art forms of the past and present for understanding of purpose, meaning, and nature of art. Awareness, appreciation, and visual enjoyment of art are stressed.
(3). Substitutes for ART 202. Advanced individualized exploration of art forms of the past and present for understanding of purpose, meaning, and nature of art. Awareness, appreciation, and visual enjoyment of art are stressed.
(3). Two dimensional projects related to design principles, theories, and techniques.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 134. Concentration upon the refinement of technical proficiency with emphasis on the expressive potential of drawing media.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 134 and 233. Advanced problems in two-dimensional and three-dimensional design, theories, and techniques.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 134 and ART 233. Introduction to formal and technical problems of painting with an emphasis on fundamental concepts and practices.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 303 and/or permission of instructor. An in-depth independent investigation of topics and techniques in the field of painting, such as advanced painting from the figure, painting on location, experimental media and materials research, etc. May be duplicated for credit up to 9 hours.
(3). Problems in designing, glazing, and firing ceramic objects.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 309 and/or permission of instructor. An in-depth independent investigation of topics and techniques in the field of ceramics, such as glaze formation, figurative ceramics and alternative firing processes, etc. May be duplicated for credit up to 9 hours.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 134 and ART 233. Introduction to three-dimensional design problems and sculpture media.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 134, ART 233, and/or permission of Instructor. This course will cover an overview of the Illustration Markets such as fantasy, editorial, and children's book markets. The student will also practice various Illustration styles and techniques including inks, watercolors, and acrylics in addition to covering exaggeration and expression of the form and figure.
(3). Prerequisites: Art 134, 233, 234, 240; Exceptions granted on individual basis and must be approved by instrutor pending a review of your portfolio. Class will include advanced illustration techniques including story-boarding, story-telling with images (visual narrative), drawing for illustration, and coloring techniques.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 134 and ART 233. Examination of the role of the graphic designer. Fundamentals of visual communication and letter form, with problems focusing on project research, design process, and unity of type and image.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 111, 112, 234, 240. May be taken concurrently with ART 329. Introduction to typography. The history of writing and type. Projects emphasize spatial problems and communicative value of type, with digital page layout problems.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 134 and 234. Concentration on rendering the human form.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 134, 234, 334. The study of advanced aesthetic and technical skill in drawing. The emphasis will be on the student's individual expression.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 336 and/or permission of instructor. An in-depth independent investigation of topics and techniques in the field of drawing, such as advanced drawing from the figure, drawing on location, experimental media and/or contemporary concepts and practices in drawing, etc. May be duplicated for credit up to 9 hours.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 233, 240. Study of color theories and their application to design.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 134 and 234. Comprehensive study of creative drawing, emphasizing material, imagery, and concept.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 344. Creative drawing emphasizing aesthetic and conceptual concerns in the thematic development.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 134 and ART 233. Fundamentals of printmaking. Studio work in intaglio (etching) techniques.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 362 and/or permission of instructor. An in-depth independent investigation of topics and techniques in the field of printmaking, such as relief, letterpress, intaglio, lithography, screenprinting, monotype, collagraph, digital printmaking and experimental media. May be duplicated for credit up to 9 hours.
(3). Introduction to basic digital photography and image processing techniques with emphasis on the aesthetic qualities of photography.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 368. Introduction to basic black and white photography and darkroom techniques with emphasis on aesthetic qualities of photography.
(3). Prerequisites: EH 101, 102 and ART 111, 112. Painting, drawing, and printmaking in the nineteenth century are studied through slide lectures. Offered alternate semesters.
(3). Prerequisites: EH 101, EH 102, ART 111, ART 112, or permission of instructor. Course will examine the Impressionist and Post-Impressionist movements that evolved in France during the second half of the 19th century, looking at Manet, Degas, Cassatt, and Monet, as well as Cezanne, Van Gogh, Seurat and Gauguin.
(3). Prerequisites: EH 101, 102, and ART 111, 112 or equivalent. A study of the major visual arts from the end of the nineteenth century to 1945.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 111, 112. This course is designed to investigate the history of art from 1945 to the present.
(3). Prerequisites: EH 101, 102 and ART 111, 112 or equivalent. A survey of American Art History with emphasis on the traditions of the South.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 134 and 233. Water color painting for beginning and intermediate students. Emphasis on developing individual attitudes toward the water color medium. This course may be repeated for credit up to a maximum of 12 hours.
(3). Prerequisites: EH 101, 102 and ART 111, 112 or equivalent. This course will investigate a series of primitive and non-western cultures through their artistic monuments.
(3). Topics, excursions, and requirements determined by department. May be duplicated for credit; however, only three (3) credits may be applied toward any major or minor. Infrequently scheduled and subject to minimum and maximum numbers. Advance deposit required.
(3). A survey of Graphic design history with concentration on the 19th and 20th centuries.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 234, 240, 303. Advanced work in painting with an emphasis on creative expression and a further development of basic concepts and fundamentals.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 403. Advanced work in painting with an emphasis on creative expression and a further development of basic concepts and fundamentals.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 404. The study of advanced comprehensive approach to current painting. The emphasis will be on the development of the individual student's originality in problem solving.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 134, 233, 234, and 240. Using traditional as well as nontraditional materials students are encouraged to explore the boundaries between drawing, painting, and sculpture. Research, artistic process, visual documentation, artist as narrator, practical issues, personal concepts, metaphor, and appropriation will play a role in completion of successful works of art. This course may be repeated up to a maximum of nine semester hours.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 309. Advanced problems in ceramics.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 309, 409. Further advanced problems in ceramics.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 309, 409, 410. The study of advanced aesthetic and technical skills in ceramics. The emphasis will be on the student's individual approach and originality.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 319. Advanced work in sculpture with emphasis on dynamic spatial form.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 419. Advanced work in sculpture.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 429. Development of design process and methodology. Visual systems, sequencing, and series. Applied projects include identity systems and brochure design. Illustration/vector art software.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 430. Information design, package design, and advanced type and image problems. Image manipulation software.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 329 and ART 429. Introduction to the design of letterform with emphasis on tradition and aesthetics. Letterform may be developed from drawing through to digitization.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 329, ART 429, ART 430 or approval of instructor. Inroduction to web page and site design for the graphic designer. Equal emphasis on functional, technical, and aesthetic values.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 329, ART 429, ART 431 or approval of instructor. Introduction to the professional practice of graphic design from the initial contact with the client, through the design process, to the practical aspects of production.
(3). Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An in-depth independent investigation of topics and techniques in the field of graphic design such as: Experimental typography, advanced type design/letterform design, motion, etc.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 345. Creative drawing based on studio production from concept to finished series. This course may be repeated up to a maximum of nine hours.
(3). Prerequisite: 3 hours of 300 level Art History. An investigation of the theoretical background associated with artistic production.
(3). Prerequisites: EH 101, EH 102, ART 111, ART 112, or permission of instructor. Explores the changing nature, practices, and principles of film. Topics may include experimental film and video; film genres such as the musical, the horror film, German Expressionism, Soviet Realism, Italian Neo-Realism, the French New Wave, or autuer cinema.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 134 and 233. Fundamentals of printmaking. Studio work in relief techniques.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 462. Further advanced problems in printmaking.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 462 and 463. Advanced problems in printmaking utilizing traditional and experimental techniques. The emphasis will be on developing the student's individual approach.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 368 and permission of the instructor. Introduction to photographing on location. Emphasis will be on exploring the technical concerns and aesthetic possibilities of location photography. This course may be repeated for credit up to 9 hours.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 369. Introduction to color and advanced black and white photography, with emphasis on the technical and aesthetic aspects of photography.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 368 and 369. Advanced use of color and black and white photography as fine art. Emphasis is on the use of advanced techniques and on personal expression. This course may be repeated for credit up to a maximum of 9 hours.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 368, 369, 469. The study of advanced aesthetic and technical skills in black and white, color, and other photographic mediums. The emphasis will be on individual originality and creative expression. This course may be repeated for credit up to a maximum of 9 hours.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 134, ART 233, ART 369, ART 469 or 470. This course will explore the primary manner in which digital and/or digitized images are different from traditional silver based photographic materials. Emphasis will be on both technical and aesthetic aspects of photography.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 368 and permission of instructor. Advanced work in photography and digital imaging. Topics will rotate and include such areas as social and documentary photography, exploratory media, and advance technical areas of study. This course may be repeated for credit up to a maximum of 12 hours.
(3). Introduction to photographing on location. Emphasis will be on exploring the technical concerns and aesthetic possibilities of location photography.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of department head or approval of instructor. 12 hours (300+) of Art History. Selected topics to be coordinated with instructor.
(3). Prerequisites: ART 329, 429, 430, Senior standing. Students will receive on-the-job training and experience in an area of their specialization. May be duplicated for credit for a total of nine (9) semester hours.
(3). A study of New York art exhibitions available in museums such as the Metropolitan Museum of Art, the Museum of Modern Art, and local galleries. In addition, students visit Lincoln Center for the Performing Arts and attend four Broadway productions.
(3). Prerequisite: 12 hours (300+) in Art History. Designed for students planning a career in museum work. Course includes history and organization of museums with work experience in a local museum. Recommended for Art History minor.
(3). Prerequisites: Acceptance in BFA Program and Senior Standing. Required for the BFA. Required for the BFA. Seminar includes a review of current literature, portfolio presentation, BFA exhibition, and senior paper.
(3). Prerequisite: Completion of studio emphasis and permission of department head and instructor. Intensive independent study for students within their studio emphasis, coordinated and approved by a faculty advisor. Each course may be repeated for credit, up to a maximum of 12 hours, with permission of Department Head.
(3). Prerequisite: Completion of studio emphasis and approval of department head and instructor. Intensive independent study for students within their studio emphasis, coordinated and approved by a faculty advisor. Each course may be repeated for credit, up to a maximum of 12 hours, with permission of Department Head.
(3). Prerequisite: Completion of studio emphasis and permission of department head and instructor. Intensive independent study for students within their studio emphasis, coordinated and approved by a faculty advisor. Each course may be repeated for credit, up to a maximum of 12 hours, with permission of Department Head.
(3). Prerequisite: Completion of studio emphasis and approval of department head and instructor. Intensive independent study for students within their studio emphasis, coordinated and approved by a faculty advisor. Each course may be repeated for credit, up to a maximum of 12 hours, with permission of Department Head.
(3). Prerequisite: Completion of studio emphasis and approval of department head and instructor. Intensive independent study for students within their studio emphasis, coordinated and approved by a faculty advisor. Each course may be repeated for credit, up to a maximum of 12 hours, with permission of Department Head.
(3). Prerequisite: Completion of studio emphasis and approval of department head and instructor. Intensive independent study for students within their studio emphasis, coordinated and approved by a faculty advisor. Each course may be repeated for credit, up to a maximum of 12 hours, with permission of Department Head.
(3). Prerequisite: Completion of studio emphasis and approval of department head and instructor. Intensive independent study for students within their studio emphasis, coordinated and approved by a faculty advisor. Each course may be repeated for credit, up to a maximum of 12 hours, with permission of Department Head.
(3). Prerequisite: Senior standing. Required of senior art majors and must be taken the semester of graduation. Seminar will cover the important aspects of planning and hanging an exhibit and the preparation of a portfolio and resume. The fruition of this course will be the Senior Exhibit.
(3). Design studio with visiting designer/artist. May be repeated for credit, up to a maximum of twelve hours, with permission of the instructor and Graduate Coordinator.
(3). In depth study of major works, movements and artists associated with the history of graphic design.
(3). History, practice and theory of graphic design education.
(3). Prerequisite: May be repeated for credit, up to a maximum of six hours, with permission of the instructor and department head. Graduate design studio work. Author/designer focused project with interpretation of complex materials at multiple levels.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 619. Continuation and application of Design Studio Graduate design studio work. Students will author advanced designer-focused projects with interpretation of complex media and materials at multiple levels using both traditional and modern techniques. May be repeated for credit, up to a maximum of six hours, with permission of the instructor and department head.
(3). Study of major works, themes, movements, and theories relating to visual communication and design before the Industrial Revolution.
(3). Study of major works, themes, movements and theories relating to visual communication and design from the Industrial Revolution to the present.
(3). Presentation, analysis, and discussion of readings in visual communication and design theory and criticism. Should be taken in the first semester of enrollment. Offered in the Fall semester.
(3). Prerequisite: May be repeated for credit, up to a maximum of six hours, with permission of the instructor and department head. Study of major works, themes, movements and theories in contemporary art and design.
(3). Prerequisite: May be repeated for credit, up to a maximum of six hours, with permission of the instructor and department head. Presentation, analysis, and discussion of readings in visual communication and design theory and criticism.
(3). Prerequisite: Art 329 and/or permission of instructor. An in-depth independent investigation of topics and techniques in the field of graphic design such as: Exhibition design, time-based media, advanced motion studies, experience design, etc. May be duplicated for credit up to 9 hours.
(3). Design studio in new media. Students will utilize time-based and digital techniques to create modern projects for interactive, time-based, web, and app based media.
(3). Design studio in traditional graphic design print media. Course should be taken in the second semester of enrollment. Offered in the Spring semester.
(3). Prerequisite: May be repeated for credit, up to a maximum of six hours, with permission of the instructor and department head. MFA project development studio.
(3). This course will begin the planning and research for students final MFA exhibit.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 643. As the MFA capstone course, this course will prepare and produce the final MFA Exhibition.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 462. Continuation and application of Design Studio Graduate design studio work. Students will author advanced designer-focused projects with interpretation of complex media and materials at multiple levels using both traditional and modern techniques. May be repeated for credit up to a maximum of six hours, with permission of the instructor and department head.
(3). Prerequisite: May be repeated for credit, up to a maximum of six hours, with permission of the instructor and department head. An investigation of the theoretical background associated with artistic production.
(3). Explores the changing nature, practices, and principles of film. Topics may include experimental film and video; film genres such as the musical, the horror film, German Expressionism, Soviet Realism, Italian Neo-Realism, the French New Wave, film noir, or auteur cinema.
(3). Prerequisite: ART 640. Building on Contemporary Media/Communication Design studio in new media. Students will utilize time-based and digital techniques to create modern projects for interactive, time-based, web, and app based media.
(3). Prerequisites: 6 hours of 300+ AH courses and/or permission of instructor. A course for students to investigate special topics in Art History in a seminar format which focuses on independent research and presentation. Topics may include such things as: Post-Impressionism, Far Eastern Art, The History of Photography, American Printmaking, etc. Course may be repeated for credit up to 6 hours.
(3). Prerequisite: May be repeated for credit; up to a maximum of six hours, with permission of the instructor and department head. Intensive independent study in art history.
(3). Intensive seminar and research course to explore many varied aspects of visual communication and design history and theory.
(3). Prerequisite: Each course may be repeated for credit, up to a maximum of twelve hours, with permission of the instructor and department head. Intensive graduate independent studies coordinated and approved by a faculty advisor.
(3). Corequisite: BY 103. An introduction to the concepts of biology, including cellular structure and function, bioenergetics, patterns and mechanisms of inheritance, the processes of evolution, and ecology. For majors and non-majors.
(3). Prerequisite: BY 101; Corequisite: BY 104. An introduction to biodiversity, from bacteria through plants and animals, with an emphasis on their structure, function, and ecological interactions. For majors and non-majors.
(1). Corequisite: BY 101. One two-hour laboratory per week. This course reinforces lecture materials and must be taken concurrently with BY 101.
(1). Prerequisite: BY 103. Corequisite: BY 102. One two-hour laboratory per week. This course reinforces lecture material and must be taken concurrently with BY 102.
(3). Prerequisite: Admission to the Honors Program or approval of instructor. Substitutes for BY 101. Corequisite: BY 107. An advanced introduction to the concepts of biology, including chemistry as related to biology, cell structure and function, energy pathways, cellular reproduction, genetics, genetic techniques, evolution and ecology. For majors and non-majors.
(3). Prerequisite: Successful completion of BY 105 or approval of instructor. Substitutes for BY 102. Corequisite: BY 108. An advanced introduction to diversity in the living world. Emphasis is on structure, function, and ecological interactions of living organisms beginning with bacteria and viruses and progressing through plants and animals. For majors and non-majors.
(1). Prerequisite: Admission to the Honors Program or approval of instructor. Substitutes for BY 103. Corequisite: BY 105. One two-hour laboratory per week. This course reinforces lecture materials with hands-on creative laboratory exercises and must be taken concurrently with BY 101H.
(1). Prerequisite: Admission to the Honors Program or approval of instructor. Substitutes for BY 104. Corequisite: BY 106. One two-hour laboratory per week. This course reinforces lecture materials with hands-on creative laboratory exercises and must be taken concurrently with BY 106.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 101,103. Lecture and laboratory. The first of a two course sequence of human anatomy and physiology, with an emphasis on the skeletal, muscular, respiratory and circulatory systems. For students in health-related majors; no credit allowed toward Biology major or minor.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 263. Lecture and laboratory. The second of a two course sequence of human anatomy and physiology, with an emphasis on the digestive, urinary, reproductive and endocrine systems. For students in health-related majors; no credit allowed towards Biology major or minor.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 101, 103. Lecture and laboratory. The study of viruses, bacteria, protozoa and fungi that cause diseases in humans. For students in health-related majors; no credit for Biology major or minor.
(3). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103, 104. Lecture and laboratory. The culture of common garden house plants.
(3). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103, 104. Lecture, laboratory, and field study. Collecting and identifying animals and noting ecological conditions.
(3). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103, 104. Lecture, laboratory, and field study. The laboratory work will involve the collection and identification of native plants of Alabama.
(3). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103, 104. A contemporary and historical study of biological conservation in America.
(4). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103, 104. Lecture and laboratory. The comparative study of vertebrate organ systems supplemented in laboratory with the dissection of selected vertebrates.
(4). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103, 104. Lecture and laboratory. Important facts, laws, theories, and methods used in the study of genetics.
(4). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103, 104. Lecture and laboratory. General microbiology, including methods of culture and identification of some of the most common types of microorganisms.
(1). Prerequisite: BY 322 or 332 or 373. Recommended: BY 370. May be duplicated for credit for a total of three (3) semester hours, but only 1 hour may be applied to the major. A laboratory, field or library research investigation dealing with an aspect of the biological sciences. Biology sponsor required for topic approval and supervision. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(4). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103, 104. Prerequisite or corequisite: MS 112 or higher. Lecture, laboratory, and field study. The association and distribution of organisms in relation to the major environmental factors.
(3). Prerequisites: CS 230 and BY 322. The course provides fundamental background in bioinformatics, both theoretical (bioinformatics algorithms) and practical (databases and web-based tools used to study problems in biology), to students in computer science or in biological sciences. Introduction to the biological problems addressed in this course will be provided, as well as a formal definition of the computational problems and a deep exploration of the algorithms for solving these problems. Practical use of topics introduced in class is demonstrated by laboratory exercises and homework problems. Students are grouped for class projects such that each group contains at least one life scientist and one computer scientist. BY 340 is cross-listed with CS 340, but only one course can be counted for credit.
(2). Corequisite: BY 322 or 332 or 373. Lecture and discussion. An introduction to research in biology, including discussion of the scientific method; reading, analyzing, and interpreting biological literature; experimental design and use of statistics; building and interpreting figures and tables; ethics; and developing a basic proposal for undergraduate research in biology.
(4). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103, 104. Lecture and laboratory. The study of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, with an emphasis on their chemical and structural organization, bioenergetics and reproduction.
(1). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103, 104; either BY 322, 332, or 373; and permission of instructor required. May be duplicated for credit for a total of three (3) semester hours, but only 1 hour may be applied to the major. The student will spend a minimum of 25 hours gaining practical experience at a public or private institution or business. Grade: Pass/Fail.
(3). Topics, excursions, and requirements determined by department. May be duplicated for credit; however, only three (3) credits may be applied toward any major or minor. Infrequently scheduled and subject to minimum and maximum numbers. Advance deposit required.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 323 or 283 and approval of instructor. Study of pathogenic bacteria, viruses, fungi, and parasites of humans and some domestic animals; identification of pathogens, disease processes, and public health emphasized; lecture and laboratory.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 373; BY 323 recommended. Study of immunity and how the immune system responds to specific infectious and non-infectious agents; comparative immunology of invertebrate and vertebrate animals, immunological disorders, and application of immunological techniques; lecture and laboratory.
(3). Prerequisite: BY 332. Genetic and anatomical bases of behavior; impact of behavior on the ecology of animals emphasized; lecture, discussion, demonstration and library studies.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 332. History, classification, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and distribution of birds; laboratory emphasis on field identification and ecology; lecture, laboratory, and field studies.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 332. Aspects of the biology, ecology, taxonomy, and distribution of southeastern mammals; lecture, laboratory, and field studies.
(4). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103, 104. An in-depth study of the principles and methods of fishery biology and their application to conservation. Lecture and laboratory work are included.
(4). Prerequisites: BY 322, 373; CY 105, 106, 107, 108 recommended. Study of structural and functional aspects of reproductive and developmental phenomena in vascular plants; lecture and laboratory.
(4). Prerequisites: BY 322, 373; CY 105, 106, 107, 108 recommended. Study of the structural and functional aspects of reproductive and developmental phenomena in animals with emphasis on the cellular and molecular mechanisms involved; lecture and laboratory.
(3). Prerequisites: BY 322, 332, or 373 and MS 204. An introduction into statistics for biology majors. This course will introduce students to appropriate statistics for analyzing biological data including how to select random samples, use basic statistical packages, post-hoc statistical testing and the use of linear regression and will use real-world examples of statistics in ecological, toxicological, and physiological research; lecture and laboratory.
(1) Prerequisite: BY 370. Laboratory or field research investigation dealing with an aspect of biological sciences; biology sponsor required for topic approval and supervision. Grade: Pass/Fail
(4). Prerequisites: BY 332; MS 204, CS 201 recommended. Experimental design and analysis of ecological data using appropriate ecological instrumentation; lecture, laboratory, and field studies.
(4). Prerequisites: BY 373; CY 105, 106, 107, 108; CY 231, 232 and one semester of physics recommended. Systematic survey of organ system physiology in vertebrates; systems analysis, biophysics, and bioengineering emphasized; lecture and laboratory.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 332. Analysis of the unique ecology and biology of the freshwater environment; extensive field work; research project; lecture, laboratory, and field studies.
(4). Prerequisites: BY 323, 332. Microbial component of the global ecosystem including interactions among microorganisms and between microorganisms, plants, and animals, biogeochemical cycles, and application to various technologies; lecture, laboratory, and field studies.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 322. Study of the processes and mechanisms which lead to evolutionary change in the biota; lecture, laboratory and field studies.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 332. Lecture, laboratory, and field study of insects and other arthropods, with an emphasis on the taxonomy, morphology, physiology, and ecology of the insects.
(4). Prerequisites: BY 332, 373. Recommended: BY 322. This course is a survey of ecotoxicology. The study of the integration of the major processes involved with transport, exposure and response of biological systems to xenobiotics, how toxicants mediate interactions between organisms and their biotic and abiotic environments and, the impact and toxic effects of pollutants on diversity, growth and metabolism of living organisms, populations, communities, and the ecosystem; lecture, laboratory and field study.
(4). Prerequisites: BY 322, 373 or approval of instructor. Study of the processes involved in the expression of biological information at the molecular level; lecture and laboratory.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 373. Study of the comparative structural organization of the vegetative and reproductive parts of seed plants, from cells to tissues to systems; lecture and laboratory.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 322 or 332. Survey of plant nomenclature, identification systems, description, evolution, and classification; vascular plants emphasized; lecture, library, laboratory, and field studies.
(4). Prerequisties: BY 332. Lecture, laboratory, and field study. The identification, taxonomy, ecological characteristics, distribution, and economic importance of trees native to North America and ornamentals.
(3). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103, 104, and approval of instructor. An extensive field trip to study the flora and fauna of tropical regions. A written and oral report are required.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 322 or 332. Major plant communities of the southeastern U.S. and their relationships with major abiotic features; autecological field studies of plant species and populations included; lecture, laboratory, library and field studies.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 332. Recommended: BY 320. Taxonomy, ecology, physiology, and external anatomy of amphibians and reptiles; conservation and field methodology emphasized; lecture, laboratory and field studies.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 332. An overview of the evolution, ecology, behavior, physiology, and conservations of fishes. Preparation and presentation of an original library or lab/field research project required. Lecture, laboratory, and field study.
(4). Prerequisites: 373. Recommended: BY 322, CY 231, 232, 362, 363. A study of molecular aspects of cell structures and their functions using both descriptive and biochemical approaches. Lecture and laboratory.
(4). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: BY 101, 102, 103, and 104. Prerequisites for Graduate: BY322 or 332. Collection identification, culture and preservation of plants for illustration and utilization in the classroom and laboratory; two class periods and one laboratory period per week.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 332. Systematics, ecology, physiology, and phylogentic relationships of invertebrate animals; lecture, laboratory, and field studies.
(4). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103, 104, 373, CY 105-108. Recommended: BY 322, 412, 431 and CY 231. Cell and Tissue Culture is an advanced biology course dealing with in vitro manipulation of cells, organs, and tissues; both solid and suspension culture and their application to biotechnology. Lecture and laboratory.
(3). Prerequisites: BY 373 and CY 231. General introduction to vertebrate endocrine systems and the variety of chemical messengers involved in the regulation of physiological processes. Topics will include discussions of the history and methodologies of endocrinology, hormone synthesis, physiological effects of hormones, and the mechanisms of actions for various hormones.
(4). Prerequisite: BY 373; BY 451 recommended. Mineral nutrition, water relations, photosynthesis, metabolism and transport in vascular plants; lecture and laboratory.
(1). Prerequisites: BY 322 or 332 or 373. Lecture and discussion; topics to be posted in the Biology Department.
(1). Prerequisites: BY 322 or 332 or 373. Lecture and discussion; topics to be posted in the Biology Department.
(2). Prerequisites: BY 322, 332, 373 and approval of instructor. Lecture and laboratories. The design, organization, and implementation of laboratory exercises, the use of appropriate equipment and instructional materials, and laboratory safety and supervision. Offered fall term only.
(1). Prerequisites: BY 322 or 332 or 373, and approval of instructor. The organization and implementation of laboratories including the use of appropriate equipment and instructional materials. (Grade of Pass/Fail only).
(1). Prerequisites: BY 370 and Senior Standing. The capstone course in biology includes a written report, an oral presentation in a symposium format, satisfactory completion of a comprehensive exam for the major, and participation in departmental assessment. Required for Biology major.
(2). Special topics approved by instructor after consideration of students background.
(1). Special topics approved by instructor after consideration of students background.
(3). Prerequisites: BY 434 or its equivalent. An in depth survey of selected topics in comparative physiology. Interactions between organisms and their environments will be examined with an emphasis on molecular and cellular adaptations. Phenotypic differences in adaptations will serve as a central theme for this course. The course is designed to expose students to the various topics through lecture, primary literature, and lab presentations/activities.
(3). Study of plant biology consisting of lectures, discussions, investigative laboratory exercises on the topics of Plant Classification, Plant Anatomy and Reproduction, Plant Growth, and Development, the Physiology and Biochemistry of Plants, Plants Genetics and Molecular Biology, Plants Interactions with their Environments, and the Impacts of Plants to our Society.
(3). Prerequisite: BY 320 or equivalent or permission of the instructor. Lecture and demonstration. This course will emphasize the adaptations of vertebrate animals as revealed by morphology and will study the anatomy of vertebrates, as it relates to topics such as locomotion, reproduction, digestion, and physiology. In addition, molecular and morphological phylogeny of vertebrate groups using datasets will be studied.
(3). This course addresses theoretical and applied issues at both the population and community levels. Topics include population and community structure/stability, trophic relations, population interactions, population and community dynamics, landscape ecology, and others. Discussion of primary literature will be a large part of this course. Lecture and lab.
(3). Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor. An analysis of recently published research in the anatomy, morphology, phylogeny, and physiology of invertabrate animals. The major invertebrate phyla (including parasitic forms) will be emphasized; lecture, discussion, presentation, and lab exercises.
(3). Prerequisites: BY 332 or its equivalent. Lectures and demonstrations. Biodiversity emphasizing systematic, phylogeny, structure, function, life cycles, ecology, and economics.
(3). Prerequisite: BY 322 or its equivalent or permission of the instructor. A survey of molecular genetics focusing on the analysis of genomes, genes, and chromosomes. Discussion of modern genetic analysis techniques will be integrated into these topics. Biotechnology topics will include nucleic acid isolation methods, PCR, gene expression analysis, gene cloning, expression systems, proteomics, DNA sequencing, and molecular phylogenetic analysis.
(3). Prerequisites: BY 322, 332, 373 or equivalent and one 400 level organismal courses. Analysis of the nature and mechanism of symbiotic associations, including commensalism, mutualism, parasitism, that involve interactions between organisms.
(2). Prerequisite: Approval of the instructor. Presentation, discussion, and analysis of recently published research in developmental biology of cells, tissues, and organ systems in plants, animals, or microbes; independent library research required.
(2). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Presentation, discussion, and analysis of recently published research focusing on specific groups of organisms; independent library research required.
(2). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Presentation, discussion, and analysis of recently published research in plant, animal, or microbial ecology; independent library research required.
(2). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Presentation, discussion, and analysis of recently published research in cellular biology; independent library research required.
(2). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Presentation, discussion, and analysis of recently published research in evolutionary biology; independent library research required.
(2). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Presentation, discussion, and analysis of recently published research in plant, animal, or microbial genetics; independent library research required.
(2). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Presentation, discussion, and analysis of recently published research in plant, animal, or microbial physiology; independent library research required.
(2). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Presentation, discussion, and analysis of recently published research in systematic biology; independent library research required.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Introduction to diverse research methods and literature in the biological sciences. Includes topics such as, but not limited to, techniques in environmental analysis, microscopy, protein and nucleic acid analysis, biometry and population dynamics, and physiology.
(3) (3). Prerequisites: BY 594, completion of at least 20 hours of graduate study in biology, and approval of instructor. Completion of an acceptable original research paper; non-thesis option only. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours. (Grade: Pass/Fail).
(1) (1). Prerequisite: Approval of Application for Thesis Option and approval of instructor. Original field and/or laboratory research in the biological sciences; thesis option only. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 2 semester hours. (Grade: Pass/Fail).
(2) (2). Prerequisite: Approval of Application for Thesis Option and approval of instructor. Original field and/or laboratory research in the biological sciences; thesis option only. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 4 semester hours. (Grade: Pass/Fail).
(3) (3). Prerequisites: Approval of Application for Thesis Option, BY 594 and approval of instructor. Master's thesis research. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours. (Grade: Pass/Fail).
(3) (3). Prerequisite: Dean's Approval and Approval of Application for Thesis Option. See "Thesis Option and Procedures." May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours. (Grade: Pass/Fail).
(3). Survey of the agencies and processes involved in the Criminal Justice System: the police, the prosecutor, the public defender, the courts, and corrections.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 101. Philosophical foundations of punishments, historical developments in American penology. Corrections in contemporary America.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 101. Analysis of the origin and sources of criminal law as well as definition of parties to crimes and affirmative defenses. Discussion of specific crimes of common law and in state and national statutes.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 101. The development of contemporary American Police. Law enforcement role, philosophy, values, culture, discretion, organizational control, accountability, corruption, misconduct, police-community relations, and future trends.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 101. To develop essential legal research skills and knowledge about acquiring legal information from the statutes, case-law books, legal records, on-line data retrieval services and other legal resources, and to know the essential content of key reports and documents currently used in the courts.
(3). An examination of biological, psychological, sociological, political and economic theories of crime causation.
(3). Prerequisites: CJ 101 and 300. An introduction to the theory, design, collection, and analysis of data in criminal justice research.
(3). A study of the private industry including origins, administration, personnel, physical aspects, loss prevention, variations in security systems, and career opportunities.
(3). The student is introduced to the development of Forensic Investigations and its contribution to the Criminal Justice System and the applications of the scientific discipline to the examination and analysis of physical evidence.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 200. A study of criminal behavior from a psychological perspective with correctional rehabilitation programs and strategies serving as the focus. The effectiveness of various correctional institutions and their programs and strategies will also be examined.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 200. An introduction to correctional strategies and the theories on which they are based. Among the topics discussed are counseling, psychotherapy and psychoanalysis, humanistic psychology, learning theory, and behavior modification. This course will also provide an in-depth examination of both assessment and counseling strategy effectiveness with offender populations.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 200. A survey of non-institutional correctional programs focusing on alternatives to incarceration in community settings. Programs reviewed include prerelease, parole, halfway houses, restitution centers, probations, and community correctional centers.
(3). Prerequisites: CJ 101 and 200. Examination of the historical aspects of the juvenile justice system with emphasis on juvenile rights in the present juvenile court system and pretrial techniques.
(3). An analysis of the roles of the major participants in the Criminal Justice System; the Court�s structure and functions and selected critical issues, such as sentencing and plea bargaining.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 101. Analysis of the rules of evidence, their origins, and types. Constitutional limitations upon their use, methods of safeguarding their value. The trial and techniques for testifying.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 200. Legal problems of the convicted from conviction to release; presentence investigation, sentencing, civil rights loss and restoration, and other legal problems confronting the convicted.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 101. Analysis of the Constitution of the United States as it affects the law enforcement and corrections field, to wit: the 1st, 4th, 5th, 6th, and 8th Amendments to the Constitution.
(3). Prerequisites: CJ 101 and 361. A study of constitutional issues in the administration of justice, fair trial guarantees, humane punishment, and the civil and criminal liability of criminal justice professionals.
(3). An examination of the foundations of American law enforcement from its cultural heritage in England to the present.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 101. Organizational structure and coordination of all branches of law enforcement agencies; police, staff, and auxiliary function; their interrelationships and interdependence.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 101. The traffic control function as a part of police role; history and growth of the traffic problem; analysis of the organization for traffic control; accident investigation; traffic flow pattern; education and enforcement; traffic laws; high accident frequency locations.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 101. Techniques of patrol and observation; handling complaints and called-for-service; mechanics of arrests; officers' notebook procedure and report writing.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 101. Analysis of the roles of the Criminal Justice System and the private sector in preventing crime. Community involvement as a source of preventing crime. Crime prevention strategies and techniques for evaluating prevention programs.
(3). Topics, excursions, and requirements determined by the department. May be duplicated for credit up to 6 hours. Infrequently scheduled and subject to minimum and maximum numbers. Advance deposit required.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 303. The criminal threat, protective system concept; systems configuration and cost benefit analysis of currently available protective systems.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 101. Study of the numerous and complex factors involved in the area of human relations as it affects policing and police management.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 325. Advanced study of the workings of the state and federal court systems, with a focus on the administrative support agencies of the courts including the responsibilities of clerks of courts, courts administrators, with an examination of careers in the court systems of the states and federal government, and the issues facing the judiciary.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 303. Employee thefts, shoplifting, robbery, burglary, shortages, special fire problems, insurance recovery.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 200. Advanced study of the workings of the state and federal prison systems, and local jails. The application of the theories of organization, management and public administration to the operations of correctional units, policy matters, and other issues facing corrections.
(3). Prerequisites: Junior Standing with 18 hours of CJ. Study of controversial area of law that deals with consensual crimes. Topics to be included for discussion may be homosexuality; drugs; obscenity and pornography; prostitution; gambling. The history of legislative enactments and judicial decisions will be dealt with, as well as the social and political implications of enforcement to both police agencies and their clients.
(3). An analysis of criminal and deviant behavior systems with an emphasis on classical and contemporary theories of crime causation.
(3). Prerequisites: CJ 311 or CJ 315. Development, organization, operation of probation and parole with emphasis on alternatives to incarceration.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 304. Methods of scientific analysis, comparison and identification of physical evidence; blood and body fluids, casts and molds, detective dyes, fingerprints, and trace evidence.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 304. Special problems involved in homicide investigation including the forensic autopsy.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 202 or CJ 304. Practical application of investigative techniques for specific crimes such as sex offenses, murder, robbery, arson, assaults, and fraud cases.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 304. In-depth and practical look at various types of physical evidence and methods by which evidence is collected and transported to forensic crime laboratories.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 101. Discussions and practical exercises covering the various techniques used by criminal justice practitioners to elicit information from witnesses and criminal suspects.
(3). Drugs of abuse, their field identification and drug abuse education.
(3). Prerequisites: CJ 304 and 430. Review of techniques used in the analysis of hairs, fibers, and minute items of evidence related to criminal matters.
(3). Prerequisites: Junior standing and consent of Department Head. Supervised work experience in an approved Criminal Justice agency. The student is required to attend a preannounced orientation meeting prior to beginning internship. (Not open to in-service personnel or those with prior CJ work experience unless approved by Department Head.)
(3). Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of Department Head. Supervised work experience in an approved Criminal Justice agency. The student is required to attend a preannounced orientation meeting prior to beginning internship and additional scheduled meetings with the Internship Director. Not open to in-service personnel or those with prior CJ work experience unless approved by Department Head. This is a Senior Capstone course, and satisfactory work requires completing the CBASE and other senior exit-requirements.
(3). Prerequisites: Junior standing with 18 hours in CJ. An opportunity for the student with advanced standing to explore areas of special interest. Students must secure approval of CJ Department Head after supervising faculty member has been identified.
(3). Prerequisites: Junior standing with 18 hours of CJ. An in-depth study of current issues in Criminal Justice. The content will vary each semester. Students seeking admission must secure approval of Department Head. May be duplicated for credit for a total of six (6) semester hours.
(3). Prerequisites: Junior standing with 18 hours of CJ. An in-depth study of current issues in Criminal Justice. The content will vary each semester. Students seeking admission must secure approval of Department Head. May be duplicated for credit for a total of six (6) semester hours.
(1). Prerequisites: Junior standing with 18 hours in CJ. Seminar series dealing with current topics and issues in the field. No more than 6 hours credit may be earned.
(3). Prerequisites: Senior standing in the Criminal Justice major and completion of all other criminal justice core requirements. Capstone course which utilizes the student's knowledge and academic skills, including pursuing archival research, journal keeping, note taking and report writing to address a topic or issue of contemporary interest in criminal justice or one of its sub-fields. While the topic or issue may change with each offering, the skills exercised will be those needed to prepare the senior in criminal justice professions.
(3). Prerequisites: Senior standing in the Criminal Justice major and completion of all other criminal justice core requirements. Capstone course which utilizes the student's knowledge and academic skills, including pursuing archival research, journal keeping, note taking and report writing to address a topic or issue of contemporary interest in criminal justice or one of its sub-fields. While the topic or issue may change with each offering, the skills exercised with be those needed to prepare the senior for careers in criminal justice professions.
(3). Prerequisites: Senior standing in the Criminal Justice major and completion of all other criminal justice core requirements. Capstone course which utilizes the student's knowledge and academic skills, including pursuing archival research, journal keeping, note taking and report writing to address a topic or issue of contemporary interest in criminal justice or one of its sub-fields. While the topic or issue may change with each offering, the skills exercised will be those needed to prepare the senior for careers in criminal justice professions.
(3). Overview of the criminal justice system and its various subsystems.
(3). Emphasis on the analysis of original and secondary criminal justice data.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 501. Social research methods and their application to administration of justice; in-depth examination of the role of social research in analysis, interpretation, and clarification of problems in the Criminal Justice System. CJ 502 is cross-listed with PSC 502 and only one course may be counted for credit.
(3). In-depth analysis of police problems and practices.
(3). Critical comparative study of criminal justice systems in the U.S. with those in selected foreign countries including administration, organization, objectives, principal functions, and relationships with the people.
(3). Analysis of problems and issues confronting the administrator in a criminal justice setting.
(3). Assessment of policies and practices of agencies involved in processing juvenile offenders through the Juvenile Justice System.
(3). In-depth study of contemporary legal issues faced by criminal justice professionals with emphasis on constitutional problems, as well as the judicial review of administrative decisions made by criminal justice organizations.
(3). Overview and critical analysis of contemporary correctional theory and practice.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 501 and 502. A study of planning and evaluation in criminal justice agencies, programs, and the preparation of grant proposals.
(3) (3). Prerequisite: Approval of department head and approval of instructor. Preparation, completion, and submission of an acceptable individual project. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours. (Grade: Pass/Fail).
(3). Application of ethical theories and systems to practical ethical problems and dilemmas encountered in criminal justics practices and professions.
(3). Provinces of the court and jury; burden of proof, probability and documentary and physical evidence; expert witness and preparation of scientific exhibits for court.
(3). Analysis of historical and contemporary theories and analytical models of crime causation with emphasis on classical, positivist, social defense, and critical schools of thought.
(3). Comprehensive study of victimization including victim-precipitated crimes; analysis of contemporary victim-compensation programs and victim restitution as a punitive measure.
(3). National, international, and transnational terrorism and the problems they pose for the criminal justice system; prevention and control of terrorist activities.
(3) (3). An examination of contemporary issues in criminal and juvenile justice not addressed in other courses. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 521 or approval of instructor. A study of the typologies of delinquent and criminal behavior from behavioral and psychological perspectives with particular focus on clinical behaviors frequently associated with delinquents and criminals.
(3). Prerequisite: CJ 527. The study and practical application of effective correctional counseling and treatment methodologies for youthful and adult offenders.
(3) (3). Prerequisite: Approval of department head and approval of instructor. Selected topics appropriate to student's course of study as determined by faculty advisor. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours. (Grade: Pass/Fail).
(3) (3). Prerequisite: Approval of Application for Thesis Option. See "Thesis Option and Procedures". (Grade: Pass/Fail).
(3). A brief exposure to theory and operations of information technology. Concepts presented include computer systems, hardware and software. Hands-on experience with selected productivity software packages. (Department credit not given for CS/CIS majors and/or minors.)
(3). Prerequisite: ACT score of 24 or above or SAT of 520 or above and basic computer proficiency. Advanced coverage of the theory and operations of information technology. Hands-on experience with selected popular software packages for Web and program design. (Department credit not given for CS/CIS majors or minors.)
(3). Prerequisite: CS 201 with a "C" or better. Introduction to the fundamentals of computing relating to bioinformatics to include essential data structures, computing concepts, and algorithm analysis and design.
(3). Lecture 1 hour, Lab 2 hours. Sets, functions, propositional logic, number systems, data representation, binary arithmetic. Problem solving tools and techniques. Control structures. Data structures. Implementation using a high-level language. Open to any major, but required for CS/CIS majors.
(4). Prerequisites: CS 230 with a "C" or better and overall GPA of 2.0 or higher and MS 112 or higher level mathematics (excluding MS 113) or math placement determined by ACT/SAT. Algorithmic problem solving. Modular programming. Strings, multi-dimensional arrays, records, dynamic linked lists. Documentation. Testing and debugging. Developing robust, user-friendly programs. Integral, scheduled laboratory. Lecture 2 hours, Lab 1 hours.
(4). Prerequisite: CS 231 with a "C" or better. Advanced problem solving. Efficiency and reuse. Abstract Data Types. Object-Oriented programming. Dynamic data structures: linked lists, queues, stacks. Recursive functions and procedures. Integral, scheduled laboratory. Lecture 2 hours, Lab 1 hour.
(3). Introduction to concepts, terminology and manipulative skills associated with combinatorial structures and logic. Sets and functions, partially ordered sets, trees and graphs, algorithms and induction. Boolean algebra and introduction to symbolic logic.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 232. Examination of micro-computers and their role in small to medium firms. Emphasis on applications, I/O operations and file handling in a laboratory environment.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 232. Introduction to database management systems using a current DBMS package; development of menu-driven database applications.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102 and CS 230. Introduction to the writing tasks necessary of computer technology professionals. Covers skills necessary to prepare the technical reports, presentations, and documentation specific to the information technology environment.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 112 or higher and CS 201. The use of spreadsheet software in modeling business problems. Extensive hands-on use of spreadsheets is required. (Department credit not given for CS/CIS majors or minors.)
(3). Prerequisite: CS 201. Study of information security and digital forensics using practical case studies. Emphasis is on developing security policies, security management and practices, utilization of digital forensic tools and techniques, risk management, security project management, and protection mechanisms. Major components of the course are hands-on projects on digital forensic investigation and security management case studies.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 231. A study of embedded system architectures, security, and digital forensics, the role of hardware abstraction layers and middleware, real-time OS issues such as concurrency, synchronization, and resource management, and the components and applications of industrial control systems. Laboratory activities include: ladder logic programming, embedded systems programming, and digital forensics for microcontrollers, mobile computing platforms, and industrial control systems.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 232. Introduction to the systems development life cycle, software development models, analysis and design techniques and tools, and validation and verification testing. Emphasis and experience will be on software engineering within a team environment.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 309. Study of the systems concept and its relationship to information requirements for decision making and management in traditional and e-commerce environments.
(3). Prerequisites: CS 310 and EH 102. Introduction to writing, analyzing, and evaluating effective software documentation. Exposure to proposal writing. Emphasis on writing software user manuals.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 201. Step-by-step process of creating a well-designed website. Emphasizes web design techniques resulting in fast-loading and well-placed graphics, cohesive color and typography across platforms and browsers, clear navigational interface, and appropriate use of sound and video. Includes studio component where students analyze, design, and implement websites.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 304. Trains students to manage dynamic documents as well as apply document imaging technologies to achieve a paperless office environment. Students will learn about the technology of scanning, importing, transmitting, organizing, indexing, storing, protecting, locating, controlling, authenticating, retrieving, viewing, printing, and preserving documents for document imaging systems and digital libraries. This course has direct implications for project management and information assurance, among other topics that will be addressed.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 315 or CS 231. A practical hands-on introduction to web scripting for writing client-side scripts. Topics include fundamentals of scripting as a web programming language, scripting techniques and programming concepts such as control structures, data structure, objects, event handling, and functions. Multiple scripting languagaes will be used for the hands-on projects.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 232. Design, analysis, and implementation of fundamental data structures: trees, heaps, and graphs. Basic algorithmic analysis and strategies. Basic computability and introduction to distributed algorithms.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 232. Digital logic; instruction set architecture and computer organization; memory systems; functional organization; interfacing and communication; multiprocessing and alternative architectures.
(3). Prerequisites: CS 201 and EH 102. Principles of game design. Covers analysis of genres; gameplay; conceptual design; story and character development, effects of art, lighting, and sound; interface design; level design; and the business of game development.
(3). Prerequisites: CS 230 and BY 322. The course provides a fundamental background in bioinformatics, both theoretical (bioinformatics algorithms) and practical (databases and web-based tools used to study problems in biology), to students in computer science or in biological sciences. Introduction to the biological problems addressed in this course will be provided, as well as a formal definition of the computational problems and a deep exploration of the algorithms for solving these problems. Practical use of topics introduced in class is demonstrated by laboratory exercises and homework problems. Students are grouped for class projects such that each group contains at least one life scientist and one computer scientist. (CS 340 is cross listed with BY 340, but only one course may be taken for credit.)
(3). Prerequisite: CS 232. Introduction to operating systems, real and virtual storage concepts, system resources and their management, multiprogram and multiprocess systems. Mainframe, minicomputer and microcomputer systems.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 232. An introduction to solving business problems using structured programming techniques and methodology for both interactive and batch processing. Integral, scheduled lab.
(3). Topics, excursions and requirements determined by department. May be duplicated for credit; however, only three (3) credits may be applied toward any major or minor. Infrequently scheduled and subject to minimum and maximum numbers. Advanced deposit required.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 201 or equivalent. Study of terminology and concepts of computer-based management information systems. Emphasis on applications for developing and managing World-Wide Web page information. (Department credit not given for CS/CIS majors and/or minors.)
(3). Prerequisite: CS 201. How people, groups, organizations, communities and governments manage disasters in the immediate aftermath and recover from their effects, including social, physical, business, and infrastructure problems as well as intra and inter-organizational issues.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 488. The course will present dynamic web based application architecture, web scripting languages syntax, principles and techniques for developing database driven web applications using multiple web scripting languages. Students will gain the experience in web scripting programming via the completion of a series of practical dynamic website projects.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 331. Survey of design and analysis of efficient algorithms. Introduces methods of describing algorithm time and space complexity and various problem-solving techniques.
(3). Undergraduate Prerequisite: CS 310. Graduate Prerequisites: CS 310 or equivalent. Introduction to technologies and tools for developing Web applications using Web Services, emphasizing organizational issues, challenges, and security concerns related to the effective deployment of those applications.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 232. Human-computer interface, human performance, diversity, and mental models, interaction devices, dialog styles, interface styles, error handling, documentation, and evaluation of software interface designs. Offered every two years during spring semester.
(3). Prerequisites: CS 232 and MS 113 or equivalent. Hardware and software components of computer graphic systems, input representation, and transformation of graphic information. Two-dimensional and three-dimensional transformations; perspective, hidden-line algorithms, shading. Interactive graphics. Survey of applications. Offered every two years during spring semester.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 488. Introduction to business intelligence and data mining methodologies and tools that enable users to analyze big data and develop insight for decision making. This course provides students thorough conceptual framework and practical experience in business intelligence, data mining methods, predictive analysis, information quality and data warehousing management. Hands-on assignments will apply the skills learned.
(3). Prerequisites: CS 331 and CS 339. Principles of game development. Covers relevant game mathematics and data structures; selected Al topics common to game development; programming and optimization techniques; game engines; and software engineering and project management for game development.
(3). Prerequisites: CS 331 or 350 or approval of instructor. Introduction to the principles and methods used in artificial intelligence programs with a focus on autonomous agents. Offered every two years during fall semester. Graduate Prerequisite:Undergraduate data structures or operating systems course or equivalent.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 350. Study of the computer interconnection and protocols with emphasis on network layers, error detection/correction, and topologies; project approach utilized. Graduate Prerequisite: Undergraduate operating systems course or equivalent.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 232. Formal representations for language syntax and semantics, underlying language theory. Study of automata theory: finite automata, pushdown automata, and Turing machines.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 201. Identifies what constitutes critical infrastructure including cyber as well as physical infrastructure. Evaluation of strategies for promoting vulnerability assessments and risk reduction, and protection of critical infrastructures are examined.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 310 or approval of instructor. An overview of legal, ethical, global and professional issues in computing.
(3). Prerequisite: Completion of CS 310 (B or above) or permission of the instructor. This course is an advanced (honors) course that provides an overview of the legal, ethical, global and professional issues in computing. This course will enable students to identify ethical issues in technology, perform ethical analyses using a variety of ethical theories, and to critically read professional literature in the field. Students will develop an awareness of ethical issues in technology, including, but not limited to, the Internet (e.g. freedom of expression on the Internet), Intellectual Property rights, Privacy, Security, Reliability, Professional ethics, Employment issues and technology, and Plagiarism, and apply ethical theories to issues in those domains.
(3). Undergraduate Prerequisite: CS 350. Graduate Prerequisite: Undergraduate operating systems course or equivalent. Study of network security architectures and models, cryptography, authentication and authorization protocols, secure application and systems development, federal regulations and compliance. Emphasis is on security professional certification.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 232. Concepts and terminology associated with data structure, file organization, access methods, packaged systems, database design and database systems.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 310. This course is a continuation of software engineering that emphasizes implementing and testing software, developing and using process and product metrics, and managing software projects. A team approach and extensive semester project will develop student expertise.
(3). Prerequisites: Senior status and approval of department head. Exposes student to current or developing topics in computer science or computer information systems. Projects/topics are jointly selected by student and computer science instructor. This course can be taken multiple times of variable credit hours up to a total maximum of six credit hours.
(3). Prerequisite: A programming language. Information as corporate resource, data modeling, database design, implementation strategies and administration; security, information centers, decision support systems, mini- and microcomputer environment; teams of students will design and implement a relational database application.
(3). Prerequisite: Undergraduate or graduate statistics course. Introduction to the research techniques and methodologies used to evaluate systems such as control systems, computer systems, security systems, and information systems. Topics include methodological foundations, qualitative research methods and quantitative research methods.
(3). Includes fundamental computer science concepts, computer programming, software engineering, data structures, and algorithms. For graduate students with limited computer science backgrounds who wish to major in computer systems and software design; cannot be used for master's credit.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of the instructor. Study of operating systems, networks, and computer architecture; advanced systems programming using an object-oriented programming language. For graduate students with limited computer science background who wish to major in computer systems and software design; cannot be used for Master's credit.
(3). Prerequisite: Comprehensive undergraduate course in software engineering or industrial software engineering experience with a large project. Focuses specifically on methods that guide software engineers from requirements to code; provides broad understanding of current methods, and specific skills in using these methods.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 521. Provides knowledge and skills necessary to lead a project team, understand the relationship of software development to overall product engineering, and understand the software process.
(3). Prerequisite: Undergraduate software engineering course or equivalent. Utilization of various technologies and tools for developing Web applications using Web Services, emphasizing organizational issues, challenges, and security concerns related to the effective deployment of those applications. Students will evaluate real-world applications of Web services as well as the unique decision-making framework involved with their adoption while employing those lessons learned in practical solutions.
(3). Prerequisite: Comprehensive undergraduate course in software engineering or industrial software engineering experience with a large project. Human-computer interface, human performance, diversity, and mental models, interaction devices, dialog and interface styles, documentation, and usability testing.
(3). Prerequisite: Comprehensive undergraduate course in software engineering or industrial software engineering experience with a large project. Explores emerging technologies and contemporary development methodologies for large scale software systems; difficulties and benefits of software by component composition, component reuse and software architectures.
(3). Prerequisite: Experience with an object oriented programming language. Introducing concepts, models, algorithms, and tools for development of intelligent systems. Example topics include artificial neural networks, genetic algorithms, fuzzy systems, swarm intelligence, ant colony optimization, artificial life, and hybridizations of the above techniques. Additional focus will be placed on research methodologies and preparing research papers and reports.
(3). Prerequisite: Undergraduate or graduate statistics course. Introduction to business intelligence and data mining methodologies and tools that enable users to analyze new patterns/relationships and develop insight for decision making. This course provides students thorough conceptual framework, discussion, and hands-on experience in business intelligence and data mining. Techniques that the course covers include, but not limited to, linear modeling, decision trees, association rules, classification rules, clustering & visualization, text mining methodologies. Topics covered will include business intelligence, data mining methods, predictive analysis, information quality, and a term project that applies the skills learned.
(3). Prerequisite: Experience witha procedural or object-oriented programming language. This course provides an in-depth study of expert knowledge-based problem-solving systems. Students perform a classification and comparison of selected systems by analyzing the architecture, knowledge, and problem-solving style. Students evaluate the contributions of each to the understanding of problem domains for expert systems.
(3). Prerequisites: Undergraduate artificial intelligence course or equivalent. Survey of artificial intelligence emphasizing applications in business, industrial, and scientific system development; autonomous agents, data mining, pattern recognition, and machine vision.
(3). Prerequisite: Undergraduate operating system course or equivalent. A study of advanced topics in computer networks with emphasis on wireless communications. Fundamentals of cellular communications, CDMA systems, wireless security, Wireless Application Protocols (WAP), Bluetooth, and new wireless technologies are also covered.
(3). In-depth study of the theories of information systems and their relationship to organization, decision-making and information management processes. Topics include information systems' impact, strategic uses of information systems, technology adoption, enterprise computing architectures and infrastructures, information security and assurance, IT policy compliance, knowledge management and performance measurement.
(3). Prerequisite: Undergraduate course in computer networking or equivalent. Design and analysis of distributed computing systems; system architecture; load balancing and scheduling; remote procedure calls and message passing; distributed operating systems and database systems.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 521. Deterministic and stochastic models are studied; simulation techniques, languages, and programming packages used to implement simulation models; virtual reality simulations.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 521. In-depth study of requirements or real-time and embedded software; examination of operating systems, languages, and devices that support these systems; real-time multimedia applications emphasized.
(3). Prerequisite: Undergraduate operating system course or equivalent. Study of advanced network security architectures, models, benchmarks and metrics, cryptography, authentication and authorization protocols, secure application and systems development, federal regulations and compliance, and advanced security topics on intrusion detection, biometrics, web services, and data mining. Emphasis is on security professional certification.
(3) (3). Prerequisite: Approval of the advisor and approval of the department head. Selected topics from current problems in computing; topics vary from semester to semester. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of the advisor and approval of the department head. Selected topics from current problems in computing; topics vary from semester to semester. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of the advisor and approval of department head. Provides students with a laboratory for direct application of concepts learned in course work; students will produce a variety of software products.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of the advisor and approval of department head. Provides students with a laboratory for direct application of concepts learned in course work; students will produce a variety of software products.
(3). Designed to prepare students with weak backgrounds in chemistry and mathematics for CY 105. Fundamentals of chemical problem solving are stressed. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy science requirements or a major or minor in Chemistry.
(3). Corequisite: CY 107. Part I of a two-semester sequence. General chemistry for science majors, including basic principles and laws of chemistry. Topics include measurements, dimensional analysis, reaction and stoichiometry, periodicity, atomic structure, bonding and molecular structure, and an introduction to organic chemistry
(3). Prerequisite: CY 105. Corequisite: CY 108. Part II of a two-semester sequence. Continuation of CY 105. Topics include states of matter, solutions, kinetics, equilibrium, acid-base theory, thermodynamics, and electrochemistry.
(1). Corequisite: CY 105. Basic principles of matter will be explored. Topics of experimentation include obtaining accurate measurements, identifying unknown substances from their physical and chemical properties, purifying matter, exploring gas laws, and performing an acid-base titration.
(1). Corequisite: CY 106. Topics of experimentation include qualitative analysis, exploring reaction rates, ionic equilibria, and synthesis.
(4). Prerequisite: CY 105 and CY 107. Corequisite: CY 109 lab. Not open to students for credit toward a major or minor in Chemistry. Principles of organic chemistry with emphasis on compounds of biological importance.
(4). Lecture/3 hours. Lab/3 hours. Prerequisite: CY 105. Not open to students for credit toward a major or minor in Chemistry. A brief review of organic chemistry followed by a study of the chemistry and metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, and lipids.
(4). Prerequisite: CY 106. Corequisite: CY 231 lab. Part I of a two-semester sequence. Structure and properties of aliphatic hydrocarbons and their halo derivatives emphasizing nomenclature, isomerism, synthesis, reactions, mechanisms and applications.
(4). Prerequisite: CY 231. Corequisite: CY 232 lab. Part II of a two-semester sequence. Structure and properties of aromatic compounds, halides, carbonyl compounds, alcohols, ethers and amines, their nomenclature, synthesis, reactions, mechanisms, spectroscopy and applications.
(5). Prerequisite: CY 106. Lecture 3 hours, Lab 6 hours. Theory and practice of gravimetric, volumetric, potentiometric, and colormetric methods of analysis.
(4). Prerequisites: CY 106, MS 125, PHS 211 and 212. Part I of a two-semester sequence. Chemical thermodynamics with emphasis on understanding physical properties of pure substances and mixtures. The course covers fundamentals of classical thermodynamics with applications to phase transitions, colligative properties, and chemical equlilibria.
(4). Prerequisite: MS 126. PHS 211 and 212 are highly recommended. Part II of a two-semester sequence.Fundamentals of quantum chemistry and spectroscopy. The course concentrates on fundamentals of quantum mechanics with applications to chemistry. The course also covers theoretical basis of spectroscopy, focusing on infrared, Raman, visible, and nuclear magnetic resonance techniques.
(4). Prerequisites: MS 112, PHS 201, 202, CY 105 and 106. This algebra-based course covers fundamentals of chemical thermodynamics and molecular structure with emphasis on life-science applications.
(4). Prerequisite: CY 231. Biochemical evolution, protein structure and function, flow of genetic information, enzymes, and enzyme kinetics.
(4). Prerequisite: CY 232. Metabolism, signal transduction, glycolysis and gluconeogenesis, citric acid cycle, oxidative phosphorylation, photosynthesis, glycogen and fatty acid metabolism.
(5). Prerequisites: CY 106. Lecture 3 hours, Lab 6 hours. Fundamental topics in inorganic chemistry including atomic structure, chemical bonding, periodic relationships, acid-base theories, non-aqueous solvents, and reaction mechanisms.
(5). Prerequisites: CY 106 and PHS 202. The operating principles and techniques involving the use of analytical instruments.
(4). Prerequisites: CY 232 and 321. Lecture/3 hours; Lab/3 hours. Introductions to water, air, and soil quality and their measurements. Introduction to the problems, regulations, treatment, and ultimate disposal of hazardous and toxic waste materials. Spill clean-up, groundwater transport, land disposal, incineration and treatment technologies discussed.
(4). Prerequisites: CY 231, 232, 321 and ESC 300. This course will emphasize proper environmental sampling techniques (including QA/QC) and the EPA mandated analysis of various parameters, including soil, water, and air. Three hours lecture, three hours field and laboratory work per week. Students will be expected to provide their own waders, hard hats, and rain suits.
(3). Prerequisite: CY 232. Study of the principles of toxicology including identification of, characterization of, and risk from environmental exposures to toxic substances.
(1). Prerequisite: Aprroval of department head. Students learn to utilize pieces of equipment and demonstration techniques while assisting an instructor to prepare and conduct lab sessions. One laboratory period per week. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 3 semester hours. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor and availability of placement. Student will gain on-the-job experience with a firm or government agency. Student is expected to devote a minimum of 20 hours/week to this course. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(1). Prerequisites: CY 231, 232, 362, 363. An introduction to biochemical research. Students will be involved in an ongoing research project, learning laboratory techniques pertinent to biochemical research, how to conduct literature searches, and how to critically evaluate their own and others data. A minimum of 10 hours involvement per week will be expected. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 3 semester hours. GRADE: Pass/Fail.
(1). Prerequisites: CY 430 and 433. The student will complete an environmental research project which will involve monitoring, sampling, and chemical analysis. A detailed paper will be required outlining the student's findings and conclusions. A minimum of 10 hours involvement per week will be expected. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 3 semester hours. GRADE: Pass/Fail.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of department head. The student is assigned a simple piece of fundamental research. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 3 semester hours. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(3). Designed for teachers, this course will reinforce and extend basic concepts in chemistry covered in the Science Course of Study. May be used in the general science teaching field with a major in secondary education. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 9 semester hours.
(3). Study of the film-making process from concept to completion with special emphasis on the relationship between various jobs of the production team.
(3). Focuses upon the actor's approach to developing a role through points of training including improvisation, character and scene study, and analysis.
(3). The appreciation of theatre as an expressive art form and as a business. A general survey of acting, directing, designing, playwriting, and audience participation.
(3). An analytical study of plays to develop artistic/technical production solutions (Fall).
(1). Active participation in the department's plays in the areas of scenery construction, painting, lighting, costumes, and make-up. Three laboratory hours per week arranged with drama faculty.
(3). Advanced strategies for developing an appreciation for theatre as an art form.
(1). Dance for musical theatre: a practical application of dance and movement in performance. Choreography includes works from such composers as Gershwin, Bernstein, Sondheim, and Webber.
(3). An intensive course in which students work on all phases of theatre production from building scenery to performing in a major play which will be produced for the public during the last week of the course.
(3). Prerequisite: CS 201. Training in the use of CAD software with emphasis on specific applications of CAD to Theatre Design and Production.
(1). Experiments in the basics of acting. Limit 1 hour credit per semester.
(3). Introduction to physical theatres, scenery construction and painting, properties, lighting, and sound.
(3). A course designed to improve diction, pronunciation, accent, reading, and intonation.
(3). An introduction to the current technology used in film and video production. The course examines current trends in cinematography, editing, lighting, grip, and sound. This course will include a small group production using modern production equipment.
(3). Prerequisites: DR 241 and approval of instructor. Fundamental principles of theatrical directing.
(3). Exercises in preparing actors, directors, designers, technical directors, and stage managers for auditions and portfolio review.
(1). Active participation in the department's plays in the areas of scenery construction, painting, lighting, costumes, and make-up. Three laboratory hours per week arranged with drama faculty.
(3). Prerequisites: DR 242 and approval of instructor. Exercise in dramaturgical technique and the completion of a stage-worthy script by each student.
(3). The examination and application of the theories of stage movement and the metakinetic process. Emphasis placed on the imaginative and artistic use of the whole body in the development of acting roles, including stage combat.
(1). Dance for musical theatre: a practical application of dance and movement in performance. Choreography includes works from such composers as Gershwin, Bernstein, Sondheim, and Webber.
(3). Conditions under which the great plays of the world have been produced. Audience, actors, patrons, physical conditions, architecture, and the relation to the other arts: Antiquity to 1600.
(3). Conditions under which the great plays of the world have been produced. Audience, actors, patrons, physical conditions, architecture, and the relation to the other arts: 1600 to present.
(3). Prerequisite: DR 270. Training in the use of 3D Graphics and paint programs with emphasis on Scenic Design and Costume Design.
(3). Principles and problems of staging in arena, thrust, proscenium, and flexible theatres. Designs for settings of plays in models and perspective rendering.
(3). Principles and problems of staging in arena, thrust, proscenium, and flexible theatres. Designs for settings of plays in models and perspective rendering.
(3). Exploration of basic design elements and fabrics and their culmination into stage costume: period, character, and stylized.
(3). Exploration of basic design elements and fabrics and their culmination into stage costume: period, character, and stylized.
(1). Experiments in the basics of acting. Limit 1 hour credit per semester.
(3). Scope and development of puppetry throughout the world. Practical experience in the design, making, and performing puppets.
3. A practical carpentry course that explores specialized woodworking and finishing techniques for the stage including scenery, furniture, tools, and materials.
(3). Principles and problems of lighting for mood and effect in play production.
(3). Creation of straight, character, middle-age, old-age, beards, rubber prosthesis, and stylized make-up to aid the actor.
(3). History of costume as to styles, period fabrics, construction, and movement for theatrical performance.
(3). Introduction to the principles of sound and the equipment used in sound production with an emphasis on digital audio, computer based editing, and Midi.
(3). Techniques of scene painting to include drop painting, perspective illusion, lighting consideration, budget, and equipment.
(3). Prerequisite: DR 391. Advanced techniques of scene painting: molding, frescos, glazes, glosses, foliage, metals, and skies. Spring.
(3). Basics of construction of stage costumes; alteration and repair of existing costumes, and the implementation of professional costume shop practices.
(3). Topics, excursions, and requirements determined by department. May be duplicated for credit; however, only (3) credits may be applied toward any major or minor. Infrequently scheduled and subject to minimum and maximum numbers. Advance deposit required.
(3). Fundamental theories and practices of cinematography and editing for film and video. Practical cinematography exercises will utilize small, professional grade HD cameras in location settings. Editing exercise will utilize professional offline editing software to complete a small group produced short film.
(3). Prerequisites: DR 241 and DR 290. Advanced acting scenes and problems of various periods.
(3). Development of skill in reading aloud. Study of the methods used to convey the intellectual, emotional, and aesthetic values in literature to an audience.
(3). Instruction in the supervision of pre-school through elementary grade children in the spontaneous expression of ideas and characters through the theatrical form. Emphasis on the contribution of informal drama to the total development of the child.
(1). Active participation in the department's plays in the areas of scenery construction, painting, lighting, costumes, and make-up. Three laboratory hours per week arranged with drama faculty.
(1). Prerequisites: DR 250, 350, and 450. Production assignments in the department's plays in the areas of scenery, management, painting, lighting, costumes, and makeup arranged with drama faculty. Fall, Spring, May, and Summer I.
(1). Prerequisites: DR 250, 350, and 450. Production assignments in the department's plays in the areas of scenery, management, painting, lighting, costumes, and makeup arranged with drama faculty. Fall, Spring, May, and Summer I.
(1). Prerequisites: DR 250, 350, and 450. Production assignments in the department's plays in the areas of scenery, management, painting, lighting, costumes, and makeup arranged with drama faculty. Fall, Spring, May, and Summer I.
(1). Dance for musical theatre; a practical application of dance and movement in performance. Choreography includes work from such composers as Gershwin, Bernstein, Sondheim, and Webber.
(3). An investigation into the major theories of drama from Aristotle to the present. Extensive reading of play scripts as well as analytical works.
(3). A historical study of musical theatre in America from 1735 to the present. Emphasis is on theme, composers, performers, producers, and choreographers.
(3). Prerequisite: Successful completion of 30 hours of drama or by advisement. Individually designed and supervised research projects or production assignments.
(1). Experiments in the basics of acting. Limit 1 hour credit per semester.
(1). Prerequisites: DR 281, 381, and 481. Major performance roles in the areas of acting, directing, movement, and playwriting. Fall, Spring, May, Summer I.
(1). Prerequisites: DR 281, 381, and 481. Major performance roles in the areas of acting, directing, movement, and playwriting. Fall, Spring, May, Summer I.
(1). Prerequisites: DR 281, 381, and 481. Major performance roles in the areas of acting, directing, movement, and playwriting. Fall, Spring, May, Summer I.
(3). Prerequisite: DR 386. Advanced lighting techniques and design problems.
(3). Prerequisite: DR 387. Advanced makeup techniques for theatre, film, and television. Creation of false teeth and prosthetics for three dimensional, old-age, and specialty makeup.
(3). Prerequisites: Senior standing, 39 hours in drama, and instructor's permission. Directed production practicum and advanced career development in area of concentration. Fall, Spring, May and Summer I.
(3). Prerequisite: DR 398. A continuation of Drama 398. Methods of transforming a costume into a stage costume. Projects in period draping, construction, corseting, and trimming. (Fall and Spring)
(3). Individually designed and supervised projects combining research and practical work in specific areas of theatrical endeavor.
(3) (3). Independent research in areas of drama: literature, directing, acting, design, and education. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours.
(0). Prerequisites: EH 101 and 102 and have earned 60 semester hours. Students are strongly advised to complete this examination during the junior year. Students must pass the ECE at least one semester before filing an application for graduation. The ECE is given once each Fall and Spring. Students who have passed the writing section of the Georgia Regents' Test or the Florida CLAST are exempt from the ECE. Students must present evidence of satisfactory completion to the Registrar's Office.
(1). A review of writing skills for students who have had difficulty with, or feel apprehensive about, the English Competency Examination. Grades for EH 099:A,B, C, NC. Institutional credit only. See section on institutional credit.
(3). Prerequisite to all other English courses except EH 141. Spelling, grammar, punctuation, vocabulary, and the strategies of effective writing. Introduction to literature. Grades for EH 101: A,B,C, NC.
(3). Prerequisite to all other English courses except EH 141. Spelling, grammar, punctuation, vocabulary, and the strategies of effective writing. Introduction to literature. Research paper required. Grades for EH 102: A,B,C,NC.
(3). Prerequisite: ACT 25 and above or SAT 610 and above. Advanced strategies of effective writing. Advanced introduction to literature. Grades: A, B, C, NC. (Fall only).
(3). Substitutes for EH 102. Prerequisite: EH 101 or EH 103 and approval of instructor. Advanced strategies of effective writing. Advanced introduction to literature. A research paper. Grades: A, B, C, NC. (Spring only)
(3). Conversational English with emphasis on the process by which ideas are interchanged orally from one person to another or to a group. Consists of regular classroom presentations, formal speaking, and practice on individual problems with usage and articulation.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. The American tradition as presented in literature. Franklin, Irving, Poe, Douglass, Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, Melville, Whitman.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. The American tradition as presented in literature. James, Twain and twentieth-century American authors such as Ann Beattie and Alice Walker.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. Representative English writers in the major periods of their nation's cultural development. Beowulf to Neoclassical writers.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. Representative English writers in the major periods of their nation�s cultural development. Romantics to modern writers.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102 and approval of instructor. A study of works of literature against the background of philosophy, history, and the arts.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102 and approval of instructor. A study of works of literature against the background of philosophy, history, and the arts.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. The literature of Greece and Rome, the Medieval Period, the Renaissance, the Enlightenment, the Romantic Age, Realism and Symbolism, and our own times.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. The literature of Greece and Rome, the Medieval Period, the Renaissance, the Enlightenment, the Romantic Age, Realism and Symbolism, and our own times.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of Department Head. Special project in English studies. (Fall and Spring only)
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. A study of African-American writers from Colonial times through the Harlem Renaissance.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. A study of African-American writers from the 1940s to the present.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. A study of selected literature by Native Americans, including traditional oral genres (myths, folktales) and written genres (autobiography, fiction, poetry).
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102 or 104. Special project in English Studies. Permission of department head.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102 or approval of the English Department Head. This course will explore all aspects of English grammar, including sentence structure, usage, and mechanics. Open to all students with appropriate prerequisites.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102 or 104. An exploration of three of the most important forms of visual culture in contemporary America. The course will concentrate on the social and cultural work performed by the films, and the focus will shift from one semester to the next from film noir to classics to melodrama. May be taken only once.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. English poetry of the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries, featuring works of Blake, Dorothy and William Wordsworth, Byron, Mary and Percy Shelley, and Keats.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. British and American poets of the 1900s. Hardy and Robinson through Robert Lowell and Adrienne Rich.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. A thorough study of the parts of speech and syntax.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. Practical writing, especially correspondence and reports, for students in business, scientific, and technical fields.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. Improving the skills and the knowledge of composition acquired in EH 101 and 102, deepening the student�s understanding of grammar, diction, and usage, and introducing him/her, through active production, to the larger forms, particularly of an expository or argumentative nature.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 141. Basic principles and practice of argumentation and debate, with instruction in parliamentary procedure. No credit allowed toward English major or minor.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 141 and approval of advisor. Study and practice of techniques of public speech-making, argumentation and debate.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 141 and approval of advisor. Study and practice in developing oral communication skills and auditory discrimination ability.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102 and 141, Major in EED or ECE. Emphasis on writing and on oral presentation skills. Emphasis on writing and on oral presentation skills. No credit allowed toward English major or minor. Grades: A,B,C,NC.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. A survey of the literature of young adults with particular attention to recent examples. Emphasis will be on the literary qualities of the reading.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102 and approval of instructor. This course will concentrate on writing fiction.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102 and approval of instructor. This course will concentrate on writing poetry.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 141. A course designed to give students study and practice in effective oral communication in different one-to-one relationships and situations. No credit allowed toward English major or minor.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. From its beginning to the present: Cooper, Hawthorne, Melville, and Twain through such moderns as Faulkner, Hemingway, Wolfe, Ellison, Bellow, and Morrison.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. The reading and analysis of recent novels and/or short stories selected by the instructor.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. The social, moral, and psychological interests of modern and contemporary continental, English, and American dramatists.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. Selected works of poetry and prose by such major Southern writers as George Washington Cable, Alice Walker, William Faulkner, and Flannery O'Connor.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102 or EH 104. This survey course will serve as an introduction to the literary ideas, forms, and techniques found in English translations of the Old Testament. It fulfills the upper level, non-American literature requirements for English and Secondary English Language Arts majors.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102 or 104. This survey course will serve as an introduction to the literary ideas, forms, and techniques found in English translations of the New Testament. It fulfills the upper level, non-American literature requirements for English and Secondary English Language Arts majors.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. Topics, excursions and requirements determined by department. Infrequently scheduled and subject to minimum and maximum numbers. Advance deposit required. This course may be duplicated for a total of 6 semester credits; however, only 3 semester credits may be used toward the major or minor.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. The poet against the background of the Middle Ages.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. Dedicated to selected writers, themes or genres.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. Hamlet, Othello, and selected histories and romantic comedies.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. King Lear, Macbeth, and selected later comedies and tragedies.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. Program of study in Stratford-upon-Avon. Visits to places associated with Shakespeare and reading in social history of the period. Offered infrequently.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. A study of current theory and practice in composition studies.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. A consideration of the motion picture in its artistic, technical, and historical contexts. A number of films by major directors will be viewed, ranging from the comedies of the thirties and forties to the work of Alfred Hitchcock and the fantasy of the Hollywood musical.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. An examination of American drama both as theatre and literature, considering early plays in their historical contexts, with emphasis on major American dramatists beginning with Eugene O'Neill and progressing through Tennessee Williams, Arthur Miller, Edward Albee, Beth Henley, August Wilson, and others.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. A survey of eighteenth-century English writers, focusing on major satirists, such as Dryden, Pope, Swift, and Fielding; also including Johnson and his circle, some of the major novelists and dramatists; and ending with a survey of the "Pre-Romantics" (the "poets of sensibility").
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. Tennyson, Elizabeth Barrett and Robert Browning, Arnold, Swinburne, and other poets of the Victorian Era.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. Medieval background of Elizabethan drama and the reading of representative plays of the Tudor and Stuart periods.
(3). Undergraduate and Graduate Prerequisite: EH 344. Refining skills and knowledge acquired in EH 101, 102, 344, and requiring expository/argumentative essays representative of excellent rhetoric.
(3). Poetry and prose of John Milton, with special attention to Paradise Lost.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. Six centuries of representative literature by women. Emphasis on recent British and American, including ethnic-American, authors. Discussion of women writers in relation to the traditional canon.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. An introduction to Alabama writers from the frontier period to the present; fiction and nonfiction; short story, novel, poetry, essay.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102 or 104. An examination of plays, short stories, and poems by Williams. Themes such as loss, alienation, death, and desire will be examined.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102 or 104. An introduction to literature of the non-Western world from ancient times to the twenty-first century. This course will examine different genres of literature originating in the following regions or cultures: Asia, the Middle East, Africa, South and Central America, as well as other cultures whose heritage is not primarily based on the Western tradition.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. Study of the origins and development of the English language from Old English through Modern English, focusing on the historical, cultural, and linguistic forces affecting language change.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. A study of major twentieth-century writers, including Wright, Ellison, Hughes, Baldwin, Toni Morrison, Alice Walker, and others.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. Prominent themes and theories, various critical approaches, and outstanding examples of literary criticism from Plato to feminism and African-American literary theory.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. A history of the British novel, with readings of, and reports on, novelists of the eighteenth, nineteenth, and twentieth centuries.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102. British fiction of the twentieth century, including short stories and novels by modern and postmodern authors.
(3). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: EH 102. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. A study of the New York theatre available at the time the course is offered. In addition to attending four current Broadway productions, students visit Lincoln Center for the Performing Arts and major art museums, such as the Metropolitan Museum of Art, the Museum of Modern Art, and others.
(3). Prerequisites: Completion of at least 12 hours of 300+ English classes and permission of the Department Chair and sponsoring faculty member. Provides direct experience and application of principles, concepts and theories acquired in coursework with an emphasis on writing in a professional organization while giving students the opportunity to gain work/career experience in service/learning or business/corporate settings. Grade: Pass/Fail.
(3). Techniques of literary research, critical and theoretical approaches, varieties of scholarly production, analysis and interpretation of literary texts. English M.A. students must successfully complete this course within their first 15 hours of graduate English study.
(3). Important literature of the century; writers examined may include Emerson, Thoreau, Whitman, Hawthorne, Melville, Twain, Dickinson, Douglass, and Jacobs.
(3). Major novels of Defoe, Richardson, Fielding and such minor figures as Behn, Smollett, Goldsmith, Burney, and the early Gothic novelists.
(3). Analysis of speech communication variables operating in educational, volunteer, and governmental organizations.
(3). Prerequisite: Admission to JSU Writing Project. Corequisite: EH 552. Extensive study of theory and methodology of composition and composition instruction.
(3). Prerequisite: Admission to JSU Writing Project. Corequisite: EH 551. Extensive writing and critiquing, with research and presentations on writing.
(3). Twentieth-century American literature, with emphasis on the work of major poets, novelists, dramatists, and non-fiction writers.
(3). Twentieth-century continental literature including such foundational fitures as Mann, Kafka, Proust, Gide, Valery, and Pirandello; recent writers such as Alberto Moravia, Jean Anouilh, Andre Malraux, Jean-Paul Sarte, Simone de Beauvoir, Salvatore Quasimodo, Elio Vittorini, and Boris Pasternak.
(3). Best of Southern literature with emphasis on the work of major writers.
(3). Prose fiction and nonfiction of the Victorian Age.
(3). Literature of the late sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, with emphasis as the instructor desires.
(3). English literature of the late eighteenth and early ninteenth centuries; emphasis on Blake, William and Dorothy Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Mary and Percy Shelley, and Keats; writers such as Godwin, Wollstonecraft, Burke, Paine, Barbauld, Smith, Hemans, Hazlitt, Hunt, and Clare also featured.
(3). Reading of representative works of Shakespeare, with attention to the history of Shakespearian scholarship and criticism.
(3). Literature of England during the Middle Ages with emphasis on the romance and its background in general European literature.
(3). Poetry and prose of the seventeenth century.
(3). Special readings and assignments approved by department head and instructor after consideration of the student's background.
(3). Part of program of study in Stratford-upon-Avon; visits to places associated with Elizabethan literature and extensive reading on social history of the period.
(3). Part of program of study in Stratford-upon-Avon; attendance at plays presented by the Royal Shakespeare Company and other companies with lectures and discussions on the plays; consideration may be given to modern playwrites also, depending on the RSC production schedule.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of Application for Thesis Option. See "Thesis Option and Procedures." May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours. Grade: Pass/Fail.
(3). Overview of issues related to disaster management, including a history of the field, key legislation impacting the field, comprehensive emergency management and integrated emergency management, and current issues in the field.
(3). An overview of the administrative, legislative, and operational elements of homeland security programs and processes, including a review of homeland security history, policies, and programs.
(3). This course will focus on the potential use of Weapons of Mass Destruction by terrorists and the proper preparedness and response by communities and jurisdictions. Specifically, this course will provide an historical and current overview of the terrorist threat, the composition and types of Weapons of Mass Destruction, emergency actions at the scene, integration of Federal assets into the overall response, and incident management. This course is appropriate for members of the emergency response community, emergency management, and members of the general population desiring knowledge about the real and ever-present danger of terrorist activity within the United States.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 301. Methods and techniques used to lessen the potential impact of disasters. Approaches related to policy, sustainability, public education, disaster exercises, programming, and the built environment are all considered.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 301. Documents and analyzes the social construction of vulnerabilities to disaster. Methods to reduce vulnerabilities and build local capacity are covered.
(3). Introduction to the legislative underpinnings of domestic homeland security and emergency management processes. Significant legislation will be reviewed with special consideration for the concepts that define legal duties and consequences for first responders and emergency managers.
(3). An in-depth study for emergency medical responders that focuses on chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, and explosive (CBRNE) incident management; treatment of victims of exposure to chemical, biological, and radiological hazards, as well as explosions. Hands-on training modules provide the emergency medical responder with the knowledge and skills to perform triage operations while in personal protective equipment (PPE) and to perform decontamination of victims. Students are required to complete the FEMA resident course PER-267 at the Center for Domestic Preparedness.
(3). An in-depth study that provides healthcare personnel with a foundation of knowledge in healthcare emergency management. The course focuses on standards, regulations, and organizations affecting healthcare entities and the integration of government agencies and stakeholders; disaster preparedness planning; staffing and personnel; emergency management issues for healthcare; personal protective equipment (PPE) and decontamination; evacuation, isolation, and quarantine; ethical issues; financial issues; public affairs; and training, drills, and exercises. Students are required to complete the FEMA resident course AWR-900 at the Center of Domestic Preparedness.
(3). An in-depth study of safe and effective response to radiological incidents. Topics include radiological concepts, radiological response team operations, commercial nuclear power facilities, plume modeling, radiological instrumentation, PPE and decontamination. Students are required to complete the FEMA resident course PER-904 at the Center for Domestic Preparedness.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 301. The history, methods, and philosophy of terrorism are reviewed. Case studies of terrorist activities and implications of emergency response issues are also covered.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 301. Examination of key legislation regarding storage, handling, and transportation of hazardous materials, and review of the emergency management community plans, responds, and recovers when hazardous material incidents occur.
(3). A review of the skills needed to effectively deal with the public and media before, during, and after an emergency event. Topics will include role and responsibilities of the Public Information Officer, understanding the roles and responsibilities of the media, conducting awareness campaigns, writing news releases, public speaking, granting interviews, media management, and dealing with high-profile incidents.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 301. Focuses upon the role of local, state and federal government in time of disaster. A history of key legislation related to disasters and how it has impacted the emerging profession is provided.
(3). Open to all majors across the disciplines. Overview of how individuals, groups, families, organizations, communities, and countries handle disasters before, during, and after they occur.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 301. The costs of natural and man made disasters around the world, the existing policy frameworks for mitigating these costs in the industrialized world, and the ways in which these policies might be adapted for the developing world.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 301. Covers how people, groups, organizations, communities and governments manage disaster in the immediate aftermath and long-term including social, physical, business, and infrastructure problems as well as intra- and inter-organizational issues.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 301 and EM 411. Reviews structure and functions of health care delivery systems in massive casualty situations with specific attention to intra and inter-organizational management, ranging from emergency response triage to inter-organizational systemic management issues.
(3). Prerequisites: EM 301 and EM 411. This course is designed to introduce the student to Emergency Operations Center (EOC) management. The student will learn accepted concepts, methodologies, and strategies of EOC design and management and apply this knowledge to operations-based scenarios. The successful student will complete this course possessing a baseline understanding of the purpose and scope of EOC operation and components necessary for the physical facility and staff.
(3). Integration of emergency functions, response structures, technology use, information management, and decision-making. The National Response Plan and the National Incident Management System will be addressed.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 301. Reviews and critiques actual plans and engages students in components of effective disaster planning within and across various jurisdictions.
(3). Identifies what constitutes critical infrastructure including cyber as well as physical infrastructure. Evaluation of strategies for promoting vulnerability assessments and risk reduction, and protection of critical infrastructures will be examined.
(3). Prerequisite: Senior Standing in Program. Integrates prior coursework in an applied and experiential framework through case studies, exercises, applied research, and analytical activities.
(3). The examination of current issues and concerns with Homeland Security including upcoming National Special Security Events that mandate comprehensive security planning and response capabilities. Challenges of implementing and maintaining homeland security will be covered.
(3). Overview of how research is done and how to understand scholarly work including, reading, understanding, and applying studies from the field of disaster research.
(3). Introduction to the process of assessing and enhancing preparedness for terrorism for organizations and communities. Topics include technical and organizational requirements, risk and vulnerability assessments, continuity of operations, communication and information management, capacity building needs, funding strategies, and recovery systems. Particular attention is given to coordination requirements for incident management for first responder agencies, healthcare systems, and public and private sector response systems.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor and department head.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 301 and approval of instructor and internship coordinator. Provides direct experience and application of principles, concepts and theories acquired in coursework to a real world setting.
(3). History of the profession; contemporary emergency management concepts, functions, and practices for government, nonprofit organizations, and the private sector.
(3). Course examines the portrayal of disasters in electronic and print media. Emphasis will be on the impact that newspapers, websites, television, social media, and film have on affecting individual and societal constructions of natural disasters, terrorist attacks, and man-made disasters. Each of the four phases of emergency management will be discussed from the perspective of social, political, and cultural implications of media coverage or lack of coverage.
(3). Legal context and constraints for emergency management; administrative law, administrative discretion, and liability.
(3). Introduction to the fundamentals of exercise design, development and implementation. Includes a reivew of different types of exercises, how they are used, and how they are conducted. Provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to develop and conduct disaster exercises that test a community's emergency response plan and capabilities.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 505. Processes for short- and long-term recovery for individuals, families, and communities; provision of recovery assistance by both public and voluntary sectors.
(3). Historical aspects of shipping vulnerability including: seaports, ships, cargoes, operations, commerce, government coordination, international security conventions and practices, and related technology. Case studies of recent events and new initiatives in International maritime transportation security will be examined.
(3). Comprehensive coverage of major analytical and statistical tools used in emergency management program administration.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 505. Incident management approaches for domestic and international terrorism; anti and counter-terrorism organizational roles, responsibilities, and coordination, homeland security initiatives.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 505. Mitigation concepts, implementation approaches, and planning.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 505. Preparedness frameworks and strategies; techniques of emergency operations planning, exercise design and evaluation, and public education.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 505. Individual, social, economic and policy dimensions of vulnerability and client needs for disaster; service delivery strategies, coordination models, resource management and capacity building for nonprofit disaster relief organizations.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 505. Context of disaster response, response functions, assessment, resource mobilization and adjutication, and emergency operations center (EOC) operations.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 505, EM 525, and EM 555. Integration of emergency management functions, response structures, technology use, information management, and decision-making.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 505. Contingency planning, business impact analysis, business resumption processes, risk/crisis communication and management, disaster recovery and organizational continuity.
(3). A detailed review of global concerns for biosecurity including the history of biological warfare, bioterrorism, concerns for agroterrorism and current initiatives in biodefense. Included will be a thorough review of specific agents, the diseases they cause, detection methodologies, and consequence management considerations.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 505, EM 525, and EM 555. Surveillance and rapid needs assessment, disaster epidemiology, disaster medical systems and approaches, and disaster mental health.
(3). The examination of current issues and concerns with Homeland Security including upcoming National Special Security Events that mandate comprehensive security planning and response capabilities. Innovations and reactions from politicians and citizens will serve to offer students insight into the challenges of implementing and maintaining homeland security.
(3). This course will focus on modeling and simulation of high consequence events as a means of preparing emergency managers for future disasters. Several types of high consequence disasters will be examined from the perspectives of preparedness, prevention, decision-making and effective response.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 505. A historical review of the military role in disaster relief and humanitarian support missions. Primary emphasis will be on recent case studies of major disasters. The course will also discuss the possible expanding role of the military in future natural disasters and CBRN events. Students will conduct a small research project to explore a current issue surrounding the use of the US military in domestically-based incidents.
(3). An in-depth study of current topics and the application of cutting edge technologies in Emergency Management.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 505, EM 515, EM 525. Integration and synthesis of theory and practice for emergency management.
(3). Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and approval of the program director. In-depth study of selected topic of special project. Grade: Pass/Fail.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor and program director. In-depth study of selected topic of special project.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor and program director. Supervised practice experience in a professional emergency management setting.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 505. Leadership and organizational theory for emergency management; conflict management, use of power, group dynamics, and team performance.
(2). On-campus integrative seminar during the first three years of program of study. Specialized topics include how to review and critique scholarly literature and research finding, how to present scholarly work at conferences, and how to write for journal publication. Opportunities for students to exchange ideas, present their work, and interact with faculty. Includes special topics of current interest.
(2). On-campus integrative seminar during the first three years of program of study. Specialized topics include how to review and critique scholarly literature and research finding, how to present scholarly work at conferences, and how to write for journal publication. Opportunities for students to exchange ideas, present their work, and interact with faculty. Includes special topics of current interest.
(2). On-campus integrative seminar during the first three years of program of study. Specialized topics include how to review and critique scholarly literature and research finding, how to present scholarly work at conferences, and how to write for journal publication. Opportunities for students to exchange ideas, present their work, and interact with faculty. Includes special topics of current interest.
(3). In depth analysis of disaster management principles and practice, including historical and emergent trends and conditions relevant to the current state-of-the-practice and standards, plus future development.
(3). Examination of the major theoretical topics, questions, and literature that inform the discipline and practice of emergency management, with topics including the nature of disaster, human and organizational behavior under stress, and risk perception and communication. An interdisciplinary approach whereby students think critically about the epistemological assumptions of alternative theoretical perspectives and divergent policy approaches.
(3). Analysis and application of systems thinking concepts and methodologies to problems encountered in emergency management.
(3). Tools and methods used to manage risk associated with the hazards facing a community; role of emergency management programs in community resilience and sustainability.
(3). Explores strategies public officials employ to cope with disasters and their impacts, risk-based operational considerations and management structures.
(3). Examines emergency management functional demands and program delivery on a day-to-day basis; considers managerial practices such as communication with the public, the meaning of public service, making effective presentations to governing boards and legislatures, effective meetings and group facilitation, citizen engagement, media relations, and ethics.
(3). Social science research methods including research design and approaches to inquiry (quantitative, qualitative, experimental, evaluation), the role of theory in empirical research, causal inference, and reporting and reviewing research.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 853 -may be taken concurrently. An examination of statistical and research techniques appropriate to emergency management applied research, including descriptive statistics, probability theory, sampling and statistical inference, hypothesis testing, regression and correlation analysis, analysis of variance, modeling and techniques for data reduction (e.g. factor analysis).
(3). Prerequisites: EM 853 and EM 855. Research, measurement and methodological requirements for the assessment of benefits and costs of programs and projects.
(3). Prerequisites: EM 853 and EM 855. Examination of qualitative methods that can be applied in the study of disasters; explores a range of activities necessary to perform disaster field research.
(3). Prerequisites: EM 853 and EM 855. Practical application of appropriate social science research methodology to assess the efficiency and effectiveness of public sector and nonprofit policies and programs, with topics including how to develop an evaluation plan; evaluation types such as process, impact, cost-benefit, and cost-effectiveness evaluations; and management of evaluation projects.
(3). Prerequisite: Consent of program director. Directed reading and research in fields of special interest.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 834. Unique considerations of nonprofit disaster management and service delivery, including volunteer administration, donations management, fundraising, and cross-sector collaboration.
(3). Prerequisite: EM 834. Overview of emergency management considerations for health and medical professionals and range of medical, public health, behavioral and psychological problems associated with disaster; incident management processes and organization that integrate health and medical assets into the response.
(3). Examines theories related to risk perception and behavior; principles of risk communication and special communication challenges with diverse audiences; and development of crisis and emergency risk communication plans.
(3). Classic and contemporary theories and models of leadership,with emphasis on the role of leadership in crisis situations; principles of crisis management.
(3). Explores the importance of information in emergency management; information requirements and breakdowns; and information technologies applied to crisis and disaster situations.
(3). Disaster-related applications of spatial analysis techniques; use of GIS software.
(3). Prerequisite: Consent of program director. Independent study under the direction of the instructor.
(3). Prerequisite: Consent of program director. Independent study under the direction of the instructor.
(3). Prerequisite: Consent of program director. Independent study under the direction of the instructor.
(3). Prerequisite: Consent of program director. At least 18 credit hours required; no credit assigned until dissertation has been completed and filed with the graduate dean. Continuous enrollment required subsequent to passing qualifying exams for admission to candidacy. Students may register for 3, 6, or 9 hours per semester.
(3). An overview of environmental science principles, environmental and health effects of pollutants, and a discussion of possible solutions that can be implemented to minimize or eliminate damage to Earth.
(3). Prerequisite: ESC 300. In-depth study of selected environmental regulations relating to hazardous substances and wastes, clean air and clean water, and origins in statutory law.
(3). Prerequisite: ESC 300. An introduction to the engineering systems and equipment used to protect our air, water, and soils. This non-mathematical course is designed to prepare individuals from various disciplines to understand the selection, basic design, application, and effectiveness of environmental engineering systems.
(3). Prerequisites: CY 105 and 106. An introduction to the identification and management of hazardous materials encountered in the workplace, school, or home. This course will focus on management approaches, including education and training, engineering systems, task performance practices, administrative procedures, emergency response plan preparation, and first responder actions that can be used to minimize exposures and consequent health and environmental effects.
(3). Prerequisites: ESC 500 or its equivalent. In-depth examination of various conservation issues. Topic selection varies, see instructor. May be duplicated for credit for a total of six semester hours.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. This course is designed to equip the student with a firm understanding of QA/QC techniques in the environmental field. This will be accomplished through the use of simple statistical methods and a study of the EPA requirements for sampling and analysis of environmental parameters.
(3). Prerequisites: ESC 300, 310, 321, 330, and 400. The National Environmental Policy requires that potential environmental impacts of proposed projects be evaluated and presented in the form of an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS). This course reviews the EIS format and the collaborative procedures used to produce an EIS.
(3). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: None. Prerequisites for Graduate: ESC 500 or its equivalent. Overview of systematic auditing techniques with a focus on regulatory compliance, liability, environmental awareness, and ethics. The course will also cover process mapping as a tool of auditing, the new international standards (ISO 14000) and their implications on future industrial activity. Graduate Course will conclude with a class audit of a local facility and software application.
(3). Advanced study of various topics in environmental science and related fields. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 12 semester hours.
(3). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: None. Prerequisites for Graduate: ESC 500 or its equivalent. An in-depth study of methodologies for human and environmental risk analysis, with a focus on hazardous chemical releases. Case studies will be evaluated and compared.
(3). Overview of environmental science principles, environmental health effects of pollutants, and a discussion of possible sollutions that can be implemented to minimize or eliminate damage to Earth. Emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of environmental issues and their solutions. ESC 500 cannot be used to meet program/concentration requirements for graduation.
(3). Prerequisite: ESC 500 or its equivalent. Laws, regulations, and policies regarding environmental quality. Review of local, state, and national interrelationships with regard to promulgating environmental regulations. Local issues confronting regulatory agencies will be used to illustrate systems of pollution control and management.
(3). Prerequisite: ESC 500 or its equivalent. Overview of solid and hazardous waste issues at the local, state, national, and international levels. The focus on waste management will include a systems approach to waste separation and reuse, treatment and disposal of waste from both municipal and industrial activities.
(3). Prerequisite: ESC 500 or its equivalent. Basic principles of groundwater hydrology and transport of contaminants in groundwater systems; groundwater system characteristics; hydrologic properties of earth materials.
(3). Prerequisite: ESC or its equivalent. An overview of physical, chemical and biological techniques for treatment of hazardous wastes, and the application of these techniques to decontaminate soil, water, and air. Case studies will illustrate current field techniques.
(3). Prerequisites: Approval of department head and approval of instructor and ESC 500 or its equivalent. In depth study of selected topic(s).
(3). Beginning French grammar, pronunciation, conversation, culture, and supplementary work in the laboratory.
(3). Prerequisite: FH 101 or approval of instructor. Continuation of Beginner's French I.
(3). Prerequisite: FH 102 or approval of instructor. A review of French grammar and vocabulary, conversation, and discussion based on short literary selections. Writing short compositions, dialogs, etc. Laboratory required.
(3). Prerequisite: FH 201 or approval of instructor. Continuation of Intermediate French I. Successful completion of 202 is prerequisite for all courses numbered 300 or higher, except 321 and 322.
(3). Prerequisite: FH 202. French literature from the Middle Ages to the Revolution.
(3). Prerequisite: FH 202. French literature from from Romanticism to the present.
(3). Prerequisite: FH 202. A thorough study of syntax, structure, vocabulary, and structures that the advanced student should know. Writing expository, descriptive, argumentative, and critical compositions.
(3). Prerequisite: FH 202. Practice in written and spoken communications in all types of business situations for those specializing in areas where the language is French.
(3). Prerequisite: FH 202. Intensive practice in conversation.
(3). Prerequisite: None. An extensive study of French culture in a historical context, covering prehistory through the French Revolution. Cultural aspects examined include art and architecture, music, literature, politics and government, and social trends. Offered in English.
(3). Prerequisite: None. Introduction to and examination of the culture of various French-speaking countries and regions outside Europe. Offered in English.
(3). French history and culture portrayed in French historical films. For each film, students will examine historical background, then view and discuss the film. Films include: The Return of Martin Guerre, Gueen Margot, Danton, The Children of the Century, Camille Claudel, Germinal, Capitaine Conan, Indochine, The Last Metro, and Goodbye Children.
(3). An extensive study of French culture in a historical context, covering the Napoleonic Age through the present. Cultural aspects include art and architecture, music, literature, politics and government, and social trends. Offered in English.
(3). Prerequisite: FH 202. Reading and analysis of representative plays by Corneille, Racine, and Moli�re.
(3). Prerequisite: FH 202. Literary, social and political trends of the Enlightenment as represented in the works of Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, Rousseau and others.
(3). Prerequisite: FH 202. Nineteenth-Century French Novel: reading and analysis of representative works by Stendhal, Hugo, Balzac, Flaubert, Maupassant, and Zola.
(3). Prerequisite: FH 202. Nineteenth-Century Poetry and Drama: reading and analysis of poetry and drama representing the major movements of the era, from Romanticism through Symbolism.
(3). Prerequisite: FH 202. Twentieth-Century Novel : reading and analysis of representative works by Gide, Proust, Mauriac, Sartre, Camus and Saint-Exupery.
(3). Prerequisite: FH 202. Twentieth-Century Poetry and Drama: reading and analysis of poetry and drama from the major movements, including Surrealism, Theater of the Absurd, Existentialism, etc.
(3). Prerequisite: FIN 301. This course introduces the financial concepts, tools and principles utilized by the entrepreneur to initiate, build and develop a successful entrepreneurial venture. This course also examines the sources of financing necessary to initiate and develop the venture. In addition, students will learn how and when to interact with financial institutions to develop the enterprise to its potential and provide a return for its investors.
(3). A basic introduction to Arab language and culture, combining both spoken and standard Arabic. This course will include Arabic in common everyday situations, such as ordering food at a cafe, shopping, and greeting.
(3). Topics, excursions, and requirements determined by department. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 12 semester hours. GRADE: Pass/Fail.
(3). An overview of geographic information systems and a foundation in map coordinate systems, map projections, and map scale.
(3). Prerequisite: GIS 510. Methods of capturing data, acquiring and importing existing spatial data into geographic information systems, and deriving spatial information from remotely sensed data and storing spatial data.
(3). Prerequisite: GIS 510. Introduction to topology theory and its employment in GIS network analysis. Emphasis on methods of determining efficient paths, modeling network flows and creating efficient service areas for organizational entities.
(3). Prerequisite: GIS 510. Emphasis on evaluating existing site location efficiencies, determining appropriate point site and area site locations for organizational entities, and analyzing environmental impact using GIS.
(3). Prerequisite: GIS 510. Fundamentals of GIS implementation and GIS management. Consideration in designing organization-wide GIS and the management of both special projects and organization-wide use of GIS.
(3). Prerequisite: GIS 510. Fundamentals of map composition and layout, chart creation, data classification and map design to produce meaningful maps and charts of the results of spatial analysis.
(3). Prerequisite: GIS 510. Advanced GIS instruction and work in a variety of topics such as imagery interpretation and classification, surface modeling, spatial manipulation languages, and statistical analysis of spatial data. Can be taken twice for credit.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor and GIS 510. Grade: Pass or Fail only.
(3). Corequisite: GL 243. Modern concepts of the Earth's physical composition, crustal structures, and the internal/external forces acting on them.
(3). Corequisite: GL 244. Study of the Earth's evolution, including changes in its crust, surface features, atmosphere, and life forms.
(1). Corequisite: GL 241. Emphasis on rock/mineral identification and the study of landforms through topographic and geologic map interpretation. One two-hour lab per week.
(1). Corequisite: GL 242. Study of Earth history using geologic maps and the fossil record of plant and animal development. One two-hour lab per week.
(2). Introduction to physical factors resulting in climatic conditions of coastal regions, emphasis on the northern Gulf of Mexico.
(4). Prerequisite: GL 241 or approval of instructor. A study of the geology of the ocean basins, with special emphasis on the continental shelves, their sediments, and the sedimentary processes at work there.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Students learn how to use various pieces of equipment and lab demonstration techniques while assisting an instructor to prepare and conduct lab sessions. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 2 semester hours. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(3). Beginning German grammar, conversation and culture with emphasis on basic skills: reading, writing, speaking and understanding the target language.
(3). Prerequisite: GN 101. Beginning German grammar, with emphasis on basic skills-reading, writing, speaking, and understanding the target language.
(3). Prerequisite: German 102 or two years of high school German. Grammar, review, composition, selected reading, conversation.
(3). Prerequisite: German 201. Grammar, review, composition, selected reading, conversation.
(3). Studying the history of the Holocaust through its literature. Will meet the requirements for a European history or a Foreign Language elective.
(3). This course examines major world regions, each the unique result of interaction between an environmental setting and human social and economic activity.
(1). The development of geographic theory and methodology, with stress upon its relevance to current work in the discipline.
(3). An introduction to basic map reading and analysis involving symbol identification, coordinate location, and direction and distance measurement. Emphasis is upon using the topographic map.The development of geographic theory and methodology, with stress upon its relevance to current work in the discipline. Two hours lecture, two hours lab.
(3). A one semester overview of Earth including comparison to other planets in the solar system, its landsurface features, its atmospheric patterns, its soils and biomes. This course cannot be used in the Geography major or minor and cannot be used as a prerequisite for upper-level physical geography courses.
(3). The study of social and cultural patterns, emphasizing the arrangement and diversity of economic, social, political, religious, and demographic culture traits.
(3). Corequisite: GY 252. Study of the function and distribution of the interrelated processes that shape Earth's weather and the classification and distribution of Earth's climates.
(3). Corequisite: GY 253. Study of Earth's soils, biomes and physiographic regions with emphasis on the processes that formed them and their global patterns.
(1). Corequisite: GY 250. Experiments focus on weather, energy and moisture budgets, and climatic classifications. One two-hour lab per week.
(1). Corequisite: GY 251. Exercises focus on study of the physical properties of soils, the analysis of biomes, the use of topographic maps to identify land surface features and the identification of physiographic regions. One two-hour lab per week.
(3). Prerequisite: GY 208. A general introduction to the principles and applications of remote sensing with an emphasis on aerial photography.
(3). Prerequisite: GY 208. Introduction to the cartographic acquisition, processing, management, manipulation, analysis, and generation of spatial digital data in a Geographic Information System.
(3). Prerequisite: GY 208. Introduction to computer-assisted map making, emphasizing principles of map design. Two hours of lecture, two hours of lab.
(3). Examines the tools and methods provided by geographic Information science for planning and maintaining public service. Considerationn includes crime analysis and mapping, emergency and disaster response, environmental management, geographic distribution of health problems and facilities, parcel and infrastructure maintenance and mapping, analysis of networks, and predictive modeling.
(2). Prerequisites: EH 101 and 102; GY 250 and 252 or 251 and 253 or GL 241 and 243, and GY 220. Design and preparation of a geographic research proposal, with emphasis on writing and analysis. Fall semester only.
(3). Prerequisite: GY 315. Design and preparation of the graphics and statistical analysis portions of a geographic research proposal. Spring semester only.
(2). Corequisites: GY 315 and GY 316. An introduction to map compilation and layout and to computer-assisted map production. Fall semester only.
(3). A study of the spatial aspects of political phenomena from the international to the local scale. Suggested background: GY 220.
(3). Prerequisite: GY 250. A study of climates, how they are classified, and their effect upon human activity.
(3). Prerequisite: GY 250. The study of weather types and their causes, weather instrumentation, the construction and interpretation of weather maps, analog and synoptic forecasting, and weather modification.
(3). A survey of the factors which influence the location of economic activities with emphasis on the application of various elementary techniques designed to determine the relative economic potential of any place.
(3). An examination of the nature, availability, and distribution of those resources upon which we depend for our lives and lifestyles.
(3). Examination of the interrelations among various physical and cultural elements that make regions of the world distinctive. Regional focus varies. See instructor. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 12 semester hours.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Topics, excursions, and requirements determined by department. May be duplicated for credit; however, only 3 credits may be applied toward any major or minor. Infrequently scheduled and subject to minimum and maximum numbers. Advance deposit required.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. This course provides opportunity to gain on-the-job experience with a firm or government agency. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor required. This course gives the advanced student opportunity to pursue directed research. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 3 semester hours. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(3). Prerequisite: GY 302. Advanced instruction in multi-spectral, thermal and microwave sensing of the geographic environment. Emphasis on analysis of digital imagery.
(3). Use of the geographic perspective to examine facets of World, United States, and Alabama history.
(3). Coastal plains and Bible belts: what are regions, how are they created, how are they used to study the physical and cultural environment.
(3). Advanced geographic study of various facets of the natural environment; topic selection varies; see instructor. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 12 semester hours.
(3). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: None. Prerequisites for Graduate: ESC 500 or its equivalent. In-depth examination of various conservation issues. Topic selection varies, see instructor. Examples of the types of topics that could be covered in this course include energy resources, public lands management, water or air quality and issues regarding food production. This course may be used to meet degree requirements in the MPA degree with an Environmental Science Management emphasis or in the MA degree with a major in Liberal Studies coursework. May be duplicated for credit for a total of six semester hours.
(3) (3). Prerequiste: ESC 500 or its equivalent. In-depth examination of various conservation issues. Topic selection varies, see instructor. Examples of the types of topics that could be covered in this course include energy resources, public land management, water or air quality and issues regarding food production. This course may be used to meet degree requirements in the MPA degree with an Environmental Science Management emphasis or in the MA degree with a major in Liberal Studies coursework. May be duplicated for credit for a total of six semester hours.
(3). Permission of instructor required. Advanced training in selected geographic techniques. Topic selection varies. See instructor. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 12 semester hours.
(3). Undergraduate Prerequisite: GY 307. Introduction to topology theory and its employment in GIS network analysis. Emphasis on methods of determining efficient paths, modeling network flows, and creating efficient service areas for organization entities.
(3). Undergraduate Prerequisite: GY 307. Emphasis on evaluating existing site location efficiencies, determining of appropriate point site and area site locations for organizational entities, and analyzing environmental impact analyses using GIS.
(3). Undergraduate Prerequisite: GY 307. Methods of capturing data, acquiring and importing existing spatial data into geographic information systems, deriving spatial information from remotely sensed data, and storing spatial data.
(3). Undergraduate Prerequisites: GY 250, 251 or GY 250, GL 241. Graduate Prerequisite: None. An introduction to natural hazards, their causes, distribution and impacts. Focus on human perception, vulnerability and risk analysis.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of Department Head. Students learn to utilize pieces of equipment and demonstration techniques while assisting an instructor to prepare and conduct lab sessions. Four hours of laboratory per week. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 2 semester hours. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(1). Prerequisite: A completed piece of research must be submitted prior to enrollment in this course. Results of a basic research project in geography are presented in a conference setting using PowerPoint or equivalent software. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(3). Application of geographical concepts and perspectives to the study of the world's culture regions. May be used in the social science teaching field with a major in secondary education.
(3). Selected topics in earth science such as atmosphere systems and processes, climatology, landform development, soils and biogeography. See instructor for specific topic(s) each term. May be used in the general science and social science teaching fields with a major in secondary education. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 9 semester hours.
(3). Prerequisites: Approval of department head and approval of instructor. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(3). Supervised assignment in an area agency or firm for a minimum of 150 hours. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of department head. Students will do research on a current events topic which they select with the approval of the instructor.
(3). The study of western civilization from earliest times to the beginning of the modern era.
(3). The study of western civilization from the beginning of the modern era to the present.
(3). Prerequisite: ACT verbal 25 or above; SAT verbal 610 or above. Advanced study in the history of western civilization from earliest time to the present. Includes training in the techniques of historical research, writing, and criticism.
(3). Prerequisite: ACT verbal, 25 or above; SAT verbal 610 or above. Advanced study in the history of western civilization from earliest time to the present. Includes training in the techniques of historical research, writing, and criticism.
(3). The study of American history from pre-colonization through the Civil War.
(3). The study of American history from the Civil War era to the present.
(3). Prerequisite: ACT verbal 25 or above; SAT verbal 610 or above. Beginning with the European background, this course deals with the establishment of the thirteen English colonies, separation from the mother country, growth and expansion, participation in world affairs.
(3). Prerequisite: ACT verbal 25 or above; SAT verbal 610 or above. Beginning with the European background, this course deals with the establishment of the thirteen English colonies, separation from the mother country, growth and expansion, participation in world affairs.
(3). Prerequisites: HY 101 and 102. The origins of the English people and nation, its early legal and constitutional development, the struggle between king and parliament, and the beginning of overseas expansion down to the Glorious Revolution. Recommended especially for pre-law students.
(3). Prerequisites: HY 101 and 102. A continuation of History 301. The consolidation to the constitutional evolution; the agricultural, social, industrial, and political revolutions of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, the merging of Great Britain into the Commonwealth of Nations.
(3). Prerequisites: HY 201 and 202. The evolution of warfare and the military in America's past.
(3). Prerequisites: HY 101 and 102. A survey of Far Eastern history with special emphasis upon China, Japan, and the impact of western influence in Modern Times.
(3). Prerequisites: HY 101 and 102. The political, social, and intellectual developments of Russia from the early migrations and consolidation of Muscovy through the fall of the House of Romanov.
(3). Prerequisites: HY 101 and 102. Survey of the history of Russia focusing on the rise of radical activity that led to the Revolution of 1917, the creation, evolution and collapse of the Soviet Union and Russia after communism.
(3). Prerequisites: HY 101 and 102. Major political, intellectual, and cultural trends, with emphasis on ecclesiastical developments and the fathers of the church.
(3). Topics, excursions, and requirements determined by department. May be duplicated for credit; however, only three (3) credits may be applied toward any major or minor. Advance deposit required. Infrequently scheduled and subject to minimum and maximum numbers.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 101 and 102. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. European society as seen through its philosophy, religion, literature, and politics.
(3). Prerequisites: HY 101 and 102. The Cold War and its impact on the internal reorganization of the European nations.
(3). A historical investigation of human interaction with the environment in the United States from the pre-colonial era to the present.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Working with local historical museums under the supervision of faculty, students will be introduced to the problems and possibilities of museum curatorship.
(3). Prerequisites: HY 101 and 102. A survey of civilization in the Near East and Europe from the invention of writing to the fall of the Roman Empire.
(3). Prerequisites: HY 101 and 102. A survey of the development of the French nation-state from Louis XIV to the present.
(3). Prerequisite: HY 102. A survey of the development of Germany from the Peace of Westphalia to the collapse of the Third Reich.
(3). Prerequisite: HY 102. A survey of the military and diplomatic history of Europe from the Peace of Westphalia to the end of the Second World War.
(3). Studying the history of the Holocaust through its literature. Will meet the requirements for a European history or a Foreign Language elective.
(3). Prerequisite: HY 201 and 202 or approval of instructor. A military history of the American Revolution, War of 1812, Mexican War, Civil War, and Spanish American War. The course examines strategy, tactics, leadership, logistics, and civil military relations in America's first five conflicts.
(3). This course will examine the rise and fall of Napoleon Bonaparte's military career. Lectures and student research will analyze the campaigns, strategy, and tactics of the wars that engulfed Europe from 1792-1815.
(3). An examination of the economic, social, political, military, and diplomatic aspects of the Habsburg Monarchy from the 1400s to 1918. Lectures and readings will emphasize the major events, leaders, and the multi-ethnic society that dominated East-Central Europe for centuries.
(3). This course traces the political, cultural and economic history of modern China from the collapse of the imperial government through the reforms following the death of Mao Zedong.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. American society through its literature, religion, philosophy, and arts. Emphasis upon immigration strains, European cultural transfer, and environmental adaptations which have formed the American character. Wide opportunities for reading offered in religion, philosophy, literature, and the arts.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 201, 202, and 433 or approval of instructor. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. A continuation of History 433, this course will evaluate shifting immigration origins. Concentrated study will be given to the changing thought patterns which have resulted from Darwinism, the rise of Big Business, theories of the public interest, Pragmatism, and the emergence of the United States as a world power.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. A survey of the history of women from the colonial period to the present with emphasis upon social, economic, political, and educational developments.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. Blacks in the U.S. from colonial times to the present; events of the twentieth-century and the integral social relations between blacks and whites will be emphasized.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. Pre-colonial civilization through the Civil War. The colonization and the economic, political, social, and cultural development of the Old South and its part in building the nation.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 201, 202, and 441 or approval of instructor. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. The issues which led to secession; the War Between the States; the economic, political, and social results; recent tendencies and developments.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. The study of the historic roots of regional culture that will integrate topics such as the "Cult of the Lost Cause," religion, folk life, music, literature, and the transition from a rural/agricultural society to an urban/commercial/industrial one.
(3). Prerequisites: HY 201 and 202. Alabama from the era of settlement to the present.
(3). Prerequisite: HY 201. A survey of Native American history in what became the United States. Particular attention will be paid to Native-US government relations, the impact of the reservation and assimilation programs, and modern rights issues.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. Significance of the frontier in American History; colonization of successive geographic areas; the West in relation to tariff, public lands, currency and banking; and crisis resulting from expansion.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. European background to exploration; exploration and settlement; the Inter-Colonial Wars; the political, social, economic, and cultural developments within the colonies.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. The development of the American Republic from the end of the American Revolution until the Compromise of 1850, with special emphasis on the influence that Jefferson and Jackson had on the evolution of democratic attitudes and institutions.
(3). Prerequisites: HY 201 and 202. The rise of opposition to slavery; the Decade of Crises; Civil War; political, social, economic, diplomatic, and military aspects of the conduct of the war. An examination of the various interpretations, regional and national, of the Reconstruction Period.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. Description and evaluation of the shift of the United States from an agrarian to an industrial nation; the heritage of Civil War and Reconstruction; the rise of the Great Moguls; mass production and technological change; the rise of labor union movements and organized farm protests; the Spanish-American War; and American involvement in World War I.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. A detailed study of American political, diplomatic, and cultural history from President Woodrow Wilson through Franklin D. Roosevelt.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. A detailed study of American political, diplomatic, and cultural history since the end of the World War II. Part of this course will be devoted to the study of current events.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 101 and 102. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. Growth and development of the British Empire, with emphasis on the factors leading to the Commonwealth of Nations. Not open to Graduate students who have completed HY 305.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 101 and 102. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. Growth of common law, the court system, and the cabinet form of government from the earliest times to the present. Not open to Graduate students who have completed HY 308.
(3). An examination of late Victorian-twentieth century British and World events through the career of Winston S. Churchill.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. History of United States foreign relations beginning with the American Revolutionary Period and continuing through the decade of the 1920s. A study of the historical changes in American foreign policy objectives which led to the increased size and importance of the United States.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. A detailed study of United States foreign relations beginning with Franklin D. Roosevelt and continuing to the present.
(3). Prerequisites: HY 101 and 102. This course centers around Israel's struggle for national independence and the tension this has produced in the Middle East.
(3). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: HY 101 or 201 or approval of instructor. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. The interaction of Native American, European, and African people in the Spanish and Portuguese empires of the Americas, concluding with the wars for independence.
(3). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: HY 102 or 202 or approval of the instructor. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. An examination of the political, economic, social, and cultural developments of the diverse Latin American nations since 1821, against a backdrop of tradition, reform, and revolution.
(3). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202 or approval of instructor. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. A survey of the diplomatic, economic, and cultural relations between the United States and the Latin American Republics from 1810 to the present.
(3). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202 or approval of instructor. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. A study of Mexico's past including pre-Columbian civilizations, the Spanish Conquest and Colonial period, the independence movement and the early republic, the struggle for nationhood, the modernization of Mexico with a special emphasis on the Mexican Revolution and the forces that shaped present day Mexico.
(3). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202 or approval of instructor. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. A history of Colombia, Ecuador, Peru and Bolivia from Pre-Colombian times until the present with an emphasis on the diversity of the peoples of these nations.
(3). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: HY 201 and 202 or approval of instructor. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. A survey of Brazil's history from 1500 until the present with an emphasis on The Empire of Brazil 1822-1889 and modern Brazil, 1889 to present.
(3): An introduction to the theory of Religious History and the study of the history and practices of the five dominant world religions using resources from within those traditions.
(3). An examination of the progress, beliefs, and controversies of the Christian Church from the High Middle Ages, through the Reformation and Enlightenment, into its worldwide expansion, and into the twentieth century.
(3). Directed readings or research project agreed to among student, instructor and head of the History Department.
(3). Techniques of historical research, nature of history, theories of historical interpretation, and intensive study of controversies in history.
(3). This course will provide a detailed examination of major historiographic debates concerning National Socialist Germany's persecution and murder of Jews, the handicapped Sinti, Roma, and other groups deemed "unworthy of life."
(3). An overview of the history and historians of the middle ages by examining recent scholarship on the subject as well as discussing the methodological problems of doing medival history.
(3). Major themes of European history from the seventeenth to the twentieth centuries including survey of relevant literature and interpretations.
(3). Foundations of American foreign policy. Not open to those taking credit for PSC 421G.
(3). A study of the political, economic, social, and cultural trends of the nations of Latin America from the end of World War II to the present.
(3). Seminar in the intellectual and cultural sources that went into the making of the American tradition, particularly the influences on the Founders' generation.
(3). Effect of the Industrial Revolution and urbanization of America on society and thought patterns in the U.S. as seen in the end of "American innocence" and the search for security in a changed America and a constantly changing world.
(3). This course will trace the evolution of women's societal, economic and political roles in the United States from the "Age of Association" in the mid-nineteenth century through the modern period. By the end of the course, we will have answered the question of whether "we've come a long way, Baby!" or not.
(3). The African-American experience from the Civil War to the present, focusing on the creation of segregation, resistance to discrimination and the Civil Rights movement. The influence of African-American culture on the larger American society will receive special attention.
(3). The study of 20th Century Alabama within the context of regional and national development.
(3). Study of major economic, political, sociological, racial, cultural, and intellectual developments during the century.
(3). Causes of the Civil War and political, social, economic, and military aspects of its conduct; examination of various interpretations of the Reconstruction period, regional and national.
(3). Closing aspects of Spanish-American War, emergence of an imperial power; Theodore Roosevelt's Square Deal, 1901-1909; Imperialism and Dollar Diplomacy, 1901-1913; Taft and the Progressives; Woodrow Wilson and the New Freedom, 1913-1917; World War I and its aftermath, 1917-1929; restoration of the G.O.P.; hope for a new economic era; Hoover and the Depression, 1929-1932; election of 1932.
(3). Economic, social, political, military, and diplomatic aspects of years 1789-1815, with emphasis on France as the moving force of the period.
(3). International relations of European states in 19th century, with emphasis on the Congress System, Eastern Question, Bismarckian System, and pre-War balance of power.
(3). Study of the principal ideas and scope of thought in politics, history, science and technology, fine arts, literature and religion.
(3). Study of the principal ideas and scope of thought in political philosophy, philosophy of history, science and technology, fine arts, literature, and religion.
(3). Study of principal ideas and scope of thought in political philosophy, philisophy of history, science and technology, fine arts, literature, and religion.
(3). A historical and historiographical overview of the Reformation period, encompassing pre-Reformation, Luther, Calvin, and the Counter Reformation.
(3). Political analysis of development of individual states within framework of East-West conflict and economic competition and cooperation.
(3). Study of major economic, political, sociological, racial, cultural, and intellectual developments since the turn of the century.
(3). Survey of Modern Far Eastern history with emphasis on China and Japan.
(3). England's emergence as a modern state, 1485-1603; constitutional, economic, social, and intellectual developments during the Renaissance and Reformation.
(3). Study of major political, social, economic, and religious developments in seventeenth century England.
(3). Study of major political, social, economic, and diplomatic developments in eighteenth century England.
(3). Detailed study of Britain's political, social, diplomatic, and industrial development since 1865; Britain's experiment with socialism and decline as a great world power.
(3). A survey of the historical literature concerning the nature and course of National Socialism in Germany in the mid-Twentieth Century and its impact on European History.
(3). The goal of the course is to introduce graduate students to some of the major components of "Stalinist Civilization" as it manifested itself both in the Soviet Union and, to a lesser degree, the rest of Europe.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of Application for THesis Option. See "Theses Option and Procedures." May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours Grades: Pass/Fail.
(3). This course is a beginning Italian grammer course, with an emphasis on reading, writing, and understanding the language.
(3). Prerequisite: IN 102. This course is a beginning Italian grammer course, with an emphasis on reading, writing, and understanding the language.
(3). Individual diagnosis of reading skills with personalized, competency-based prescriptions for enhancement of reading strategies and vocabulary. Institutional credit only. Grades: A, B, C, NC.
(3). Individualized development of reading, writing, speaking, and thinking skills. Institutional credit only. Grades: A, B, C, NC.
(1). A review of writing skills, especially in the areas of punctuation, syntax, and coherence in writing. Designed for students, especially international, who have experienced difficulty in passing the English Competency Exam. Grades: A, B, C, NC.
(3). Individual diagnosis of arithmetic skills with personalized, competency-based prescriptions for enhancement. Institutional credit only. Not Open to students with credit in MS 100 or 112. Grades: A, B, C, NC.
(3). Individualized development of reading and thinking skills.
(3). Individualized freshman seminar providing supportive guidance in study skills, problem-solving, decision-making, and college adjustment. Open to freshman only. Grades: A, B, C, NC.
(0). Effective fall semester 2015, this zero-credit emporium is a mandatory laboratory for students who have received an "NC" in MS 100. The learning environent in the laboratory will be individualized and mastery-based to enable students to prepare for their first general-education mathematics course. Prior to the beginning of the next semester or term after an "NC" in MS 100, students must register for LS 106 and remain in the laboratory until they have mastered the objectives of MS 100, including if necessary, subsequent semesters or terms until the objectives have been met.
(3). Individualized development of higher order thinking skills needed for academic study and career success.
(1). This course is designed to refresh and enrich the writing skills of juniors and seniors with individualized practice of essay writing through enhanced grammar and punctuation usage, error correction procedures, and proofreading strategies.
(1). Prerequisites: Approval of Instructor. Realizing that fellow students can be effective teachers, the University offers academic credit to qualified students who serve as learning assistants in selected areas.
(2). Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. Realizing that fellow students can be effective teachers, the University offers academic credit to qualified students who serve as learning assistants in selected areas.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. Realizing that fellow students can be effective teachers, the University offers academic credit to qualified students who serve as learning assistants in selected areas.
(3). Development of personal awareness of diversity issues, encouraging tolerance and understanding of human differences.
(2). An introduction to the commercial marine fisheries of Alabama, including life histories, harvesting technologies, processing, and economic values.
(4). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103, 104. A general survey of the invertebrates, vertebrates, and marine plants as communities with emphasis on local examples of these principal groups. Students will have an opportunity to examine marshland, estuarine, beach, dune, inlet and neritic habitats, and niches. Lecture, laboratory, and field work will be included
(4). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: BY 101, 102, 103, and 104. Prerequisite for Graduate: Graduate standing in biology. In-depth study of the principles and methods of fishery biology and their application to conservation; lecture and laboratories.
(4). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: BY 101, 102, 103, 104, one year of general chemistry, and one semester of general physics. Prerequisites for Graduate: Graduate standing in biology; marine invertebrate zoology or marine biology (one semester of physics recommended). Bioenergetics, community structure, population dynamics, predation, competition, and speciation in marine ecosystems will be studied; lecture and laboratory work will be included, although considerable time will be spent in field work; individual species will be studied as they relate to ecological principles which they exemplify, thus providing both a taxonomic and ecologic background.
(4). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: BY 101, 102, 103, and 104. Prerequisite for Graduate: Graduate standing in biology. Study of coastal and pelagic birds with emphasis on ecology, taxonomy, and distribution; identification, population dynamics, and behavior of coastal birds; lecture, laboratory, and overnight trips to offshore islands.
(2). Prerequisites: General biology required; ichthyology, limnology, and invertebrate zoology suggested, but not required. This course will introduce students to techniques in marine aquaculture with emphasis in the areas of nutrition and feeding, reproductive biology, production techniques, water quality requirements, processing, marketing, and economics of commercially importannt marine aquaculture species. This course is also designed to assist students in developing their problem solving and communication skills.
(4). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: BY 101, 102, 103, and 104. Prerequisite for Graduate: Graduate standing in biology. General study of coastal and marine flora with emphasis on taxonomy, morphology, physiology, ecology, and distribution; community structure in various ecosystems will be studied; students will have an opportunity to examine pelagic, marshland, estuarine, beach, sand dune, and inlet niches.
(4). Prerequisites: One year of general biology or one year of general zoology and one year of general botany; one year of general chemistry; one semester of physics; and one semester of college algebra. An introduction to biological, chemical, geological, and physical aspects of the sea.
(4). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: BY 101-104 and CY 105-108 or PHS 201 or 211 or GL 241 or 242. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. Survey of estuarine ecosystems with particular emphasis on the interactions between physical, geological, chemical, and biological processes; lecture, laboratory, and field trips.
(4). Examines the ecology and evolution of coral reef communities, seagrass beds, and mangrove swamps with exploration of such issues as the degradation of reef-building corals by macroalgae, hurricanes, coral bleaching, diseases of corals and sea urchins, over-fishing and pollution. Students will participate in lectures and field exercises in the vicinity of Dauphin Island, and will take a one-week field trip to Andros Island, Bahamas.
(4). Intended to develop a student's understanding of conservation biology by building upon the foundations of ecology; lectures and field exercises; requires students to develop a topical term paper and give a presentation.
(4). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: Advanced undergraduate standing. Prerequisite for Graduate: Graduate standing in biology. Study of floral and faunal elements of various marine marsh communities; interaction of physical and biological factors will be emphasized; structured to provide field experience in addition to lecture material; trips will be scheduled to acquaint students with regional examples of marsh types.
(2). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: Advanced undergraduate standing. Prerequisite for Graduate: Graduate standing in biology. Introduction to instruments and procedures normally utilized aboard a marine research vessel; includes physical, biological, chemical, and geological parameter measurements and sample collections; basic positioning and communication procedures included.
(2). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: Advanced undergraduate standing. Prerequisite for Graduate: Graduate standing in biology. Introduction to the laboratory methodology associated with the usual chemical parameters of nutrient analysis; laboratory approach will be pursued; shipboard and other specific skills will be developed.
(2). Prerequisite: BY 101 and BY 102 or BY 332. This course is an introductory level course on the coastal avian fauna with an emphasis on nesting sites and nesting behavior. This course includes the identification, population dynamics and behavior of coastal birds. Lectures emphasize functional ecology, specifically nesting biology of numerous species found along Alabama's coastal region. Topics include migration, mechanics of flight, breeding biology and forging. This course is a field-based course with an emphasis on breeding biology, and behavior and introduction to bird identification.
(4). Prerequisite: Advanced undergraduate standing. A review of ecological features and of management policies for coastal communities with a description of relevant federal and state programs.
(4). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103 and 104. This course will focus on coastal and near shore wetland areas, with an emphasis on the biogeochemical processes, ecological function, and conservation. Lecture and laboratory.
(4). Prerequisites: Advanced undergraduate standing in Biology or Environmental Engineering. A Basic or Fortran programming course or experience. The study of holistic characteristics, structure, function, and performance of marine and estuarine ecological systems, including interactions with systems of man. Strongly recommended: calculus background, preferably through differential equations.
(2). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103 and 104. This course provides an introduction to the biology of sharks and rays, with special emphasis on regional shark fauna and field techniques. Topics covered include, but not restricted to evolution and systematics of chondrichthyan fishes, physiology, reproduction and life history, diet, ecology, and conservation biology. Lecture and Lab experiences.
(2). Prerequisites: BY 320 and MBY 486. Prerequisite for Graduate: None.Designed to enable students to make rapid, accurate, and thoughtful use of a customized reference file and laboratory and field notes to respond to questions about the classification, anatomy, and ecology of marine mammals; lecture and laboratory.
(4). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: BY 332. Recommended: MS 204. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. Examines how animal behavior is influenced by and interacts with its environment, and the ecological and evolutionary significance of these behaviors in a marine setting; lectures, laboratory, and field exercises (some overnight).
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: BY 101, 102, 103, 104 or MBY 309. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. Study of the major groups of protests from a variety of marine habitats including their taxonomy, structure, ecology of methods of identification; lectures, laboratory, and field trips.
(3). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: BY 323. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. Introduction to marine animal diseases, specifically finfish and shellfish; practical microbiological techniques for isolation and identification of diseases; lecture, laboratory, and field trips.
(4). for Undergraduate. (5). for Graduate. Prerequisite for Undergraduate: Advanced undergraduate standing. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. Introduction to the neuroanatomy and neurophysiology of marine invertebrates and vertebrates; Neuroism computer package used to help illustrate the basic principles and to allow a detailed exploration of neurophysiology and neutral networks; lecture and laboratory.
(2). Prerequisite: BY 101, 102, 103 and 104. This course will cover the identification, distribution, nesting behavior, migratory behavior, population biology and genetics, evolution, and conservation of marine turtles. Lecture and laboratory. Overnight field trip and special fees apply.
(4). Prerequisites: BY 101,102, 103 and 104. This course will cover the evolutionary history, taxonomy/classification, anatomy, physiology, behavior, conservation/management issues, and research techniques related to marine mammals. Lecture and laboratory. Not open to students with credit in MBY 460.
(4). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: BY 101, 102, 103, and 104. Prerequisite for Graduate: Graduate standing in biology. Study of marine fish, reptiles, and mammals, with a comprehensive treatment of their systematics, zoogeography, and ecology; lectures will encompass subject matter on a non-regional basis; field and laboratory work will stress the vertebrate fauna of the northern Gulf of Mexico; students will have the opportunity to assemble a collection of vertebrate species.
(4). Prerequisites for Undergraduate: BY 101, 102, 103, and 104. Prerequisite for Graduate: Graduate standing in biology. Examination of the systematics, ecology, physiology, and phylogenetic relationships of locally occurring marine invertebrate taxa; lecture, laboratory, and field work required; students have an opportunity to acquire collections of local fauna.
(2). Prerequisite: MBY 309. This course will consist of a 10-day field exercise in representative tropical sites in the southeastern Gulf of Mexico. Lecture, field exercises, research exercises.
(2). Prerequisite: MBY 309. Consists of a 12-day field exercise in coastal Maine with emphasis on rocky intertidal, kelp bed and eelgrass habitats; lecture, field exercises, research exercises.
(3). Prerequisites: An ichthyology course or MBY 486 or an introductory course in fisheries; introductory statistics recommended. Detailed, semi-quantitative introduction to current biological and technological methodologies for studying fishes and aquatic habitats, with an emphasis on study design and integration across sub-disciples.
(2). Designed to acquaint students to the management of marine resources, development of legislation, evolution of policy, legal processes, and impacts on human resources; lecture and discussion sessions.
(3). General survey of the types of micro-organisms found in the marine environment; emphasis will be on the interaction of micro-organisms with each other and with their environment; lecture and discussion sessions.
(6). Prerequisites: One year of general biology and graduate standing in biology. General survey of marine plants, invertebrates, and vertebrates, the communities they form and the physical and chemical factors which influence their lives; second component will cover materials and methods of instruction on marine topics.
(3). Prerequisite: MBY 566. Familiarizes students with the taxonomic breadth of phytoplankton, bacterioplankton, and zooplankton in estuaries, coastal seas, and open oceans; lecture and discussion sessions.
(3). Prerequisite: BY 332 or MBY 411. Broad overview of the time course of evolutionary changes in the structure and function of marine ecosystems, and will consider the interacting roles of both historical and current factors as they influence the distribution and abundance of marine organisms; lecture and discussion sessions.
(2). Prerequisites: Graduate standing in biology and a background that includes inorganic and organic chemistry, geology, marine ecology or oceanography. Interaction between biological, chemical, and geological processes in the marine environment; examination of the cycling of major elements, how these cycles differ between different marine ecosystems and how these processes serve to regulate ecosystem functioning.
(2). Prerequisites: BY 332 and MBY 411. Study of the understanding of ecological processes with an emphasis on the mechanisms that control the distribution of plants and animals at scales ranging from the individual to the ecosystem; lecture and discussion sessions.
(2). Prerequisites: BY 332 or MBY 411G. Evolutionary history and the ecology of marine benthic communities from the earliest fossils to the present; topics include predation, competition, adult/larval interactions, dispersal mechanisms, productivity, materials cycling, and the relative importance of grazing and detritus in different ecosystems.
(4). Prerequisite: 12 semester hours of biology. Study of physical, chemical, and biological factors influencing distribution of marine organisms; importance of continents; open oceans, and species competition on animal distribution; special attention to zoogeographical patterns in the Gulf of Mexico, western North Atlantic, and Caribbean regions.
(3). Focuses on patterns and processes that are of consequence to the interaction of organisms and the sea and encompasses both pelagic and benthic environments; lecture, laboratory, and discussions.
(2). Examination of the relationships between fish and life history, recruitment dynamics and harvest potential, and local-, meso-, and global-scale oceanographic processes; lecture and discussion sessions.
(2). Prerequisite: MBY 566 recommended. Investigation of the basic principles of ecosystem structure and function; course divided into two parts: an instructional phase of learning basics of ecosystem modeling, and a student-led investigation of the structure and function of a variety of coastal ecosystems.
(2). Prerequisites: Special arrangement and approval of the instructor. Research in any subject areas of marine science currently offered at the Sea Lab.
(3). Prerequisite: LS 098 or satisfactory score on ACT/SAT or the departmental placement test. Operations/properties of real numbers, exponents and complex numbers; factoring, solution/application of linear and quadratic equations; operations on polynomials and rational expressions.
(3). Fundamental mathematics and algebra as used for common personal and consumer tasks, including discounts, banking, interest, installment payments, and computing the costs of major personal investments such as home ownership.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 100 or satisfactory score on ACT/SAT or the departmental placement test. An introduction to mathematics with topics useable and relevant to any person. Topics include elementary logic, problem solving techniques, use of quantitative techniques, statistical reasoning, and modeling. Not open to students with credit in MS 133. Department credit not given for mathematics majors or minors.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 100 or satisfactory score on ACT/SAT or the departmental placement test. Systems of equations and matrices, linear programming, mathematics of finance, sets and counting, probability, and probability distribution and statistics. Computer applications using Microsoft Excel. Department credit not given for mathematics majors or minors.
(3). Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on ACT/SAT or the departmental placement test or by advisement. Advanced study of matrices, linear programming, mathematics of finance, probability, probability distribution, and statistics with emphasis on writing, projects, and technology. Computer application using Microsoft Excel. Department credit not given for mathematics majors or minors. Formerly MS 104H.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 100 or satisfactory score on ACT/SAT or the departmental placement test. First and second degree equations and inequalities; linear and quadratic functions and graphs; polynomial and rational functions; exponential and logarithmic functions; and systems of equations.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 112 with a "C" or better or satisfactory score on ACT/SAT or the departmental placement test. Trigonometric functions and inverses, applications, graphs, identities and equations, laws of sines and cosines, vectors and complex numbers.
(4). Prerequisites: MS 112 with a "B" or better or MS 113 with a "C "or better or satisfactory score on ACT/SAT or the departmental placement test. The course is an algebra-trigonometry composite providing the student with a mathematical foundation required for calculus or other courses requiring a similar mathematical background.
(2). Prerequisite: MS 112 with a "C" or better or satisfactory score on ACT/SAT or the departmental placement test. Selected topics from: unit conversions, geometry, trigonmetry, differential and integral calculus. Applications emphasize solving problems in technology. Open only to students in the Technology program, except by instructor's permission. Student cannot receive credit for both this course and TEC 302. Department credit not given for mathematics majors or minors.
(2). Prerequisite: MS 117 with a "C" or better. Selected topics from: unit conversions, geometry, trigonometry, differential and interal calculus. Applications emphasize solving problems in technology. Open only to students in the Technology program, except by instructor permission. Student cannot receive credit for both this course and TEC 302. Department credit not given for mathematics majors or minors.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 112 with a "C" or better or satisfactory score on ACT/SAT or the departmental placement test. Topics in differential and integral calculus with business applications, functions of several variables, partial derivatives with business applications, Lagrange Multipliers, and multiple integration. (Department credit not given for mathematics majors or minors.)
(4). Prerequisite: MS 113 with a "B" or better or MS 115 with a "C" or better or satisfactory score on ACT/SAT or the departmental placement test. Introduction to analytic geometry, functions and limits, differentiation with applications, antiderivatives, definite integrals, numerical integration, calculus of transcendental functions.
(4). Prerequisite: MS 125 with a "C" or better. Applications of integration, techniques of integration, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, vectors in the plane and in 3-space.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 112. Preparation for implementation of standards set by the NCTM. Problem solving, set theory, number theory, real number operations, historical development and structure of number systems. Not open to students with credit in MS 108. Enrollment by advisement only. Two hours lecture and two hours lab.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 112 and 133. A thorough study of geometry, measurement, and statistics as recommended by the NCTM. Problem solving and application are emphasized. Enrollment by advisement only.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 112 and 133. Further study in NCTM recommended math content to include logic, probability, principles of counting, algebraic reasoning and representation. Enrollment by advisement only.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 108 or 110 or 112 or satisfactory score on ACT/SAT or the departmental placement test. Numerical descriptive methods, axioms of probability, random variables, statistical inference, point and interval estimation of mean, and hypothesis testing. Department credit not given for mathematics majors or minors.
(4). Prerequisite: MS 126 with a "C" or better. Polar coordinates, parametric equations, vector-valued functions, multivariate functions, multiple integrals, vector analysis.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 113 or 115. Basic theory of linear equations, matrices, real vector spaces, bases, dimension, linear transformations, determinants, eigenvalues, eigenvectors, inner product spaces, and the diagonalization of symmetric matrices.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 126 with a "C" or better. Mathematical writing, including methods of proof, and fundamentals of sets and functions. May also include selected topics in algebra, analysis, number theory, or discrete mathematics.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 120 with a "C" or better or MS 125 with a "C" or better. Provides a summary of introductory probability and statistics centered around data analysis examples and computer simulations. Includes discrete and continuous probability distributions, estimation, and hypothesis testing.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 126 with a "C" or better. Probability, discrete random variables and their probability distributions, continuous random variables and their probability distributions, estimation and confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, and analysis of enumerative data.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 126 with a "C" or better. An introduction to the principal topics of elementary number theory, including divisibility, linear Diophantine equations, distribution of primes, congruences, Fermat�s Theorem, and number theoretic functions.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 126 with a "C" or better. An introduction to counting techniques such as permutations and combinations, the inclusion-exclusion principle, recurrence relations, and generating functions. May also include topics from graph theory, combinatorial design, and discrete probability.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 112 and 113 or equivalents. For students pursuing certification in mathematics. Overview of secondary school mathematics for prospective and inservice teachers of mathematics. Department credit not given for mathematics majors or minors.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 300. Euclidean geometry including synthetic and analytic proofs, geometric constructions, properties of the triangle and circle; an introduction to non-Euclidean geometry.
(1). Academic credit given to advanced undergraduate students who provide tutorial assistance in the mathematics department. Students will work under the guidance of an experienced mathematics instructor. Permission of department head required. Department credit not given for mathematics majors or minors. MS 331 and MS 332 may be repeated up to a maximum combined total of six semesters. GRADE: Pass/Fail.
(2). Academic credit given to advanced undergraduate students provide tutorial assistance in the mathematics department. Students will work under the guidance of an experienced mathematics instructor. Permission of department head required. Department credit not given for mathematics majors or minors. MS 331 and MS 332 may be repeated for credit up to a maximum combined total of six semester hours. GRADE: Pass/Fail.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 126 with a "C" or better. The methods of solving differential equations of first or second order and higher order linear equations, including series solutions and selected applications.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 126 with a "C" or better. Matrices, linear systems, vector spaces with emphasis on algebraic structures.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 352 and CS 231 with a "C" or better in both. Numerical analysis and computing with emphasis on methods adaptable to electronic computing machinery.
(3). Topics, excursions, and requirements determined by department. May be duplicated for credit; however, only three (3) credits may be applied toward any major or minor. Infrequently scheduled and subject to minimum and maximum numbers. Advanced deposit required.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 227. Algebra and calculus of vectors, Stokes theorem, and divergence theorem; applications to geometry, mass potential functions, electricity, and fluid flow.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 227 and 304. Continuation of MS 304; selected topics from multivariate probability distributions, functions of random variables, approximations to probability distributions, methods of estimation, linear models and least squares estimators, analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 227 and 300. Real number system, elementary point set theory, limits, theory of continuous functions, differentiable functions.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 415. Selected topics from advanced calculus; elements of partial differentiation including the general theorems, Jacobians; topics on theory of integration.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 323. Selected topics from advanced EucliDean geometry, finite geometries, non-EucliDean geometry, and other geometries.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 300 and 352. Algebraic structures, rings, and fields. The axiomatic approach.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 441. Introduction to group theory and related topics.
(3). Undergraduate Prerequisite: MS 227 and 300 and 415. Graduate Prerequisite: MS 227. Fundamental operations with complex numbers, differentiation and integration theorems, mapping, series, and residues.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 415 or 441 or 451, and senior standing. A capstone course in advanced mathematics. Goals include examining deeply the fundamental ideas of mathematics and connections among various branches of mathematics, exploring the historical development of major concepts, and further developing the habits of mind that define mathematical approaches to problems.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 415. Basic topological concepts to include topological spaces, mapping, compactness, connectedness, and separation axioms.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 227 and 344. Standard methods of solution; separation of variables, Fourier Series, Laplace Transforms; selected applications.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 302 or 304 or 415 or 441, senior standing, and approval of instructor. A guided independent investigation of a topic outside the department's normal course offerings, to culminate in a written paper and oral presentation to the faculty.
(3). Quantitative methods for the analysis of data in the social sciences, including secondary analysis of public data sets.
(3). Prerequisite: Undergraduate minor in mathematics or approval of instructor. Fundamental concepts of descriptive and inferential statistics, probability distributions, estimation, and hypothesis testing; statistical software packages are used to facilitate valid analysis and interpretation of resutls; emphasis is on method and selection of proper statistical techniques for analyzing real situations.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 300 or 415 or 441. Basic topics in symbolic logic and naive set theory, including sets and set operations, symbolic logic, the language of set theory, and applications of set theory.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 416 or approval of instructor. Selected topics from real analysis with emphasis on functions of one and several variables, measure, and the Riemann and/or Darboux integral.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 515. Selected topics from real analysis emphasizing Lebesgue integration, sequences and series of functions.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 352 and MS 415. Introduction to the fundamental topics of functional analysis. Topics include metric spaces, completeness, linear operators, normed spaces and Banach spaces, inner product spaces, and Hilbert spaces. Objectives include the Riesz Representation Theorem, the Hahn-Banach Theorem, and the Contraction Mapping Theorem.
(3). Prerequisite: Undergraduate minor in mathematics. Classical theorems, ideas, and constructions of EucliDean and non-EucliDean geometry in theorems of Ceva, Manalaus, Pappus, and Feuerback; homothetic transformations, inversion, harmonic sets of points, and cevians.
(3). Prerequisite: Undergraduate minor in mathematics. Applications of EucliDean and homogeneous coordinates, geometric transformations, trigonometric, and vector techniques to geometric problems.
(3). Prerequisite: Undergraduate minor in mathematics. Topics in the theory of polynomial and other equations, and in the properties of transcendental functions. The goal is the development of a deeper understanding of the equations and functions comonly encountered in precalculus mathematics. May require the use of computer software.
(3). Prerequisite: Undergraduate minor in mathematics. Theory, problem solving techniques, and applications of differential and integral calculus, including the use of graphing calculators and computer software. Recommended for students who are teaching or planning to teach Advanced Placement Calculus.
(3). Prerequisite: Undergraduate minor in mathematics. Logic and set theory, functions and sequences, structure and development of the real number system including completeness. Course designed for students majoring in secondary education with a teaching field in mathematics.
(3). Prerequisite: Undergraduate minor in mathematics. Elementary combinatorial analysis, probability, vectors and matrices, game theory, linear programming, and model building in the social and physical sciences. Course designed for students majoring in secondary education with a teaching field in mathematics.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 441 or equivalent. Concepts of high school algebra from the perspective of ring theory.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 441 or equivalent. General group theory including cyclic groups and permutation groups, homomorphism and isomorphism theorems.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 541. Theory of rings, ideals, fields, and integral domains.
(3). Prerequisite: Undergraduate minor in mathematics or approval of instructor. Selected topics suitable for the secondary teacher; problem solving; secondary school mathematics from an advanced standpoint.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 352 and MS 441 or equivalent. Abstract treatment of finite dimensional vector spaces. Linear transformations, determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, invariant subspaces, Rational and Jordan Canonical Forms, inner product spaces, unitary and normal operators, bilinear forms.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 541 and 542 or approval of instructor. Selected topics in modern algebra beyond the scope of the graduate algebra sequence. Topics may be chosen from the theory of groups, rings, fields, or modules; linear algebra; homological algebra; or other topics, dependoing on strudent and instructor interests. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 515 and 516 or approval of instructor. Selected topics in modern analysis beyond the scope of the graduate analysis sequence. Topics may be chosen from the fields of real analysis (measure theory and integration, special functions, finite differences, functional equations, sequences and series), complex variables, Fourier and harmonic analysis, integral transforms, operator theory, or other topics, depending on student and instructor interests. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours.
(3). Prerequisites: Students must have two courses in the topical area chosen and approval by the faculty advisor in mathematics and the instructor. Algebra, analysis, geometry, and topology. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of application for thesis option. See "Thesis Option and Procedures." May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours. (Grade: Pass/Fail).
(3). Basic terminology of music theory, properties of tone and rhythm, principles of reading staff notation, bass and treble clefs, notation of rhythm and meter, construction of scales and intervals.
(3). Prerequisite: Ability to read music. (base and treble clefs) Corequisite: MU 111. Music fundamentals, including written skills, keys, scales, intervals, triads, and elementary harmonic movement.
(3). Prerequisite: MU 101. A continuation of MU 101. Corequisite: MU 112. Includes knowledge of figured bass, non-harmonic tones and dominant seventh chords.
(1). The development of aural skills through singing, dictation, and keyboard harmony.
(3). Prerequisite: MU 111. Further development of aural skills.
(2). These courses are available so that students, upon the approval of the instructor and the department head, may broaden their performance skills in a secondary area in addition to the primary area. Students needing additional skill development on a particular instrument may enroll in Secondary Applied Music in preparation for taking courses at the Primary Applied level.
(2). Prerequisites: Approval of instructor and department head. These courses are available so that students may broaden their performance skills in a secondary area in addition to the primary area. Students needing additional skill development on a particular instrument may enroll in Secondary Applied Music in preparation for taking courses at the Primary Applied level.
(1). An ensemble performing standard and original literature for mallet percussion instruments. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). An ensemble performing repertoire for the standard symphony orchestra of strings, winds and percussion instruments. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
Prerequisite: Placement audition and approval of instructor. Individual study, mastery and performance of etudes (studies) and significant music literature for the instrument. Technique and literature individually selected for each students to insure comprehensive development of student's musical performance skills and the attainment of required performance standards. Public performance is required. For Music majors and minors. See department for more details.
(2). Prerequisite: MU 134. Continuation of MU 134.
(1). A vocal ensemble performing works in the style of the African-American gospel tradition. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). A small ensemble of standard, recognized composition (e.g. woodwind quintet, piano trio, string quartet, brass quartet) performing standard repertoire. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). A large ensemble performing works of the standard band repertoire. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). An introduction to basic software programs used in music applications including musical notation and aural skills as well as those found in educational settings.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. An auditioned mixed vocal ensemble of limited size performing a varied repertoire drawn from the Renaissance to the present. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). An ensemble performing works written for mixed percussion groupings. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). Designed for music majors with minimal keyboard ability who are unable, through placement exam, to enter Class Piano Skills I (MU 170).
(1). Prerequisite: Placement and approval of instructor. A course designed to assist student in acquiring basic keyboard facility through mastery of diatonic chords, scales, sight reading and improvisation.
(1). Prerequisite: Successful completion of MU 170. A course designed to assist student in continued improvement in keyboard skills and preparation to successfully pass MU 299, Piano Proficiency.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Designed to broaden the knowledge of piano literature for pianists who are able to pass Piano Proficiency (MU 299).
(1). Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Designed to broaden the knowledge of piano literature for pianists who are able to pass Piano Proficiency (MU 290)
(1). A performance course for pianists in practicing skills necessary for collaborative experiences with vocalists and/or instrumentalists. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. An ensemble for miscellaneous instrumental groupings. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). The primary uniformed instrumental marching unit. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. The premier auditioned large wind ensemble. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). A large mixed choral ensemble specializing in performance of masterworks compositions. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. An auditioned female dance ensemble which performs in conjunction with Marching Southerners. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(3). Prerequisite: MU 102. Corequisite: MU 211. Developing facility in harmonic skills through the study of voice leading, secondary dominants, modulation, and small forms.
(3). Prerequisite: MU 201. Corequisite: MU 212. The study of advanced chromatic harmony and large forms.
(3). A comprehensive, formalized study of American Jazz Masterpieces from 1900 to the present.
(0). Applied students must attend a specified number of department-sponsored concerts or recitals each semester. off-campus performances may be substituted for department-sponsored concerts or recitals upon presentation of a program and with the approval of the applied instructor.
(0). Applied students must attend a specified number of department-sponsored concerts or recitals each semester. off-campus performances may be substituted for department-sponsored concerts or recitals upon presentation of a program and with the approval of the applied instructor.
(1). A small instrumental ensemble specializing in jazz performance. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(2). Prerequisites: MU 102 and 135 or equivalent. Principles of interpretation and techniques of conducting are stressed through detailed study of selected compositions.
(1). Prerequisite: MU 112. Developing facility in sight singing, dictation, and keyboard harmony.
(1). Prerequisite: MU 211. A continuation of sight singing, dictation, and keyboard.
(2). Prerequisite: Approval of Department Head and Instructor. These courses are available so that students may broaden their performance skills in a secondary area in addition to the primary area. Students needing additional skill development on a particular instrument may enroll in Secondary Applied Music in preparation for taking courses at the Primary Applied level.
(2). Prerequisite: Approval of Department Head and Instructor. These courses are available so that students may broaden their performance skills in a secondary area in addition to the primary area. Students needing additional skill development on a particular instrument may enroll in Secondary Applied Music in preparation for taking courses at the Primary Applied level.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. An auditioned mixed vocal ensemble performing choral works representative of all periods and genres. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours
(3). Music fundamentals, literature, and appreciation. (Meets Area II General Studies Requirement.)
(2). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Primary Applied Music includes mastery of etudes (studies), significant music literature and improvisation. Public performance is a required component of the course. For Music Majors and Minors,
(2). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Primary Applied Music includes mastery of etudes (studies), significant music literature and improvisation. Public performance is a required component of the course. For Music Majors and Minors.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor; ability to read musical notation. Substitutes for MU 233. Advanced study in basic music literature from pre-Baroque to present stressing development of recognition of various styles, genres, and musical forms through individualized listening activities.
(2). An introduction to current issues in the teaching field of music including a series of supervised in-school observational experiences.
(1). A large instrumental ensemble performing standard band repertoire. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). A course emphasizing the vocal aspects of theatrical musical productions. May be duplicated for credit for a total of four (8) semester hours.
(1). A course emphasizing the technical aspects of theatrical musical productions. May be duplicated for a total of (8) semester hours.
(1). An introduction to the basic techniques of guitar performance with emphasis on its practical use in accompanying simple song repertoire.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. A large ensemble performing jazz in the big band style. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An auditioned vocal ensemble presenting popular and show style repertoire, often utilizing choreographed movement and dance. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(0). An assessment tool to ensure acquisition of skills in the areas of keyboard technique, transposition, harmonization and repertoire.
(0). Junior Recital is designed to be taken concurrently with the sixth semester of applied music during which the junior recital is presented.
(2). Prerequisite: MU 202. Calligraphic studies in counterpoint and studies of the organizing principles of music composition, their interactions in musical forms, and their functions in different styles.
(2). Prerequisite: MU 301. A continuation of Music 301
(0). Applied students must attend a specified number of department-sponsored concerts or recitals each semester. off-campus performances may be substituted for department-sponsored concerts or recitals upon presentation of a program and with the approval of the applied instructor.
(0). Applied students must attend a specified number of department-sponsored concerts or recitals each semester. off-campus performances may be substituted for department-sponsored concerts or recitals upon presentation of a program and with the approval of the applied instructor.
(2). Explores mental and physical aspects of performance anxiety and explores coping techniques and strategies. Musical performances in various settings are part of course requirements.
(2). These courses are available so that students, upon the approval of the instructor and the department head, may broaden their performance skills in a secondary area in addition to the primary area. Students needing additional skill development on a particular instrument may enroll in Secondary Applied Music in preparation for taking courses at the Primary Applied level.
(2). These courses are available so that students, upon the approval of the instructor and the department head, may broaden their performance skills in a secondary area in addition to the primary area. Students needing additional skill development on a particular instrument may enroll in Secondary Applied Music in preparation for taking courses at the Primary Applied level.
(2). Prerequisites: MU 150. A practical exploration of the techniques of writing and arranging music for instruments.
(2). Prerequisites: MU 150. Arranging and writing choral music for a variety of choral combinations and sizes with emphasis on those found in school and community settings.
(2). A study of various styles including the formulation of drill and show writing for bands of varying sizes and abilities.
(2). Prerequisites: MU 234 or 214 (Applied Piano). Fundamentals in forming a teaching philosophy, surveying methods for beginners, and organizing an independent studio (business and professional aspects).
(1). An ensemble performing standard and original literature for mallet percussion instruments. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours. For Music majors and minors.
(2). Prerequisites: MU 234 or 214 (Applied Piano). For Music majors and minors. An ensemble performing repertoire for the standard symphony orchestra of strings, winds and percussion instruments. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(2). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Primary Applied Music includes mastery of etudes (studies), significant music literature and improvisation. Public performance is a required component of the course. For Music Majors and Minors
(2). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Primary Applied Music includes mastery of etudes (studies), significant music literature and improvisation. Public performance is a required component of the course. For Music Majors and Minors
(1). A vocal ensemble performing works in the style of the African-American gospel tradition. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours. For Music majors and minors.
(1). Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). A large ensemble performing works of the standard band repertoire. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours. For Music majors and minors.
(3). An analytical examination of the works, careers, and performances of leading Afro-American musicians from the 18th century to the present.
(1). An introduction to the basic mechanics of vocal production and the art of singing.
(1). Continuation of MU 360.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. For Music majors and minors. An auditioned mixed vocal ensemble of limited size performing a varied repertoire drawn from the Renaissance to the present. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours
(1). A study of methods of vocal training with emphasis on vocal health and development for amateur and school-aged singers
(1). A study and practice of the phonetic sounds used in singing English and Italian languages. Course offered in Fall Semester only.
(1). Prerequisite: MU 365. A study and practice of the phonetic sounds used in singing French and German languages. Course offered in Spring semester only.
(1). A continuation of MU 366. A performance based application of the materials learned in MU 365 and 366.
(1). An ensemble performing works written for mixed percussion groupings. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours. For Music majors and minors.
(1). Provides a laboratory experience for students to apply teaching concepts to practical situations. For Vocal Music Education: taken in conjunction with MU 363. For Instrumental Music Education: May be taken in conjunction with any of the following courses: MU 380, 381, 391.
(1). Prerequisite: MU 299. A course designed to expand keyboard skills to include use of harmonic structures in accompaniments, sight reading, improvisation and simple repertoire.
(1). A study of various instruments in the woodwind family through mastery of basic performance skills (tone production, fingering and pedagogy). For students pursuing Concentration One: Music Education.
(1). A study of various brass instruments through mastery of basic performance skills (tone production, fingering and pedagogy). For students pursuing Concentration One: Music Education.
(1). A performance course for pianists in practicing skills necessary for collaborative experiences with vocalists and/or instrumentalists. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours. For Music majors and minors.
(1). Instruction techniques for teaching beginning bands including appropriate repertoire, methods, procedures, and scheduling.
(1). An introduction to basic performance skills in major instrumental families (brass, woodwind, percussion). Designed for music majors in vocal/choral concentration.
(1). Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. For Music majors and minors. An ensemble for miscellaneous instrumental groupings. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). A study of various orchestral string instruments through mastery of basic performance skills. For students pursuing Concentration One: Music Education.
(1). A study of various percussion instruments and their use through mastery of basic performance skills on both tuned and untuned percussion instruments. For students pursuing Concentration One: Music Education.
(1). For Music majors and minors. The primary uniformed instrumental marching unit. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. For Music majors and minors. The premier auditioned large wind ensemble. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). For Music majors and minors. A large mixed choral ensemble specializing in performance of masterworks compositions. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An auditioned female dance ensemble which performs in conjunction with Marching Southerners. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(3). Topics, excursions, and requirements determined by department. May be duplicated for credit; however, only three (3) credits may be applied toward any major or minor. Infrequently scheduled and subject to minimum and maximum numbers. Advance deposit required.
(0). Senior Recital is designed to be taken concurrently with the eighth semester of applied music during which the senior recital is presented.
(1). Prerequisites: MU 101, 102. A comprehensive study concerning the fundamentals of improvisation and arranging. A stylistic analysis of semi-classical, folk, and popular musical art. Psychological and dramatic elements.
(1). Continuation of MU 401.
(1). Continuation of MU 402
(3). An introduction to the art of musical composition through analysis and application of contemporary techniques.
(3). Prerequisites for Undergraduates: MU 101, 102, 111, 112. Prerequisites for Graduates: None. Comprehensive formalized study of American jazz masterpieces from 1900 to the present. Ear training, harmonic analysis, formal and structural considerations, composition, arranging.
(1). For Music majors and minors. A small instrumental ensemble specializing in jazz performance. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(3). Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Survey course examining major categories of solo vocal literature with detailed study of selected songs.
(3). Prerequisite: Senior standing. Development of opera as a form with detailed study of selected works.
(3). Prerequisite: MU 233. A survey course correlating the development of music literature with the historical development of world culture from the early beginning of music to the Baroque Period.
(3). Prerequisite: MU 233. A continuation of MU 411 from the Baroque Period to the present.
(2). These courses are available so that students, upon the approval of the instructor and the department head, may broaden their performance skills in a secondary area in addition to the primary area. Students needing additional skill development on a particular instrument may enroll in Secondary Applied Music in preparation for taking courses at the Primary Applied level.
(2). These courses are available so that students, upon the approval of the instructor and the department head, may broaden their performance skills in a secondary area in addition to the primary area. Students needing additional skill development on a particular instrument may enroll in Secondary Applied Music in preparation for taking courses at the Primary Applied level.
(3). Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Brass teaching materials for public schools or college teacher; examination of methods, etudes, and special studies of each instrument; recordings and corollary readings supplement discussion.
(1). Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. For Music majors and minors. An auditioned mixed vocal ensemble performing choral works representative of all periods and genres. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(3). Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Woodwind teaching methods for public school or college teacher; examination of methods, etudes, and special studies of each instrument; recordings and corollary readings supplement discussion.
(1). Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of MU 404 and permission of instructor. Individual instruction in techniques of musical composition.
(1). Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of MU 421 and permission of instructor. Individual instruction in techniques of musical composition.
(3). Prerequisite: MU 233. A survey of piano repertoire from the early Baroque era through the Contemporary period.
(3). Prerequisite: MU 233. A survey of stylistic development in the history of orchestral literature and detailed study of selected examples.
(3). Prerequisite: MU 233. A survey of stylistic development in the history of instrumental chamber music and detailed study of selected examples.
(2). For Music Majors and Minors, upon approval of instructor. Primary Applied Music includes mastery of etudes (studies), significant music literature and improvisation. Public performance is a required component of the course.
(2). For Music Majors and Minors, upon approval of instructor. Primary Applied Music includes mastery of etudes (studies), significant music literature and improvisation. Public performance is a required component of the course.
(3). A survey of percussion materials for the public school or college teacher. Literature for percussion and mallet instruments will be examined and discussed.
(1). A survey of current repertoire appropriate for various levels of developing instrumental groups.
(1). A survey of choral repertoire suitable for use by various levels of amateur and public school choirs and vocal ensembles
(3). Prerequisite: MU 210. Training and experience in the techniques of instrumental conducting through the study of representative instrumental literature. Discussion of score preparation and rehearsal procedures. (Spring)
(3). Prerequisite: MU 210. Training and experience in the techniques of choral conducting through the study of representative choral literature. Discussion of score preparation and rehearsal procedures. (Fall)
(1). For Music majors and minors. A large instrumental ensemble performing standard band repertoire. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). For Music majors and minors. A course emphasizing the technical aspects of theatrical musical productions. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). Operatic techniques for the singer/actor: the cultivation, through study and performance of free, expressive and significant movement on stage, and the development of musical, dramatic and muscular sensitivity as the basis of good operatic theater.
(1). Corequisite: MU 487. Models for establishing and maintaining discipline in music classes and ensembles.
(3). Methods, materials, and problems of teaching general music; grades P-6.
(1). Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. For Music majors and minors. A large ensemble performing jazz in the big band style. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(3). Professional preparation of teachers of instrumental music, grades 7-12 with emphasis on appropriate theory, literature, teaching methods and organizational skills needed to teach in an effective public school instrumental music program.
(3). Professional preparation of teachers of vocal music, grade 7-12, with emphasis on theory, literature, teaching methods and organizational skills needed to teach in an effective public school choral program.
(3). A course to provide training and experience in techniques of choral music at the advanced level through the study of appropriate choral literature. Opportunities provided for practical preparation of scores and discussion of rehearsal techniques.
(3). Corequisite: MU 454. May be duplicated for credit for a total of nine (9) semester hours. Supervised classroom observation and student teaching in vocal and/or instrumental music in grades N-12. The education concentration candidate is required to take a minimum of 9 hours internship and should consult an academic advisor about scheduling.
(3). Designed to encourage the student to reflect upon the process of training in music education and to deepen his/her understanding of aspects of the profession of teaching in music
(1). Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An auditioned vocal ensemble presenting popular and show style repertoire, often utilizing choreographed movement and dance. Each number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(2). Permission of Instructor required. Provides the opportunity for an advanced student to pursue Independent study and research on a specified topic in music under faculty direction.
(0). Public performance in Primary applied area of student; instrumental or vocal material planned by instructor and student.
(3). Development of sacred and secular music throughout Medieval and Renaissance periods including Gregorian chant, motets, madrigals, and instrumental forms; specific examples taken from representative composers.
(3). Development of instrumental and vocal music from 1600 to 1750; emphasis on musical examples from important composers of the period including early opera, oratorio, keyboard forms, chorale-based compositions, orchestral music, and conertos.
(3). History and literature of music beginning with early Classicism and leading to post-Romanticism; vocal and instrumental styles using examples from significant composers; keyboard forms, chamber music, symphony, opera, art song, and other media of performance.
(3). Development of instrumental and vocal music since 1900; emphasis on musical examples from various schools of composition, including Impressionism, Primitivism, Neoclassicism, Expressionism, Serialism, Indeterminancy, and Minimalism.
(3). Acoustical problems and basic techniques relating to choral medium; problems of ensemble, balance, precision, and interpretation; materials and musical literature for large and chamber choral ensembles.
(3). Philosophies and objectives of music in schools; scope and sequence of music curricula on elementary and secondary levels.
(3). Application of methods of research to problems in music and music education; preparation of bibliographies and written exposition of research projects in area of student's major interest.
(3). Acoustical properties and basic techniques of instruments; problems of ensemble and balance, intonation, precision, and interpretation; materials and musical literature and orcestras, bands, and small ensembles.
(3). Prerequisite: MU 210 or equivalent. Intensive study in repertoire of various performing media; includes parallel or supplementary reading and a paper dealing with some aspect of conducting.
(3). Study intended to develop stylistic perception through analytical and historical examination of selected musical examples, Bach and Handel through Beethoven and Schubert.
(3). Continuation of 520; Debussy and Ravel to present.
(3). Species counterpoint up to time of Monteverdi.
(3). Late Baroque styles in canon, fugue, invention, and passacaglia; extensive writing and special projects.
(2). Primary applied area of student; instrumental or vocal material planned by instructor and student.
(2). Primary applied area of student; instrumental or vocal material planned by instructor and student.
(2). Primary applied area of student; instrumental or vocal material planned by instructor and student.
(2). Primary applied area of student; instrumental or vocal material planned by instructor and student.
(3). Evaluation of current achievement and aptitude measurements in music; problems in measurement of musical performance; preparation of examination materials and the computation of basic statistical formulae.
(1). An ensemble designed to guide the classically trained singer through the varied aspects of operatic performance. This number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). Appropriate conducted or coached ensembles as approved by the department head and the graduate advisor. This number may be duplicated for credit for a total of four (4) semester hours.
(1). Appropriate conducted or coached ensembles as approved by the department head and the graduate advisor.
(3). Prerequisite: Admission to Alternative Fifth-Year Teacher Certification Program. Scheduled at end of program. Supervised classroom observation and student teaching in vocal and/or instrumental music in grades P-12; full-time assignment for a minimum of 15 weeks which includes at least 450 clock hours in a public school. Fall and Spring only.
(3) Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor and approval of department head. An opportunity to explore in-depth a specific topic or area in Music through selected readings, special projects, and professional guidance and discussion.
(3). Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and approval of the department head. An opportunity to explore in-depth a specific topic or area in Music through selected readings, special projects, and professional guidance and discussion.
(3). (Grade of Pass or Fail only) Prerequisite: Approval of Application for Thesis Option. See "Thesis Option and Procedures."
(3). Prerequisites: MS 112, 113. Concurrent enrollment in PHS 203 is required. This course is the first half of a two-semester sequence that introduces basic concepts in physics. Beginning with mechanics and motion, we develop methods for mathematically describing the way objects move and predicting their future movement. The course proceeds to study wave motion with springs, strings, water, sound, and light. Does not count toward the Physics minor.
(3). Prerequisite: PHS 201. Concurrent enrollment in PHS 204 is required. The second half of this sequence of courses begins by studying electricity and basic circuits, followed by magnetism. A section on light, including lenses and mirrors, follows. The behavior of light waves such as rainbows and soap bubbles will also be explored. Finally, topics from quantum mechanics and special relativity are introduced to give students a flavor of the revolutionary nature of these topics in their original scientific setting. Does not count toward the Physics minor.
(1). Concurrent enrollment in PHS 201 is required. Two laboratory hours each week. Concepts of physics developed in the associated courses will be studied through the use of hands-on activities. Students will work in groups to explore topics in motion, mechanics, waves, and sound.
(1). Concurrent enrollment in PHS 202 is required. Two laboratory hours each week. Concepts of physics developed in the associated courses will be studied through the use of hands-on activities. Students will work in groups to explore topics in electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.
(4). Prerequisite: MS 125. Concurrent enrollment in PHS 213 is required. This course is the first of two semesters designed to introduce the basic concepts of physics. The first semester will concentrate on the area of physics called Newtonian mechanics that is used to work with macroscopic (ordinary-sized) objects. Beginning with mechanics and motion, we develop methods for mathematically describing the way objects move and predicting their future movement. The course proceeds to study wave motion with springs, strings, water, sound, and light. We will take advantage of the power of calculus to depict movement by weaving its structure into our physical laws and theories. Since the development of both calculus and Newtonian mechanics by Sir Isaac Newton, calculus and physics have been intertwined and students in this course will see these close connections. Credit will not be granted for both 201 and 211.
(4). Prerequisites: PHS 211, MS 126. Concurrent enrollment in PHS 214 is required. The second semester of this sequence begins by studying electricity and basic circuits, followed by magnetism. A section on light including lenses and mirrors follows. The behavior of light waves such as rainbows and soap bubbles will also be explored. Finally, topics from quantum mechanics and special relativity are introduced to give students a flavor of the revolutionary nature of these topics in their original scientific setting. Once again, calculus will be used throughout the course. Credit will not be granted for both 202 and 212.
(1). Concurrent enrollment in 211 is required. Two laboratory hours each week. Concepts of physics developed in the associated courses will be studied through the use of hands-on activities. Students will work in groups to explore topics in motion, mechanics, waves, and sound.
(1). Concurrent enrollment in PHS 212 is required. Two laboratory hours each week. Concepts of physics developed in the associated courses will be studied through the use of hands-on activities. Students will work in groups to explore topics in electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.
(3). Prerequisite: PHS 211 & 213 and 212 & 214. Explore the two 20th century revolutions in physics: quantum mechanics and special relativity. We will study the evidence that led to the acceptance of each of these theories and some of the implications of these theories. Both quantum mechanics and relativity have become part of the popular culture. This course offers the opportunity to understand their ideas in their original context and see how popular culture's usage differs from scientific usage.
(3). Prerequisite: PHS 212 and 214. This course investigates various aspects of classical mechanics including: kinematics and dynamics of motion, rigid bodies, oscillatory motion, central forces and gravitation, and Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations of classical mechanics.
(3). This course is intended for any student interested in radiation safety and specifically for students in Physics, Chemistry, Pre-medicine, Pre-dentistry, Nursing, Biology, and Archaeology. The course objective is to provide individuals with the knowledge and procedures necessary to minimize exposures to ionizing and non-ionizing radiation and to understand the physiological and environmental effects of radiation. Instruction will include lectures, discussions, demonstration, and laboratory exercises.
(1). This is a modular course about a topic of interest to the non-mathematical, but inquiring, mind. May not count toward Physics major or minor. Course may be repeated three times for a total of 3 semester hours credit.
(3). This course looks in detail at various aspects of optics. Topics may include geometrical and physical optics, spectra, wave and quantum aspects of electromagnetic radiation, refraction, reflection, dispersion, diffraction, interference, and polarization. Occasionally classroom periods are replaced by laboratory work at the discretion of the instructor.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 227. Electric and magnetic fields will be studied. What are their origins? What features of nature affect the nature and strength of the fields? What are some of their effects? Maxwell's equations uniting all of electricity and magnetism will be seen in their full glory.
(3). This course will explore the physics involved in music. A variety of questions with sound and music will be explored. What physical properties can be used to describe sound? How do musical instruments produce sound? What are the physical reasons that instruments playing the same note sound different? How does sound travel through space? Why does your voice sound so different on a recording? Students will be encouraged to generate and explore their own questions. Some of the class periods will be devoted to a hands-on look at ideas. This course is designed to be descriptive in nature rather than highly mathematical. No math or physics prerequisites.
(4). 3 hours lecture/2 hours lab per week. A survey of the structure and evolution of the universe, from planets to stars and galaxies. Questions about the nature of science, limits to current knowledge, and the influence of space science will be addressed. The course culminates in individual in-dept explorations of particular aspects of astronomy.
(1). This course will explore a topic of current interest in the field of physics. May be taken up to three times for a total of 3 semester hours.
(3). This course will explore a topic of current interest in the field of physics. May be taken twice for a total of 6 semester hours.
(1). Four hours of laboratory per week. Students learn to utilize pieces of equipment and demonstration techniques while assisting an instructor to prepare and conduct lab sessions. This course may be repeated for a maximum of four semesters for a total of 4 semester hours. Not for credit toward a minor.
(1). Prerequisite: PHS 301. Contemporary physics topics will be explored in the laboratory using advanced laboratory techniques. Labs may include the Franck-Hertz experiment, measuring the speed of light, and individual projects. May be taken up to three times for a total of 3 semester hours.
(3). Prerequisite: PHS 343. Continuing the study begun in PHS 343, changing electromagnetic fields are investigated. These changing fields form electromagnetic waves in free space and matter that exhibit all of the standard behaviors of waves. Thus, topics will include reflection and refraction of electromagnetic waves, guided waves, and the field of a moving charge.
(1). This course will explore a topic of current interest in the field of physics. May be repeated three times for a total of 3 semester hours.
(3). This course will explore a topic of current interest in the field of physics. May be repeated two times for a total of 6 semester hours.
(3). Prerequisites: PHS 301, 343, MS 344. An extension of the investigation of quantum mechanics begun in PHS 301 to include the full mathematical development of the theory. Basic tools including linear operators and matrices will be used to explore physical systems.
(3). Prerequisite: PHS 491G. A continuation of the investigation of quantum mechanics.
(3). Designed for teachers, this course will reinforce and extend basic concepts in physics covered in the Science Course of Study. (May be used in the general science teaching field with a major in secondary education.) May be repeated up to three times.
(3). This course deals with basic concepts in physics for pre-service and in-service secondary education teachers. It covers contents, methods, and hand-on activities. Topics selected from electricity, magnetism, and optics.
(3). This course deals with the basic concepts in physics for pre-service and in-service secondary education teachers. It covers contents, methods, and hands-on activities. Topics selected from modern physics, e.g., quantum physics, atomic physics, and nuclear physics.
(3). Structure and organization of the American national government. Evolution of the United States Constitution and the federal system, civil rights, voting and elections, Congress, the President, and the federal courts
(3). Nature and scope of political science, basic concepts and terminology, nature of the state and government, types of political systems, comparative political institutions.
(3). A study of the organization, functions, and powers of state, county, and municipal governments in the United States.
(3). An examination of the American legal system, court procedures, appeals procedures, and the use of legal reference materials with selected cases.
(3). Current impact and historical influence of film upon American politics and policy. Includes scholarship about the movie industry and civic values. Students view political films.
(3). The scope and approaches to political science with considerable attention to research methods, techniques, and current research problems.
(3). Composition, organization, and function of American political parties on the national, state, and local levels.
(3). American legislative bodies with emphasis upon recruitment, composition, structure, procedures, functions, role of parties and pressure groups, and problems of legislative reform.
(3). Political organization and structure of the principal Latin-American countries with emphasis on constitutional development and present-day issues.
(3). The government and politics of the Middle East with attention to present developments and the role of these countries in world affairs.
(3). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: PSC 100. A survey of the functions and major programs of the United States federal government including federal taxes and spending, the regulation of business, national labor policy, public health and welfare programs, conservation and the environment, and national defense and foreign policy.
(3). Explores the historical development and constitutional foundations of religious freedom in America. Probes First Amendment jurisprudence. Examines current debates about free exercise, public interest religion, elections, religion in global affairs.
(3). Undergraduate Prerequisite: PSC 100. Graduate Prerequisite: None. Examines the development, institutions, processes, and problems of state and local government in the United States and their interaction with each other and with the federal government.
(3). Chronological development of American foreign policy from the early period to 1900.
(3). Traces main streams of American foreign policy from the twentieth-century to the present. Major American foreign policy decisions are used in the analytical development of American foreign policy processes. The various influences upon foreign policy decision-making are identified and evaluated.
(3). This course investigates competing paradigms for understanding war and terrorism, as well as various theories for evaluating the justice of war.
(3). Examines the political systems and political cultures of Asian countries from Afghanistan to Southeast Asia, with major emphasis on India, China, and Japan.
(3). An examination of the government and politics of a variety of different national states that includes the concepts, ideas, and analytical tools necessary to understand the structures and processes of different types of political systems. Covers western and non-western, developed and less developed, communist and post-communist, and newly industrializing countries. The impact of globalization is also examined.
(3). Background and basic principles of international politics with emphasis on the modern state system, nationalism, changes in international politics from World War II to the present, and domestic influences on foreign policy.
(3). Prerequisites: PSC 100. Examines the political systems and political cultures of Europe with major emphasis on Great Britain, France, Germany, and Russia.
(3). Prerequisite: PSC 432. Examines regional and world intergovernmental organizations (IGO) with emphasis on the United Nations and including NATO, OAS, European Union, and others. Included will be some coverage of nongovernmental organizations (NGO) such as multinational corporations.
(3). Fundamental principles of U.S. Constitution and its development including powers of President and Congress, federalism, interstate commerce, and others; textbook and case method.
(3). Relationship between individual and government as revealed through constitutional law cases; civil liberties based on interpretation of Bill of Rights and Fourteenth Amendment; textbook and case method.
(3). Politics of eleven southern states with regard to voting, elections, origin and decline of one-party system in the South, role of the Republican party and minor parties, and impact of southern politics on national affairs.
(3). Forces affecting politics, public opinion, and elections in the U.S.; examines the election structure, as well as individual and group political participation.
(3). Role and behavior of American executives at national, state, and local levels in the U.S. political system with emphasis on American presidency.
(3). Examines political thought from ancient Greece to the late Middle Ages in Europe. An emphasis is placed on the historical-cultural context in which these theories developed and their influence on modern concepts.
(3). Examines the major trends in political thought from the Early Modern Era of the 1600's to the present with emphasis upon the development of classical (conservative) liberalism, progressive or new liberalism, socialism, Marxist communism, fascism, and national socialism.
(3). Undergraduate Prerequisite: PSC 100. Graduate Prerequisite: None. This course will examine the political ideas of the ancient Jewish people, the religion of Judaism, and the Christian religion. Emphasis will be placed on the scriptural record, historical example, and philosophical legacy.
(3). Principal ideas of leading political thinkers in America from colonial period to the present.
(3). This course is an overview of the interdisciplinary connection between political and psychological processes. The incorporation of political science and psychology might help in the understanding of why leaders behave as they do and why citizens support or oppose political leaders. The course will include: social cognition and decision making, personality and identity, and environmental factors that affect individual political ideologies.
(3). This course investigates a controversial theme of political theory, such as religion and politics, gender and race in politics, democratic theory, or the nature of justice.
(3). Examines theories and policies of national security with emphasis on United States defense policies. Emphasis is on the roles of executive, legislative, and nongovernmental actors. Topics include arms control, terrorism, military-civilian relations, manpower and weapons' acquisitions, strategic theory, and conflict resolution.
(3). Assessment of the projected nature and functions of American democracy.
(3). Practical course instructing the steps involved in the grantwriting process. The course includes strategic planning, research, finding appropriate grant sources and writing the grant.
(3). Prerequisites: Must be major or minor with advanced standing and have consent of instructor. Involves extensive study/research upon specific topics under close supervision by instructor. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(3). Prerequisites: Must be major or minor with advanced standing and have consent of instructor. Involves extensive study/research upon specific topics under close supervision by instructor. Letter grades are assigned for this course.
(3). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: PSC 100. Prerequisite for Graduate: None. Procedures involved in judicial process; attendance at actual court trials in the local area.
(3). Prerequisite: 15 hours of Political Science. Involves supervised assignment of student either to the U.S. Congress or Alabama State Legislature or to an area public agency such as the East Alabama Regional Planning Commission, City of Anniston, Calhoun County District Attorney's Office, Alabama Seventh Judicial Circuit offices, or a lawyer's office. Grade: Pass/Fail.
(3). Prerequisite: 15 hours of Political Science. Involves supervised assignment of student either to the U.S. Congress or Alabama State Legislature or to an area public agency such as the East Alabama Regional Planning Commission, City of Anniston, Calhoun County District Attorney's Office, Alabama Seventh Judicial Circuit offices, or a lawyer's office. Grade: Pass/Fail.
(3). Explores the evolutionary process of American public administration with the intent of focusing on theoretical and applied contexts of contemporary public administration. Special attention is placed upon the role of administration as it applies to the legislative-executive relations (including accountability, transparency and responsibility in democratic administration), the role of administration in the policymaking process, the legal basis for public administration, and financial and personnel responsiblities of administrators in the public sector.
(3). The effective application of major theoretical frameworks to diagnose organizations' ethical cultures and exercising the various principles of leadership when resolving ethical issues in order to institute organizational change.
(3). Examines the development, institutions, processes, and problems of state and local government in the United States and their interaction with each other and with the federal government.
(3). This course is designed to enhance the study of complex organizational structures and the behavior of individuals working within those organizations. An emphasis is placed on public institutions and the affect different organizational structures and behaviors have on public policy.
(3). This course is designed to provide an overview of the nonprofit sector from a practical point of view in order to prepare administrators with an understanding of nonprofit organizations and the management thereof. The course focuses on what is distinctive about the governance, leadership, and management of nonprofit organizations.
(3). Comparison of approaches to and problems associated with public administration in different nation types: western/nonwestern; developed/underdeveloped; large/small; and open/closed.
(3). A proactive assessment of American's national experiment in democratic ideals. Contact Dr. Browder at browder@jsu.edu for more information.
(3). A proactive assessment of America's national experiment in democratic ideals. Contact Dr. Browder at browder@jsu.edu for more information. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(3). A directed study of American democracy through a variety of documents and materials included in the Browder collection of public and private records. Contact Dr. Browder at browder@jsu.edu for more information.
(3). A directed study of American democracy through a variety of documents and materials included in the Browder collection of public and private records. Contact Dr. Browder at browder@jsu.edu for more information. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(3). Permission of the instructor and approval of the department head. Requires in-depth research/study of specific topics under close supervision by the instructor. A letter grade will be assigned for this course.
(3). Permission of the instructor and approval of the department head. Requires in-depth research/study of specific topics under close supervision by the instructor. A letter grade will be assigned for this course.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of the department head and approval of instructor. In-depth study of selected topics.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of department head and approval of instructor. In-depth study of selected topics.
(3). Permission of the instructor and approval of the department head. Supervised assignment in offices of area district attorneys, judges, or law firms. Minimum of 8 hours per week. Grade: Pass/Fail.
(3). Permission of the instructor and approval of the department head. Supervised assignment in offices of area district attorneys, judges, or law firms. Minimum of 8 hours per week. Grade: Pass/Fail.
(3). (Grade of Pass or Fail only) Prerequisites: Approval of department head and approval of instructor. Supervised assignment in office of an area public agency for a minimun of eight hours per week.
(3). (Grade of Pass or Fail only) Prerequisites: Approval of department head and approval of instructor. Supervised assignment in office of an area public agency for a minimun of eight hours per week.
(3). An introduction to telephone and radio communications skills, interpersonal communications, and basics of call handling, legal issues in public safety communications and technologies for the telecommunicator. This course will provide the information necessary to understand the job of a public safety telecommunicator and is the foundation to begin working in police, fire, EMS or combined service communications center.
(3). This course is designed to prepare the student to receive a call requesting assistance for emergency medical services (EMS) and allocate community resources in response to such request. Upon course completion, the student will be qualified to provide pre-arrival medical instructions to the caller, and post-dispatch information to the responding agencies.
(3). An overview of the rapidly advancing technology in public safety communications. Computer aided dispatch, radio and telephony advances, mapping and GPS technology, and information management technology keynote this course.
(3). This course is designed to provide the sutdent with the principles required for critical thinking to deal with a hostage situation until a highly trained negotiator assumes control.
(3). This course is designed to provide the student with the knowledge necessary in handling events involoving hazardous material(s). Upon course completion, the student should have basic knowledge in communication management of special circumstances involving chemical, biological, and radiological hazardous events.
(3). An in-depth study of the operations of telecommunication centers.
(3). Introduction to the basic concepts of interpersonal communications and oral communications necessary for the public safety telecommunicator to interact with public safety personnel and citizens of the community. Techniques to overcoming barriers, achieving effective communications, handling difficult callers, listening effectively, and resolving conflicts will be addressed.
(3). An overview of legal issues impacting the public safety communication and telecommunication industry. The course will present a series of case studies which present a rational prospective of the liability exposure of the public safety telecommunicator. The course shall provide the legal principles and processes that, when adhered to, should guide toward minimizing liability exposure.
(3). The critical principles in support of crisis intervention and techniques for handling domestic violence, potential suicide, hostage, and civil unrest situations as a public safety communicator.
(3). The basic principles needed to respond to a Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD) event. The course will present the role and responsibilities of the public safety telecommunicator in recognizing and dispatching assistance for aid while maintaining documentation of calls for assistance resulting from a WMD incident.
(3). Preparation needed to receive a call requesting assistance for emergency medical services (EMS) and allocate community resources in response to such request. Upon course completion, the individual should be qualified to provide pre-arrival medical instructions to the caller and post-dispatch information to the responding agencies.
(3). The principles required for critical thinking to deal with a hostage situation until a highly trained negotiator assumes control.
(3). The knowledge necessary in handling events involving hazardous material(s). Upon course completion, the individual should have basic knowledge in communication management of special circumstances involving chemical, biological and radiological hazardous events.
(3). An overview of Human Resource Management issues including principles of human resources, federal employee regulations, and Americans with Disabilities Act.
(3). An overview of financial management procedures including, budgeting, purchasing, bid processing, internal control, auditing, and reporting.
(3). An overview of basic management principles, including organizational theory, operational models, supervision, evaluations, and steps for effective leadership.
(3). An in depth examination of rapidly advancing technologies used today to determine the exact location of people contacting 9-1-1 telecommunicators for emergency assistance. Students will learn of the systems in use and how to apply them.
(3). An introduction to the basic concepts for professional writing. Emphasis on writing skills necessary for the preparation of standard operating procedures, training documents, and related materials.
(3). An introduction to basic methodology, principles, and terms of contemporary psychology. Stresses a scientific analysis of behavior. Direct experience with research psychology or its equivalent may be required.
(3). An introduction to the methodology, principles and terms of contemporary psychology, with emphasis on the scientific investigation of behavior. Direct experience with research psychology or its equivalent may be required
(1). An introduction to what psychologists do, what jobs are available in psychology, and how students should proceed through a major in psychology. For students considering a psychology major or who have declared a psychology major.
Prerequisite: PSY 201. Suggested corequisite: PSY 220L. An introduction to principles of behavior analysis stressing experimental design, observing and recording techniques, and the basic principles of operant conditioning, including schedules of reinforcement. Lab (1). Corequisite or prerequisite: PSY 220. Stresses the skills involved in specifying, observing, and consequenting behavior and teaches the standard techniques of behavioral laboratories.
(1). Corequisite: PSY 220. Stresses the skills involved in specifying, observing, and consequenting behavior and teaches the standard techniques of behavioral laboratories.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 201. Study of mental, physical, social, and emotional life of the individual throughout the life span. Special attention given to the first two decades of life. Note: University general elective for Psychology major or minor.
(4). Prerequisites: PSY 220, 221, MS 108 or higher. Basic statistical concepts and procedures as applied to life sciences. Includes a laboratory component involving demonstration and application of statistical analysis to behavioral research.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 220 and PSY 221. Issues pertaining to the choice of a career in psychology and being successful at one�s chosen career. What courses to take, how to get a job, how to get promoted, or how to get into graduate school and successfully earn a Ph.D. degree.
(4). Prerequisites: PSY 220, 221 and 300. Introduction to scientific methodology as applied to behavior research. Includes a laboratory component in which students will gain hands-on experience with the most frequently used research methods.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 201. Introduction to methodological, empirical, and theoretical perspectives of psychological development during adulthood. Topics include physical and cognitive development, personality, social development, and the role of work.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 201. The study of human development from prenatal development to adolescence. Topics include psychological theories of physical and motor development, cognitive development, social development, and emotional development, as well as the application of these theories to everyday life.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 201. Examines the major forms of and theoretical explanations for behavior patterns which have been culturally defined as deviant or psychologically abnormal.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 201. A comprehensive study of the concepts of personality. Emphasis will be placed on major theories and theorists of personality, such as Freud, Bandura, Ellis, Rogers, and Maslow.
(3). Studies of the origin of sex differences within three theoretical models: biological, psychological, and sociological. Examination of the nature of these differences emphasizing current research in areas such as androgyny, sex typing, sexuality, employment, tokenism, and marriage.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 201. A survey of the effects of society and cultural factors upon individual and group behavior. Topics include conformity, persuasion, attitude change, leadership, self-perception, aggression, and affiliation.
(3). Overview of diverse topics such as happiness, relationships, spirituality, aesthetic appreciation, work satisfaction, self-control, intergrity/ethics. Self- assessment and critical thinking are emphasized.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 220 and 221. An introduction to the application of behavioral principles and procedures to the improvement of socially important human behavior.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 201. The course provides an interdisciplinary perspective of current drug issues. Psychological, historical, cultural, social, biological, and medical perspectives on the mechanisms of drug action will be presented. The course will emphasize psychological variables that can determine and alter the effect a drug has on behavior. Scientific based applied research incorporating behavioral mechanism to the treatment of substance abuse will provide students with a greater understanding this complex issue.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 201. This course is designed to provide students with an introduction to the field of sleep as a science. Emphasis will be placed on experimental methodology, psychological and physiological aspects of sleep, dreams, and sleep disorders.
(3). Topics, excursions, and requirements determined by department. May be duplicated for credit; however, only three (3) credits may be applied toward any major or minor. Infrequently scheduled and subject to minimum and maximum numbers. Advance deposit required.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 330. Integration of theory and empirical research on a wide range of child and adolescent disorders. The course provides a comprehensive coverage of the biological, psychological, and social-contextual determinants of childhood problems. Specific disorders will be presented, describing its characteristics, developmental course, and epidemiology; outlining current diagnostic and classification schemes; identifying risk and protective factors; and discussing implications for prevention and treatment.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 310, 350. Explores historical and current debates in social psychology, using each as an opportunity to read articles on a substantive issue in that area.
(3). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: PSY 201. Review of cognitive processes such as memory, concept formation, reasoning, critical thinking, problem solving, and applications of cognitive science; particular emphasis on how research in cognitive science can be applied to more effective critical thinking and how our built environment can be better designed to fit the way people think.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 363. Examines behaviorism as a philosophy of the science of human behavior. Topics covered include the nature of public and private events, knowledge, language, thinking, free will, values, government, and culture.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 363. Use of phychological techniques within medical settings for problems such as hypertension, pain, asthma, eating disorders, and smoking.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 310 and consent of the instructor. Examines the relevant research and methodological problems related to topics of current emphasis in behavioral research. Examples are drug addiction, aggression, and contingency management.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 201. Beginning with an examination of theoretical definitions of culture, the course covers a broad range of theories and research findings regarding cultural influences on human behavior and cognitive processes.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 201. Provides an overview of current drug-related issues, including societal trends, basic pharmacology of drug action, legislation, treatment, and prevention.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 310. A review of research, investigating the basic parameters of conditioning and its theoretical implications. Topics covered will include operant and respondent conditioning.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 201. This course is an overview of the interdisciplinary connection between political and psychological processes. The incorporation of political science and psychology may help in the understanding of why leaders behave as they do and why citizens support or oppose political leaders. The course will include social cognition and decision making, personality and identity, and environmental factors that affect individual political ideologies. (PSY 446 is crosslisted with PSC 455, but only one course may be taken for credit.)
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 310 and senior standing. Examines the historical evolution of modern psychology and the conceptual systems which have been developed.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 310 and 311 or 300, and consent of the instructor. Practice of behavioral techniques in an instructional setting.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 310 and 311 or 300, and consent of the instructor. Practice of behavioral techniques in an instructional setting.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 220 and 221 and 330, and consent of the instructor. Practice of psychological techniques in a community organization such as mental health clinics, juvenile detention centers, etc.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 220 and 221 and 330, and consent of the instructor. Practice of psychological techniques in a community organization such as mental health clinics, juvenile detention centers, etc.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 310 and 311, and consent of the instructor. Practice of behavior analysis principles in applied settings such as developmental centers and organizations.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 310 and 311, and consent of the instructor. Practice of behavior analysis principles in applied settings such as developmental centers and organizations.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 310, 311, and approval of the instructor. Students will conduct supervised research projects chosen in coordination with their supervisor.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 310, 311, and approval of the instructor. Students will conduct supervised research projects chosen in coordination with their supervisor.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 310, 311, approval of the thesis supervisor, and senior status. Completion of an original research project. (See Psychology Department Thesis Guidelines. These courses cannot be substituted for electives in the Psychology major.)
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 310, 311, consent of the thesis supervisor, and senior status. Completion of an original research project. (See Psychology Department Thesis Guidelines. These courses cannot be substituted for electives in the Psychology major.)
(3). Behavioral effects of psychoactive drugs, neurochemical and behavioral mechanisms of drug dependency.
(3). Research techniques, their findings, and applications to problems of motivation; topics from hunger and thirst to human incentive motivation.
(1). Stresses the skills involved in specifying, observing, and consequenting behavior and teaches the standard techniques of behavioral laboratories.
(3). Issues underlying the acquisition, conceptualization, and understanding of valid knowledge in psychology, including the design, implementation, and interpretation of research.
(3). The course will concentrate on single case (small N) research designs for research in the social and behavioral sciences. Single subject research designs will be discussed with respect to logic, specific design options, and validity. Specific examples will be used to highlight the appropriate use and advantages of small N methodologies.
(3). The strategies and ethics of functional assessment are presented in the larger context of behavioral assessment. Research articles relevant to indirect, descriptive, and experimental functional assessment approaches and assessment-based interventions are reviewed.
(3). The course will introduce students to the main theories and approaches in doing research with children. Different frameworks and techniques for conducting both qualitative and quantitative research with children will be discussed and analyzed. In addition, the unique nature of children as research subjects will be covered.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 221 or PSY 504. An introduction and examination of the theory, principles, and methods of modern applied behavior analysis.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 528. Diverse populatons commonly served by applied behavior analysis (e.g., substance abuse, autism, traumatic brain injury) are examined with respect to their prevalence, defining characteristics, etiology, and current research trends. The potential for the use of behavior analysis in underserved populations is also discussed.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 528 and PSY 221 or PSY 504. Examination of the strategies and tactics used in single-subject research to implement socially important behavior change.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 511. A development of the paradigmatic framework of the experimental analysis of behavior, and an examination of the research and resulting body of knowledge provided by that analytical approach.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 530 and PSY 534. Discussion of ethical guidelines and professional skills pertinent to research and practice in behavior analysis.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 511. The behavior analytic view of child development is compared and contrasted with other systems for understanding development (e.g., Piagetian theory). Students review and critically evaluate current and seminal literature related to several developmental domains (e.g., motor, language, social).
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 530 and PSY 534. The conceptual foundation, empirical basis, and practical application of verbal behavior are surveyed.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 310 or equivalent. Introduction to behavior within a social context with a focus on classic and contemporary studies of social influence, group processes, persuasion, and prosocial behavior, as well as their real-world applications.
(3). Various topics covering real-world applications of contemporary topics in Psychology.
(3). Various topics covering real world applications of contemporary topics in Psychology.
(3). Various topics covering real world applications of contemporary topics in Psychology.
(3). Various topics covering real world applications of contemporary topics in Psychology.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 511. Analysis of classical conditioning, human causal and contingency learning, and memory paradigms, with a special emphasis on historical and contemporary theoritical accounts of these phenomena.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 530 and PSY 534. Principles of respondent conditioning and operant-respondant interactions, with special emphasis on practical applications of these principles. Examples include drug abuse, depression, stress, weight control, sexual disorders, anxiety disorders, and superstitions.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 565. The conceptual, experimental, and economic analysis of impulsivity and self-control in both human and non-human animals.
(3). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Application of psychological principles in educational settings such as undergraduate courses; responsibilities could include lab assistantship tasks including mentoring of students, presentation of course work, organization of class materials, etc. under the supervision of a faculty member.
(3). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Application of psychological principles in educational settings such as undergraduate courses; responsibilities could include lab assistantship tasks including mentoring of students, presentation of course work, organization of class materials, etc. under the supervision of a faculty member.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of the instructor. Practice of behavior analysis in applied settings such as habilitation of individuals with developmental disabilities, modification of behavior in schools, and improvement of organization performance.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 528 and 550 and three of the following: PSY 417G, 424G, 427G, 444G, 521 or 537. Practice of behavior analysis principles in applied settings such as treating developmental disabilities, or organizational improvement.
(3). Prerequisite: PSY 528 and 550 and three of the following: PSY 417G, 424G, 427G, 444G, 521 or 537. Practice of behavior analysis principles in applied settings such as treating developmental disabilities, or organizational improvement.
(3). Prerequisites: Consent of instructor and advisor. Students will conduct supervised research projects chosen in coordination with their supervisor.
(3). Prerequisites: Consent of instructor and advisor. Students will conduct supervised research projects chosen in coordination with their supervisor.
(3). Prerequisites: Consent of instructor and advisor. Independent readings will normally include content not offered in regularly scheduled classes.
(3). Prerequisites: Consent of instructor and advisor. Independent readings will normally include content not offered in regularly scheduled classes.
(3) (3). Prerequisite: Approval of Application for Theses Option. See "Thesis Options and Procedures." (Grade: Pass/Fail.)
(3). An overview of geographic information systems and a foundation in map coordinate systems, map projections, and map scale.
(3). Prerequisite: SAM 510. Methods of capturing data, acquiring and importing existing spatial data into geographic information systems, and deriving spatial information from remotely sensed data and storing spatial data.
(3). Prerequisite: SAM 510. Introduction to topology theory and its employment in GIS network analysis. Emphasis on methods of determining efficient paths, modeling network flows and creating efficient service areas for organizational entities.
(3). Prerequisite: SAM 510. Emphasis on evaluating existing site location efficiencies, determining appropriate point site and area site locations for organizational entities, and analyzing environmental impact using GIS.
(3). Prerequisite: SAM 510. Fundamentals of GIS implementation and GIS management. Consideration in designing organization-wide GIS and the management of both special projects and organization-wide use of GIS.
(3). Prerequisite: SAM 510. Fundamentals of map composition and layout, chart creation, data classification and map design to produce meaningful maps and charts of the results of spatial analysis.
(3). Prerequisite: SAM 510. Advanced GIS instruction and work in a variety of topics such as imagery interpretation and classification, surface modeling, spatial manipulation languages, and statistical analysis of spatial data. Can be taken twice for credit.
(3). (Grade of Pass of Fail only) Prerequisite: Approval of instructor and SAM 510.
(3). Beginning Spanish grammar, with emphasis on reading, writing, speaking, and understanding the language. Use of the language laboratory required.
(3). Prerequisite: SH 101 or approval of instructor. Continuation of Beginner's Spanish I.
(3). Prerequisite: SH 102 or approval of instructor. A review of Spanish grammar, conversation, and discussion based on short literary selections. Writing short compositions, dialogs, etc. Laboratory required.
(3). Prerequisite: SH 201 or approval of instructor. Continuation of Intermediate Spanish I. Successful completion of 202 is prerequisite for all courses numbered 300 or higher, except 321, 322, and 406.
(3). Prerequisite: SH 202. Representative Spanish writers in the major periods of their nation's cultural development. From the Middle Ages to the Golden Age.
(3). Prerequisite: SH 202. Representative Spanish writers in the major periods of their nation's cultural development. From the 18th Century to the present.
(3). Prerequisite: SH 202. A thorough study of syntax, structure, vocabulary, and structures that the advanced student should know. Writing expository, descriptive, argumentative, and critical compositions.
(3). Practice in written and spoken communications in all types of business situations for those specializing in areas where the language is Spanish.
(3). Prerequisite: SH 202. Intensive practice in spoken Spanish using a variety of cultural activities (films, magazine articles, TV programs, etc.)
(3). No prerequisites; offered in English. Evolution of the culture, history, and geography of Spain.
(3). No prerequisites; offered in English. Evolution of the culture, history, and geography of Latin America.
(3). Prerequisite: SH 202. Reading and analysis of representative plays by Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarc�n, and Calder�n de la Barca.
(3). No prerequisite; offered in English. Reading and analysis of the works of Cervantes, with special attention to Don Quixote. Research paper is required.
(3). Prerequisite: SH 202. Reading of and reports on the major works of Azor�n, Unamuno, Valle-Incl�n, Antonio Machado, and P�o Baroja.
(3). Prerequisite: SH 202. Representative works of major writers from the Spanish Civil War to the present
(3). Prerequisite: SH 202. Representative Latin American writers in the major periods of their nations' cultural development from the Colonial period to the present.
(3). Prerequisite: SH 202. Representative poets from the Neo-Classical period, through Romanticism, Realism, Modernism, to the present.
(3). Prerequisite: SH 202. Reading and analysis outstanding plays with emphasis on those of Duque de Rivas, Zorrilla, Echegaray, Garc�a Guti�rrez, Hartzenbusch, and Tamayo y Baus.
(3). Prerequisite: SH 202. Major developments and trends in the novel of the 19th century, as reflected in the works of Gald�s, Pardo Baz�n, Palacio Vald�s, Blasco Iba�ez, Valera, and Pereda.
(3). Prerequisites: SH 101, 102, 201. Faculty-led experience designed specifically to enhance acquisition of the target language and culture in a Spanish language environment and/or study abroad program.
(3). This course examines interpersonal skills and helping relationships. The course is designed to help students better understand themselves and their personal and professional relationships. Critical thinking skills, problem-solving techniques and conflict resolution tactics are emphasized.
(3). Designed to assist the student who is considering social work as a career. Fundamental concepts of social work, client systems, fields of practice, history, and the current status of social work are presented. Students are required to complete 30 hours of volunteer work in fulfilling course requirements.
(3). Prerequisites: SW 330, SW 380, and SW 390. Current social policies and programs are presented and analyzed. Information on influencing policy formulation in the administrative, legislative, and judicial arenas is emphasized.
(3). An exploration of the history of child welfare service in this country, as well as current trends in this field of social work. Foster care, adoption, and protective services will be viewed in a historical perspective, ending with an evaluation of current policy and future implications for social work practice in child welfare areas.
(3). Current trends and the historical development of service learning in social services are discussed. Developing, managing, and evaluating service learning programs are reviewed. Students are required to complete 40 volunteer hours in a social service organization.
(3). This course explores social work practice in various health care settings such as hospitals, health maintenance organizations, long-term care facilities, and home health care agencies. The psychosocial aspects of working with clients (patients) and the range of intervention strategies available to social work practitioners will be discussed.
(3). This course provides content in crisis theory and intervention strategies. May be used as an elective in social work.
(3). This course is designed to teach the identification, symptomology, and current trends in the treatment of mental illness. Emphasis will be placed on the diagnosis and treatment of dysfunctional cognitive, emotive, and behavioral disorders.
(3). An exploration of the historical development and current trends in both verbal and written forms of social work communication. Students will gain understanding in the development of effective presentations, psycho-social assessments, memorandums, proposals, progress notes, agendas, minutes, and other types of communication needed to be effective social work practitioners.
(3). This course presents the current trends related to the use, abuse, and addiction of alcohol and drugs. Treatment options and legal ramifications will be explored.
(3). Prerequisite: SW 330. This course examines contemporary theory, practices, and services in the field of child welfare and social services for children and families. Emphasis is placed on supportive, supplementary, and substitute care services in child welfare, including skills and knowledge most helpful in case management with children and families.
(3). Prerequisites: SW 330 and CS 201. This course will focus on the application of theories and skills of social research to social work practice with individuals, groups, organizations, and communities. It is recommended this course be taken soon after SW 330. Students can use the skills and knowledge developed in this course to better complete the research assignments in the advanced social work courses. Social Work Majors only.
(3). Prerequisite: SW 330. Content is presented that promotes understanding, affirmation, and respect for people from diverse backgrounds. Content focuses on how prejudice, discrimination, and exclusion affect the experiences of members of diverse groups.
(3). This course explores the heritage of poverty in the United States and the implications of the myths, facts, and social policies that influence and affect individuals, families, and communities. The course emphasizes the complex causes and prevalence of poverty and explores poverty research and models to eradicate or prevent poverty.
(3). An examination of aging in the United States. Primarily a sociological perspective but deals with the psychological and biological aspects of aging, as well as contemporary demographic, economic, and political trends. SW 370 is cross-listed with SY 370 but only one course can be counted for credit.
(3). An examination of the attitudes of differing cultures and subcultures toward death, which encourages students to supplement relevant readings by discussing personal attitudes toward death and dying. Current research in this topic will be explored by lectures, films, and reading. By better understanding death and dying, students can explore in this course opportunities for growth and for improving the quality of life. SW 371 is cross-listed with SY 340 but only one course can be counted for credit.
(3). Prerequisites: BY 101, 102, 103 and 104. Information about the stages of the human life cycle from birth through old age is presented. Attention is given to the biological and social factors of human development. SW 380 may be taken concurrently with SW 330. Social Work Majors only.
(3). Prerequisites: SW 330 and SW 380. The focus is on the following social systems: family, group, organization, community, culture, and society. Human behavior within these systems and the behavior of these systems as entities are studied. Social Work Majors only.
(3). Prerequisite: SW 330. Generalist social work practice, ethics and values of the social work profession, and basic helping skills will be studied. Students will begin to acquire generalist social work practice skills and an identity with the social work profession. Social Work Majors only.
(3). Prerequisites: SW 330 and SW 390, and admission to the BSW Program. Generalist practice skills will be developed for work with families and groups. Family assessments and interventions and group practice issues will be reviewed.
(3). The process of how emotions work and how humans can learn to behave more rationally in dealing with anger, anxiety, and depression will be reviewed.
(3). Prerequisite: SW 330. This course will assist students to develop skills in assessment, consulting, teaching, modeling, and advocacy to enhance the optimum social functioning of clients. Attention will be paid to the ways in which social workers can utilize practice models to pursue policies, services, and resources in a variety of social service settings.
(3). Topics, excursions, and requirements determined by department. May be duplicated for credit; however, only 3 credits may be applied toward any major or minor. Infrequently scheduled and subject to minimum and maximum numbers. Advance deposit required.
(3). Prerequisites: Approval of the department head and instructor. Students with advanced standing explore areas of special interest with individualized instruction from a faculty member. Social Work Majors only.
(3). Prerequisites: Approval of the department head and instructor. Students with advanced standing explore areas of special interest with individualized instruction from a faculty member. Social Work Majors only.
(3). Prerequisites: Approval of the department head and instructor. Students with advanced standing explore areas of special interest with individualized instruction from a faculty member. Social Work Majors only.
(1). Prerequisite: SW 330 and permission from the instructor and Department Head. This course focuses upon a selected area of social work practice and/or education. The course capitalizes on a timely topic, research activity, or experimental alternative to existing courses, etc. Directed Study. (Social Work Majors only.)
(1). Prerequisite: SW 330 and permission from Instructor and Department Head. This course focuses upon a selected area of social work practice and/or education. The course capitalizes on a timely topic, research activity, or experimental alternative to existing courses, etc. Directed Study. (Social Work Majors only)
(1). Prerequisite: SW 330 and permission from Instructor and Department Head. This course focuses upon a selected area of social work practice and/or education. The course capitalizes on a timely topic, research activity, or experimental alternative to existing courses, etc. Directed Study. (Social Work Majors only)
(3). Prerequisites: All other courses for the BSW degree except SW 449 and SW 450 and admission to Field Instruction Placement. Corequisite: Sw 449 and SW 450. Generalist practice knowledge, values, and skills will be studied and developed for work with and in organizations, communities, and large social systems.
(9). Prerequisites: All other courses for the BSW degree except SW 448 and SW 450 and admission to Field Instruction Placement. Corequisite: SW 448 and SW 450. Internship in a social service agency for 450 hours of supervised practice.
(3). Prerequisites: All other courses for the BSW degree except SW 448 and SW 449 and admission to Field Instruction Placement. Corequisite: SW 448 and SW 449. Class meets once a week.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 200. A direct study of sociology.
(3). Basic concepts, principles, and methods of sociological analysis are examined. Subject areas include culture, socialization, groups, communities, institutions, social inequality, and social change.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221. American culture and society, including analytical treatment of problems of crime, urban living, mass media, mental illness, education, race, population, civil liberties, and others.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221. An introduction to the theory, design, collection, and analysis of data in sociology with particular focus given to various techniques by which sociological data are examined.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 301 or 304 or CS 201. Computers are used in the analysis of survey data. Commonly used software packages, such as SPSS, are employed.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 100 or higher. An introduction to use of statistics in the social sciences, with an examination of measures of association and dispersion, scaling, probability, and tests of significance.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221. A Sociological Analysis of American Society and Culture, this course will examine the basic institutions in American society such as family, education, religion, politics, and economy. It analyzes the roll of organizations in society. It discusses the origin of American culture and the nature of popular culture.
(3). This course addresses the human responses to and facilitation of the concept of disability. The emphasis will be to connect the relationship among theory, epistemology, power relationships, and the social construction of disability. When the course is over, you should have a deeper understanding of social theory, the history of disabilities, and also how the concept of disabilities impacts our lives today.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221. Family structures; functions and dysfunctions of the family; intimate relationships; sexual behaviors and attitudes; the differences between the sexes; dating, courting, and mate selection; endogamy and exogamy; family life; children; and alternatives to traditional marriage.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221. A survey of traditional and contemporary theories in social psychology regarding their applicability to everyday life, including such approaches as cognitive theory, reinforcement theory, symbolic interaction, and humanistic theories.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221. Introduction to the social and cultural factors related to human deviance. Special attention is given to the study of various theories of deviant behavior.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221. This course is an introduction to the study of criminology. Its focus is on the nature of crime, the nature and development of law, the criminal justice system, and theories of crime.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221. Popular misconceptions; delinquency trends; police and juveniles; programs of prevention; detention centers; juvenile courts, probation; theories of causation; corrections.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221. Causes, characteristics, and consequences of inequality are examined. Differences in wealth, power, and prestige are considered in the community, society, and between societies.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221. Simple and complex organizations are examined regarding their structures, functions, conflicts, and changes. Major theories are presented along with empirical studies of organizational behavior.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221. The school is examined as a major social institution and socializing agent in American society. The formal and informal structure of the school, its influence upon the responses to the wider community institutions, and primary functions of the school system are examined. Teacher-student relationships, the classroom as a social system, and equality of educational opportunity will be considered.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221. An examination of the attitudes of differing cultures and subcultures toward death, which encourages students to supplement relevant readings by discussing personal attitudes toward death and dying. Current research in this topic will be explored by lectures, films, and readings. By better understanding death and dying, students can explore in this course opportunities for growth and for improving the quality of life. SY 340 is cross-listed with SW 371, but only one course can be counted for credit.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221 or SY 222. The course applies a sociological perspective to trace the study of disasters, emphasizing how social inequalities constitute varying degrees of risk and destruction throughout pre, impact and post disaster stages. This course examines social structure and social process as they interact with disaster conditions.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221 or SY 222. Crowds, mass behavior, fashions and fads, reform movements and revolutions are examined. Current examples are used to illustrate models and theories.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221. This course will familiarize students with the major ideas associated with anarchism.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221 or permission of instructor. This course is designed to provide a brief introduction to the major themes of and current trends concerning the social causes and consequences of health and illness. Topics of interest will be to explore the social facets of health and disease; the social functions of health organizations; and the social behaviors of health personnel and consumers.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221. This course presents a sociological framework for studying the ways in which societies both encourage and restrict the use of psychoactive drugs. The course will investigate the ways we think about alcohol, tobacco, prescription, and illegal drugs.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221. The study of religion in its social and cultural contexts. Comparatively examines how religious beliefs, rituals, and practices exist in close relation to other aspects of society and culture, giving to human existence coherence and purpose.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221 or SY 222. A study of how sexuality is perceived, defined, and experienced in the context of society. Topics include social norms, attitudes and beliefs about sexuality, public and private policies, as well as practices surrounding sexuality, and how sexuality is related to social institutions.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221. The course will examine gender theories about why women and men are unequal. It will also explore gender politics, the activities and strategies for remedying gender inequality. The course builds on and makes links to SY 324 (Social Stratification), SY 360 (Ethnic and Minority Group Relations), and SY 427 (Sociological Theory).
(3). An examination of aging in the United States. Primarily a sociological perspective but deals with the psychological and biological aspects of aging, as well as contemporary demographic, economic, and political trends. SY 370 is cross-listed with SW 370, but only one course can be counted for credit.
(3). Topics, excursions, and requirements determined by department. May be duplicated for credit; however, only three (3) credits may be applied toward any major or minor. Infrequently scheduled and subject to minimum and maximum numbers. Advance deposit required.
(3). Prerequisites: SY 221 or SY 222 plus 12 hours of sociology courses or permission of instructor. An examination of the major trends in social thought up to WWII.
(3). Prerequisites: SY 221 or SY 222 plus 12 hours of sociology courses or permission of instructor. An examination of the major trends in social thought after WWII.
(3). Prerequisite: Students seeking admission must have advanced standing and secure approval of instructor and head of department. An opportunity for the student with advanced standing to explore areas of special interest.
(3). Prerequisite: Students seeking admission must have advanced standing and secure approval of instructor and head of department. An opportunity for the student with advanced standing to explore areas of special interest.
(3). Prerequisite: Students seeking admission must have advanced standing and secure approval of instructor and head of department. An opportunity for the student with advanced standing to explore areas of special interest.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 370. Field observation and experiences in agencies or organizations engaged in planning or administering programs for older people or providing direct services to older people. Seminar analysis of these experiences.
(3). Prerequisite: Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0; and a minimum completion of 12 hours of sociology course work at Jacksonville State University. Instructor approval required. This course provides students the opportunity to gain work/career experience in service/learning or business/corporate settings.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221, advanced standing and approval of instructor. An examination of current issues in sociology. The content of the course will vary each semester.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221, advanced standing and approval of instructor. An examination of current issues in sociology. The content of the course will vary each semester.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 221, advanced standing and approval of instructor. An examination of current issues in sociology. The content of the course will vary each semester.
(3). Prerequisite: SY 370, advanced standing and approval of instructor. An examination of current issues in aging.
(3). Prerequisites: SY 301, 304 and 427; or approval of instructor. A summary and reintegration of fundamental concepts in sociology. Career paths are also discussed. Offered Spring only.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 100 or higher level math course. An introduction to financial accounting fundamentals with an emphasis on the accounting cycle, along with financial reporting and interpretation of the basic financial statements. Also emphasizes assets as part of the accounting cycle, financial reporting and interpretation of the basic financial statements.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 112, ACC 200. A continuation of the introduction to financial accounting fundamentals with an emphasis on debt and equity as part of the accounting cycle, financial reporting and interpretation of the basic financial statements. Also, an introduction to the use of managerial accounting information for planning, decision-making, product costing, and performance evaluation.
(3). Prerequisites: CS 201 and ACC 210. Basic information system concepts including the transaction processing cycles of a business, the fundamental characteristics of a system of internal controls, the role of information technology in information processing, and the stages of systems development.
(3). Prerequisite: ACC 210. An introduction to accounting standards, an overview of accounting statements, and detailed study of asset and liability accounting.
(3). Prerequisite: ACC 310 with a minimum grade of C. A detailed study of financial accounting topics including liabilities (bonds, pensions, deferred taxes, leases), stockholder's equity, earnings per share, accounting changes and errors, and the statement of cash flows. The course focuses on understanding accounting theory and applying the theory in solving problems.
(3). Prerequisite: ACC 210. An introduction to cost accounting through a study of job-order costing, process costing, activity-based costing, standard costing, and variable costing. Emphasis on master, flexible and pro forma budgets with variance analysis.
(3). Prerequisite: ACC 210. Federal income tax laws as they apply to individuals. Training in the interpretation of regulations and the preparation of a comprehensive federal income tax return. Tax research is also required with a focus on tax planning. Limited coverage is provided of the history of the tax laws as well as additional types of taxes paid by U.S. citizens.
(3). Prerequisites: ACC 210 and ACC 310 with a minimum grade of C. Accounting procedures for all governmental units, and nonprofit service organizations. Analysis of fund accounting and procedures to prepare government-wide entity statements.
(3). Prerequisite: ACC 301 with a minimum grade of C. A continuation of the transaction cycles of a business with emphasis placed on flowcharting, context diagrams, and data flow diagrams. Risk assessment of inadequate internal controls in an Electronic Data Processing environment.
(3). Prerequisite: ACC 310 with a minimum grade of C. A detailed study of business expansion including combinations and international operations, and an overview of partnership accounting.
(3). Prerequisite: ACC 372 with a minimum grade of C. Advanced federal income tax topics including property transactions and international taxation issues. The course also focuses on the taxation of corporations, S corporations, and partnerships. Limited coverage is provided on the taxation of trusts and estates as well as the alternative minimum tax. Understanding the implementation of the current regulations as well as tax planning strategies are discussed.
(3). Prerequisites: ACC 301, 310, and 360 (minimum grade of C required for all prerequisites). An overview of the theory and process of performing external audits and other attestation services. Courses coverage includes a study of professional standards, the independence of the external auditor, ethical issues, legal liability, internal controls, statistical sampling, auditing with computers, and the internal audit process.
(3). Prerequisites: ACC 360 and 410 (minimum grade of C required for all prerequisites). The function of accounting in society including the conceptual framework of accounting and its application to current financial reporting requirements.
(3). Prerequisite: ACC 371 with a minimum grade of C. Cost accounting with emphasis on capital budgeting, quantitative techniques and relevant costs as a tool in management decisions.
(3). Prerequisites: Senior status and consent of the instructor and the Accounting Department Head. Provides the accounting major with practical experience in the field via an internship arrangement. Grades: PASS/FAIL.
(3). Prerequisites: Senior standing and ACC 477 with a minimum grade of C. The practical application of auditing concepts and standards. An understanding of auditing principles is reinforced and explained by exposure to problems and cases.
(3). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: Senior accounting majors only. Prerequisites for Graduate: ACC 490 and ACC 512. Examines critical accounting topics through intensive review of current literature and pronouncements. Assesses student's ability to effectively communicate accounting information.
(3). Prerequisite: ACC 200 or equivalent. Analysis and use of accounting data as a tool for managerial decision making; analysis of financial reporting, cost behavior, budgeting, and decision making.
(3). Prerequisites: Approval of the instructor and approval of the MBA Director. Provides the graduate student with practical experience in the field of accounting via a real-world work experience arrangement with an accounting firm. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(3). Prerequisite: Completion of 18 semester hours of graduate courses including a three semester hour quantitative course. Approval of the instructor and approval of the MBA Director. In-depth study of selected topic(s).
(3). Quantitative methods and statistics as applied to business and economics; topics include optimization, descriptive statistics, probability theory, sampling and statistical inference, hypothesis testing, regression and correlation analysis, and analysis of variance.
(3). Focuses on prevalent communication skills in complex organizations; students participate in a variety of communication-related activities including questionnaire design, developing presentation materials, presentational speaking, and researching and writing an effective business report; topics include organizational communication, nonverbal communication, and communication technology.
(3). Prerequisite: BA 500 or equivalent. Focuses on quantitative decision-making methodology for contemporary business managers, including such topics as decision-making under certainty, linear programming, querying models, simulation, inventory modes, PERT, and decision support sytem. May not be taken for credit if student has completed BA 540.
(3). Prerequisites: at least 18 hours of M.B.A. course work including ACC 512, FIN 515 and MKT 513. Prerequisite or corequisite: EC 515. Integrative study of strategic decision-making and policy formulation; extensive reading and case analysis. BA 587 must be taken at JSU.
(3). Prerequisite: FIN 515. Provides an integrated treatment of theory and applications relative to international business and the U.S. Includes the impact of cultural, legal, and environmental issues on business; understanding foreign exchange markets, foreign direct investment, and entry modes into developing markets; and analyzes international markets as prospective locations. Presents the world from diverse perspectives, including those of small and midsize international companies and developing country multinationals. Investigates motives and needs of global competitors, customers, and partners.
(1). Orientation to the CCBA. Topics include: Personal and social skills, academic/study skills, College career planning, advising, program requirements, and use of library.
(3). Course provides a general overview of the various functional business operations with an emphasis on the role of the enterprise within modern society. (Not open to CCBA Juniors and Seniors)
(3). Prerequisites: EH 101, 102, 141, Junior Standing, ACC 200, 210, EC 221, 222, MS 112, and ST 260. Principles, procedures, and skills underlying oral and written communications in the field of business.
(3). Prerequisites: ACC 200, 210, EC 221, 222, MS 112, ST 260 or MS 204, and MGT 301. Concepts and techniques for operational decision-making regarding the conversion of inputs to goods and services within business organizations. This course stresses the application of management principles and the utilization of quantitative methods in both the manufacturing and service sectors.
(3). Prerequisites: ACC 200, 210, EC 221, 222, MS 112, ST 260, ST 260L. Junior Standing. Study of the nature and scope of international business, including the basic problems associated with international trade, payments, investment, and cultural differences.
(3). Prerequisites: Completion of all 200-300 level CCBA Core courses - ACC 200, 210, CBA 350 or EH 322, CBA 390, 396, CS 201, EC 221, 222, 303 or 321 or 322, FIN 292, 301, IME 375, MGT 301, 305, and MKT 301. Senior status. Focuses on the formulation and implementation of business strategy and establishment and maintenance of an efficient organization.
(3). Prerequisite: Junior status and consent of instructor. Supervised practical application of the principles of entrepreneurship and free enterprise. Students will create, organize, and execute projects in the local and regional communities. In addition, students will enhance their team building and communication skills. The course offers opportunities for networking with community and business leaders. This course is open to all majors and provides an excellent opportunity for students to engage in and benefit from service-learning.
(3). Prerequisites: Completion of all 200-300 level CCBA Core courses - ACC 200, 210, CBA 350 or EH 322, CBA 390, 396, CS 201, EC 221, 222, 303 or 321 or 322, FIN 292, 301, IME 375, MGT 301, 305, MKT 301 and Senior status. An integrating management course that focuses on the special problems and skills related to starting, maintaining and expanding small business in a dynamic environment.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 100 or higher level math course. Microeconomic analysis, including the consumer, the firm, the market and price determination.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 100 or higher level math course. A macroeconomic approach, including money and banking, national income accounting monetary and fiscal policy, and international economics.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 221 and 222. Topics in monetary policy, theory, monetary standards, the commercial banking system, and the federal reserve system are considered in detail.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 221 and 222. Examines the theoretical and practical differences between a centralized economy and decentralized economy. Emphasis on the ideological and political aspects of these different systems.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 221 and 222. An economic analysis of the role of government. Topics to be examined include externalities and public goods, tax policies, government expenditures and social decision-making.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 221 and 222. Application of the principles of economics to business management situations. Emphasis in reconciling simple but meaningful models with the complex situations encountered in business.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 221, 222 and MS 112 or 110. Use of mathematical concepts in the expression of economic relationships. Emphasis on the concepts and elementary techniques of differential calculus and matrix algebra.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 221 and 222. The theory of the pricing system under varying market conditions and the distribution of income among the factors of production.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 221 and 222. The measurement of national output, including income and employment theory, general equilibrium theory, and the theories of interest, investment, and consumption.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 221 and 222. Topics include competition, monopoly, firm behavior, transaction costs theory, and the effects of anti-trust and regulatory policy.
(3). Examination of the main theoretical developments since the beginning of the systematic study of economics in the 18th century. Special emphasis is given to the following major schools of economic thought: Mercantilists, Physiocrats, Classicists, Socialists, Marginalists, Neo-Classicists, Keynesians, and Post-Keynesians.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 221 and 222. Use of economic analysis to examine global environmental problems and the depletion of natural resources. An examination of issues related to market failure including benefit-cost analysis, externalities, property rights, and energy policy.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 221 and 222. Economic analysis of international relations. Emphasis will be placed on theories of exchange and international monetary economics with only secondary interest placed on institutional arrangements.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 221 and 222. An economic analysis of professional and collegiate sports. Basic economic tools are applied to study both individual and team sports, addressing such topics as market structures, labor issues publicly funded stadia, the NCAA and the college athlete. Scheduled on demand.
(3). Prerequisite: Capstone course taken in Senior year. Exceptions approved by Department Head. Considers the methodology of economics and provides a comprehensive review of economic theory.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 221 and 222. An economic exploration of the health care industry including demand-cost analysis, methodology development, financing health care services, and efficient resource allocation.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 221 and 222. An analysis of economic forces affecting urbanization and the economic processes influencing urban form and structure. Spatial and location concepts are included. Topic coverage includes: the economic origin of cities, urban functions, urban economic base, land use structure, urban form and urban efficiency.
(3). Use of economic analysis to provide insight and understanding necessary to succeed in today's information technology age. Emphasis is placed on practical business strategies to develop price and protect and market goods in an emerging network economy.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 221, 222, and ST 261. An introduction to quantitative business forecasting methods. Students will learn how to apply forecasting techniques to examine contemporary business and economic situations.
(3). Field trip to New York City to study important New York business and economic sites, such as the New York Stock Exchange, the Federal Reserve, the Fulton Fish Market, a large international bank, an advertising agency, a bond advisory company, and other tours relevant to economics. Summer only.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 221, 222, and ST 261. The application of mathematics and statistics to economics. Techniques by which economic theory can be applied in order to estimate quantitatively functional relationships.
(3). Prerequisites: Senior Status. Approval of the Economics Department Head. Provides the economics major with practical experience in the field via an internship arrangement. Grades: Pass/Fail only.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 221 and 222. Techniques of research and writing are emphasized. Students select an economic topic of interest and write a thesis-type term paper.
(3). Prerequisites: EC 200. Advanced study of microeconomic principles, with analysis applied to actual business management situations.
(3). Prerequisites: Approval of the instructor and approval of the MBA Director. Provides the graduate student with practical experience in the field of economics via a "real-world" work experience arrangement. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(3). Prerequisites: Complete of 18 semester hours of graduate courses including a three semester hour quantitative course. Approval of the instructor and approval of the MBA Director. In-depth study of selected topic(s).
(3). Examination of current problems and issues facing managers in a changing society. Explores business, government and interest-group interrelationships. Extensive examination of ethical considerations in business. May not be taken for credit if student has completed CBA 292, Business and Society.
(3). Prerequisites: ACC 200, 210, EC 221, 222, MS 112, and ST 260 (minimum grade of C required for all prerequisites). A survey of business finance. Coverage of the basic financial decisions including investment, financing, and dividend.
(3). Personal financial planning including time buying, insurance, housing, investments, budgeting, use of financial institutions, and taxes.
(3). Real estate ownership interest, legal processes, financing instruments and nstitutions, consideration of subdividing and zoning, federal housing litigation, and taxation.
(3). Prerequisite: FIN 341. Analysis of sites and buildings; collection, analysis interpretation of cost and market data; depreciation, capitalization; correlation of value factors; writing of appraisal reports.
(3). Prerequisite: FIN 341. Estates in land, purchase and sales contracts, conveyances, mortgages and trust deed transactions, property taxes, landlord and tenant, wills and inheritance.
(3). Prerequisite: FIN 301. The commercial bank as a business enterprise; principles of organization and operation; regulatory framework; and problems of competition and growth.
(3). Prerequisite: FIN 301. Analysis of the operating policies of financial institutions and the effect upon the structure of the capital and money markets.
(3). A study of the basic legal and financial principles and practices involved in the planning and administration of wills, estates, and trusts.
(3). Prerequisite: FIN 301. Problems in foreign operations and other aspects of multi-national-business; the role of international money and capital markets; financing trade and economics development.
(3). Prerequisite: FIN 301. Institutions, instruments and mortgage banking practices. Emphasis on analyzing mortgage risks, loan terms and rates, servicing, foreclosure, sources of mortgage credit and government influences.
(3). Prerequisite: FIN 301. A study of financial decision making. Profit planning, financing strategies, financial analysis and ethical questions are emphasized.
(3). Prerequisite: FIN 301 or equivalent. A survey of investment principles and practices. Emphasis is given to security analysis and portfolio management, with special attention focused on the individual investor.
(3). Prerequisite: FIN 441. Application of financial management techniques to capital structure policy, dividend policy, financing decisions, working capital management and corporate restructuring.
(3). Prerequisite: Should be taken in Senior year and have completed FIN 441. Financial theories and problems involving investment, financing, and dividend decisions.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of the department head. Research will be conducted into an area of special interest documented by a thesis-styled research paper.
(3). Prerequisites: Senior status in major field. Approval of the Finance Department Head. Provides the finance major with practical experience in the field via an internship arrangement.
(3). Prerequisite: FIN 301. Study of financial decision concepts for maximizing value of the firm involving the financing, investment, and dividend decisions.
(3). Prerequisites: Nine semester hours of advanced finace graduate courses or permission of the instructor. Intensive examination of critical issues and topics in finance.
(3). Prerequisites: Approval of the instructor and approval of the MBA Director. Provides the graduate student with practical experience in the field of finance via a "real-world" work experience arrangement. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(3). Prerequisite: FIN 515 or equivalent. Integrated treatment of theory and application relative to U.S. and international financial activities including financial institutions, trade agreements, economic policies, investment action, and multinational enterprise.
(3). Prerequisites: Completion of 18 semester hours of graduate courses including a three-semester hour quantitative course. Approval of the instructor and approval of the MBA Director. In-depth study of selected topic(s).
(3). Prerequisite: Junior Standing. Survey course in e-commerce and the digital enterprise. The course emphasizes using the web to learn about the web and the elements of e-business. Students work in team environments with groupware and collaboration software. Topics include digital design, web business models, web metrics, using intelligent agents, dynamic pricing, security and privacy, governance models, and web ethics.
(3). Prerequisite: IME 375. This course focuses on three vital elements of project management: people, process, and technology. Students learn project management concepts, objectives, and tools, and how to utilize coaching strategies to manage complex e-business and e-commerce projects. Topics include the PM process, project planning, project execution, and project evaluation.
(3). Prerequisite: IME 375. An in-depth study of web business models, this course surveys major e-commerce markets and marketing strategies, including web pricing strategies. The course also focuses on web matrics and performance management criterion and how e-businesses utilize them. Focus group and survey research applications in the digital world are covered. Students will learn the effects electronic markets have on local, national, and global economics.
(3). Prerequisite: IME 375. Students will examine current enterprise business processes, critique process documents, learn to map methods to processes, and develop a digital business process model.
(3). Prerequisite: IME 375. The Virtual Enterprise represents a new organization for the 21st century, enabled by new information technologies and evolving to compete in a global economy. This course examines the development of the virtual enterprise and explores strategies for managing in virtual and matrixed organizations. Students review a range of electronic collaboration tools for virtual work environments.
(3). Prerequisite: IME 375. Developing skills in utilizing e-commerce information to assist managerial decisions. Managing and integrating web page information.
(3). Prerequisite: Capstone course, should be taken in Senior year. Students will participate in an e-commerce project and apply the theories, processes, and methodologies learned in previous IME courses. Students will engage in activities with selected clients to provide strategic consulting guidance and develop high-level solution designs.
(3). Prerequisite: IME 375. Distinguished executive guest lecturers and the e-business faculty discuss topical issues related to business transformation and the cyber economy.
(3). Prerequisite: Junior standing. A basic course in general management principles and theories.
(3). Prerequisite: MGT 301. The application of organizational behavior theories in developing managerial competencies in the area of leadership, motivation, team building, group dynamics, interpersonal and group conflict.
(3). Prerequisite: MGT 301. Comprehensive overview of entrepreneurship and the entrepreneurial process. A practical guide to starting a small business.
(3). Prerequisite: MGT 301. An analysis of the managerial process and dynamics of organization, with the organization viewed as a system interacting with a changing environment.
(3). Prerequisite: MGT 301. Basic principles, philosophies, and applications of personnel administration.
(3). Prerequisite: MGT 301. Study of the functions, techniques, and skills required to supervise in manufacturing and service businesses and non-profit organizations.
(3). Prerequisites: MGT 301 and 385. An advanced Human Resource Management course. Extensive use of cases, practical application of theory and research into the legal requirements of Human Resource Management.
(3). Prerequisites: MGT 301 and CBA 390. An in-depth study of selected topics in production and operations management.
(3). Prerequisites: Senior status and MGT 301 and 305. Focuses on the development and use of teams to improve quality, productivity, and organizational processes. Examines concepts, philosophies, and tools used in managing for quality.
(3). Prerequisites: MGT 301 and 385. A comprehensive course covering human resource management strategies, functions, and activities in modern organizations. Particular emphasis is placed on current -issues facing human resource managers in organizations.
(3). Prerequisite: MGT 301 and 385. An applied study of the development of compensation packages including a review of major theories and techniques regarding internal consistency, external competitiveness, individual contribution, administrative procedures, and benefit.
(3). Prerequisite: Senior status and consent of the instructor. Provides the management major with practical experience in the management field via an internship arrangement. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(3). Prerequisites: MGT 301 and 385. A comprehensive study of employer and employee relations. Emphasis is placed on legislation, policies, and practices regarding negotiation and bargaining within the employer-union-employee relationship. Attention is also focused on the problem of handling and settling industrial controversy.
(3). Prerequisites: Senior Standing. A topical seminar which includes selected readings in current management literature combined with classroom lectures and discussions. Includes supervised and independent student research.
(3). Prerequisite: Senior standing. GPSS computer simulation software is used to construct business decision-making models. Problem analysis, report writing, and software use are emphasized.
(3). Prerequisite: Senior status. Comparative study in managing the international, multinational and national business organization.
(3). Prerequisites: Senior status. Approval of instructor. Independent research on a management topic jointly selected by student and instructor.
(3). Accelerated course in management concepts, functions, and practices; consideration of structural and behavioral aspects of organization and management.
(3). Prerequisite: MGT 504 or the equivalent. Industrial personnel and manpower management including personnel selection and placement, manpower planning, development and appraisal, and the role of human resource management.
(3). Prerequisite: MGT 504 or the equivalent. Investigation of current literature and practices in the field of management. A seminar course that includes lecture, discussion, and supervised student research into assigned topics.
(3). Focuses on leadership as a strategic tool as well as an individual competence; i.e. what leadership means, is, and does. Examines critical strategic functions encountered at both the organizational and individual levels. May not be taken for credit if student has completed MGT 535.
(3). Prerequisites: Approval of the instructor and approval of the MBA Director. Provides the graduate student with practical experience in the field of management via a "real-world" work experience arrangement. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(3). Prerequisites: Completion of 18 semester hours of graduate courses including a three semester hour quantitative course. Approval of the instructor and approval of the MBA Director. In-depth study of selected topic(s).
(3). Prerequisite: Junior standing. An introduction to marketing strategy. Focuses on the application of product, promotion, price and distribution elements in satisfying the wants and needs of target markets.
(3). Prerequisite: MKT 301. A study of the personal selling process. The course focuses on communications, motivation, planning, and practical application of sales techniques.
(3). Prerequisite: MKT 301. Provides a broad and general exposure to transportation issues including modes of transportation, their relationships, and special uses. Business logistics including, but not limited to coverage of inventory, warehousing, materials and handling, packaging, and order procession and how transportation and logistics are interrelated are also covered.
(3). Prerequisite: MKT 301. A study of fundamental activities, habits, and motives which affect consumer interest, trial, evaluation, usage, and disposal of products. Includes ethical marketing considerations. This course can be counted as a major or minor elective in the areas of finance and management.
(3). Prerequisite: MKT 301. A study of the American retailing system. Topics include: the expanding role of e-commerce, store management, atmospherics, location analysis, trading area analysis, site selection, retail buying, merchandise and financial budgeting, inventory control, and promotional strategy.
(3). Prerequisite: MKT 301. An analysis of marketing strategy as it applies to firms that engage in the production of finished products or services, including an examination of the buying behavior of profit and non-profit-making enterprises, as well as governmental agencies and the impact of e-commerce on these enterprises and processes. May not be taken for credit if student has completed MKT 363 - Industrial Marketing.
(3). Prerequisite: MKT 301. Investigation of methods used to communicate with markets, including advertising, sales promotion, re-seller support, publicity, public relations, and corporate advertising. Includes cases combining these topics with a managerial orientation (formerly MKT 377 and more recently MKT 388).
(3). Prerequisite: Junior status and consent of instructor. Provides the marketing major with practical experience in the marketing field via an internship arrangement. Grades: Pass/Fail.
(3). Prerequisite: Senior status and MKT 301. Investigation and analysis of current literature and problems in the field of marketing. Includes classroom lectures and discussions; supervised and independent student research.
(3). Prerequisite: Senior status and MKT 301. An introduction to the cultural differences encountered in foreign markets (mainly the Arabic/Islamic and Japanese cultures), and the effects of these on target markets, and the product, price, place, and promotion aspects of marketing. The questions of adaptation vs. standardization as a strategy in international markets, barriers to market entry and trade, and the import/export process are examined.
(3). Prerequisite: Senior status and MKT 301. Capstone course combining lecture, cases, and student discussion in a seminar setting. Examines and analyzes the marketing process with special emphasis on the development of comprehensive marketing plans.
(3). Prerequisites: Senior status and MKT 301. The application of research techniques and procedures for assessing markets. Students will conduct an actual research project and submit results in a thesis-type report.
(3). Prerequisites: MKT 497. Approval of Instructor. Independent research on a marketing topic jointly selected by student and instructor.
(3). Prerequisite: MKT 301 or equivalent. Executive level analysis of marketing strategies involved in market segmentation, pricing, promotion, product development, and distribution channels.
(3). Prerequisite: MKT 513. Investigation of current literature, problems, and changes/opportunities taking place in the field of marketing; seminar course that includes lecture, discussion, and supervised student research into assigned topics.
(3). Prerequisites: Approval of the instructor and approval of the MBA Director. Provides the graduate student with practical experience in the field of marketing via a "real-world" work experience arrangement. Grade: Pass/Fail.
(3). Prerequisite: MKT 513. Impact of cultural differences on target markets and marketing strategy examination; trade barriers and methods of entry considered; course depends heavily on case writing and presentation.
(3). Prerequisites: Completion of 18 semester hours of graduate courses including a three-semester hour quantitative course. Approval of the instructor and approval of the MBA Director. In-depth study of selected topic(s).
(4). Prerequisite: MS 112. Corequisite: ST 260 LAB required. Lecture: Quantitative methods and statistics as applied to business and economics including decision/optimization methods, descriptive statistics, probability & statistical inference. Lab: An introduction to EXCEL, the Internet, and the MINITAB statistical software package. Course will focus on computer assignments to complement work covered in the ST 260 lecture course. Student must register for both lecture and lab in same semester.
(3). Prerequisite: ST 260. Sampling and statistical inference; hypothesis testing; regression and correlation analysis; and analysis of variance.
Facilitating Quality Instruction in Mathematics with Colleagues (3) Provides opportunities to gather, interpret, and to work with teachers to evaluate materials and best practices related to the teaching of mathematics. Evidence of inquiry may include presentations, lesson plans, projects and lessons taught by teachers.
Facilitating Quality Instruction in Literacy with Colleagues (3) provides opportunities to gather, interpret, and to work with teachers to evaluate materials and best practices related to the teaching of literacy. Evidence of inquiry may include presentations, lesson plans, projects and lessons taught by teachers.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 101. A survey of the mass media and their interrelationship with each other and society. Emphasis will be placed on how mass communication functions in a multi-ethnic, gender-diverse environment.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 101. Basic writing for electronic media. Includes news, features, press releases and advertisements. Emphasis placed on how news, psa's and commercials are filtered through - and shaped by - multi-ethnic, gender-diverse writers.
(3). Prerequisites: COM 200 and EH 101. Practical training in the fundamentals of audio and video production techniques pertaining to TV studio production, including various exercises in each production area. Includes introduction to producing and directing.
(3). Prerequisites: COM 200 and 205. Introduction to audio concepts and production methods. Includes recording, editing, control room technique, and radio station practice.
(3). Prerequisite: COM 302. Affords the students the opportunities to sharpen their skills in the recording, editing, and mastering of audio for various media venues. Students will choose one of three "tracks" of interest that permits them to either: 1. Work alongside video production and editing students in a post-production environment; 2. Record and produce two tracks for a contemporary musical or spoken work CD; or 3. Record and produce a series of commercials of varying length for local merchants.
(3). Learn analytical and critical skills to develop an awareness and understanding of the effects of media, including profit and emotional strategies, portrayals of diversity, stereotypes, love, myths, and other issues.
(3). Prerequisites: EH 101, 102, COM 200. Fundamentals of news reporting, writing and copy editing for print media, dealing with modern newsroom issues, including diversity, community involvement and convergence. Requires out-of-class assignments.
(3). Prerequisite: COM 315 or COM 205. Teaches skills for copy editors and others in the processing of news, features, and press releases. Students learn to question statements of fact, challenge assumptions, edit for length, taste, ethics, and libel while correcting errors of both grammar and style, according to the Associated Press Stylebook.
(3). Prerequisites: COM 301 and 302. Videography and editing of programs and/or announcements produced with portable equipment. Students produce, direct, write, shoot, and edit individual productions. Productions regarding diversity issues are required.
(3). Prerequisite: COM 205 or 315. Arranging and editing text, photographs, graphics and other materials from diverse sources for print media.
(3). Prerequisites: EH 101, COM 200. Basic concepts of public relations, including history, theory, organization and ethics. Writing emphasized.
(3). Prerequisite: COM 315 or COM 205. Newsgathering across media platforms for rural, suburban and non-metro markets. Emphasizes the relationship between the journalist and audience instead of the strict separation of their interests as characterized in national and urban mass media environments. Prepares students for most entry level media, PR, or broadcast jobs in any community.
(3). Prerequisite COM 315 or COM 205. Newsgathering across media platforms for rural, suburban, and non-metro markets. Emphasizes the relationship between journalist and audience instead of the strict separation of their interests as characterized in national and urban mass media environments. Prepares students for most entry level media or PR jobs in any community.
(3). Prerequisite: COM 330. The development of professional public relations writing skills. Effective methods of conceptualizing, researching and presenting information to the relevant publics.
(3). Prerequisite: EH 102 or EH 104. What are social media, who uses them, who gains from them, and how are they transforming the media landscape and the way we communicate? Students will become familiar with a range of social media tools, analyze and discuss their uses and implications, and develop participaton literacy. They will have the opportunity to explore both theory and practice of social media through writing assignments, interactive assignments, and course projects.
(3). Fundamentals of voice and diction applied to audio and video media delivery. Includes commercials, news, interviews, and ad-lib announcing.
(3). Prerequisites: COM 200, Junior standing or instructor's permission. Theories of the processes and effects of mass communication, including the discussion and analysis of research findings on race, gender, and ethnicity. Also deals with numbers for journalists - basic math and statistics for journalists.
(3). Prerequisite: Junior standing and COM 205 or COM 315 or special permission of instructor. This course focuses specifically on online journalism techniques; reporting, writing, and editing news/information for interactive media, particularly the Internet. Covers web usability, web design and HTML authoring while requiring both journalistic and computer skills.
(3). Prerequisites: Junior Standing and permission of instructor. Study of legal systems of state and nation as related to media, including libel, privacy, copyright, access, contract, and First Amendment issues. Emphasis on gender, religion, ethnic diversity, and sexual orientation issues as they apply to communication law.
(3). Prerequisites: COM 301, COM 302, COM 325, and COM 375. Students will practice and develop the skills necessary for planning and producing effective multimedia programs. They will be introduced to planning strategies, production techniques, and software involved in multimedia production. Each student will demonstrate basic proficiencies across a wide spectrum of multimedia. Emphasis will be on visual, audio, and typographic design as well as the appropriateness of these elements for specific goals. The use of advanced electronic technologies will also be emphasized. Through a series of individual component assignments, students will develop a capstone multimedia presentation to be included in their portfolio.
(3). Prerequisites: Junior standing and permission of instructor. Ethical foundations of the media, including the interrelationships of the media, the public, and the government. Emphasis on gender, religion, ethnic, and sexual orientation issues applicable to the communication profession.
(3). Prerequisite: COM 330. The development of public relations practice skills based on the analysis of contemporary and historical case studies.
(3). Prerequisites: EH 101, COM 200 and Junior standing. Theory and application of advertising, sales, and copywriting in the print and electronic media.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Supervised assignments demonstrating development of high-level competencies and skills in various areas of the media.
(1). Prerequisite or Corequisite: COM 406; and permission of instructor. Advanced assignments demonstrating development of higher-level competencies and skills in various areas of media.
(1). Prerequisite: COM 407 and permission of instructor. Advanced assignments demonstrating development of higher-level competencies and skills in various areas of media. This course can be taken concurrently with COM 411.
(3). Prerequisites: COM 315 and approval of instructor. Principles and practices of writing features. Requires out-of-class assignments.
(3). Prerequisites: COM 200 and second semester junior in Communication. Prerequisite or corequisite: MS 108 Fundamentals of research methodologies in mass communication. Prepares students to become familiar with, and develop the understanding and ability to apply social science research concepts to mass communication problems. Major topics to include, among others, sampling, survey research, basic statistics, and diversity issues in mass communication research.
(3). Prerequisites: COM 315. News gathering and writing for the print media with emphasis on deadline and beat reporting. Copy editing is included as are modern newsroom issues, such as diversity and community involvement. This is a capstone course - a culminating experience that integrates coursework, knowledge, skills and other experiences in print journalism.
(3). Prerequisites: Junior standing and approval of instructor. Principles and practices for management of print and electronic media facilities.
(3). Prerequisites: COM 330, COM 340, and COM 400. The use of effective principles and techniques to plan, execute, and evaluate public relations campaigns. This is a capstone course, a culminating experience that integrates coursework, knowledge, skills and other experiences in public relations.
(3). Prerequisite: COM 320. Principles and practices for gathering, writing, reporting and producing news for electronic media. Requires out-of-class assignments. This is a capstone course - a culminating experience that integrates coursework, knowledge, skills and other experiences in broadcast journalism.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Supervised study permitting students to pursue specific areas of interest in communication.
(3). Prerequisites: Completion of specified Communication course requirements and approval of the internship coordinator. Supervised on-the-job experience with an appropriate media facility.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 201 or CS 201. Technical skills needed to teach, organize, and maintain career and technical programs in middle and secondary schools. Professional skills needed to secure and maintain employment in CTE. Includes both on-campus and off-site practicum experiences. A minimum of twenty-five practicum hours are required to pass this course. Eight hours of non-educational job-shadowing and/or experience are required. Objectives within this course meet the Alabama State Board of Education knowledge and ability rules, NCATE-affiliated specialty organizations, guidelines, and institutional standards.
(3). Requires Teacher Education Program admission. History, philosophy, trends, and issues of career and technical education programs in middle and secondary schools. Includes needs assessment, curriculum planning, and implementation of programs.
(3). This course is an introduction to developmentally appropriate evaluation of teaching and learning at the secondary level for Career and Technical programs. Requires admission to the Teacher Education Program.
(3). Corequisite: 461. Directed experiences including observation and participation in career technical education programs and classrooms. Provides an opportunity to observe and apply theories and concepts. Seminars will be held in conjunction with this course. Must be taken concurrently with CTE 461. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Corequisite: CTE 460. Planning and implementation of instructional methods and materials in secondary career technical education, nutrition education and community education programs. Field experiences. Must be taken concurrently with CTE 460. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisites: CTE 460 and 461, completion of general studies, professional and teaching field courses and approval of academic advisor. Organization and administration of career/technical education in secondary schools. Includes needs assessment, curriculum planning and implementation of programs. Field experiences. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Objectives within this course meet the Alabama State Board of Education knowledge and ability rules, NCATE - affiliated specialty organizations, guidelines, and institutional standards. From the Alabama Work-Based Learning Manual (November 23, 2009): Cooperative education is supervised by a teacher who holds a Class B or higher certificate in CTE, has taken the Functions of the Coordinator or Principles of Coordination coursework, and who completes two hours of Child Labor training annually.
(3). Investigation and study of the historical foundations and the philosophy of the profession of Career Technical Education.
(3). Study of Advanced Methods for Teaching Career Technical Education.
(3). A study of the basic elements of action research design with effective research and evaluative strategies.
(3). Principles of curriculum development, staff development, and instructional leadership at the local school and system levels.
(3). Procedures and policy development with regard to student services and school management.
(3). Analysis of basic concepts of school administration with special emphasis on leadership, management, and administration.
(3). Procedures and practices in educational finance and budgeting at local, state, and national levels.
(3). Legal and political structures under which public schools function with emphasis on school-community interaction and student services.
(3). Supervised field-based experience; observation, study, and analysis of the administration of educational programs in selected schools; requires a minimum of 300 clock hours of supervised internship. Should be scheduled at the end of a student's program. A student must be in the last or next-to-last semester of study to register for this course. Must be completed at JSU. Fall and Spring only.
(3). Introduction to and utilization of essential research skills with an emphasis on application, ethics, and report-writing as commonly needed in the field; should be scheduled early in the program.
(3). Critique of research literature on effective schools and effective instruction with implications for school administrators.
(3). Procedures and issues related to design, development, and operation of educational plant facilities.
(3). Procedures and issues related to administration of effective and efficient school personnel programs.
(3). Analysis and discussion of curriculum issues and application of a process approach to curriculum review and development in the local school/school district level.
(3). Study of theories of supervision; assessing, planning, implementing, and evaluating staff development programs; mentorships. Open to educational majors only.
(3). Prerequisite: EAD 610. Development of a practical problem-solving process in relation to the administration of schools and school systems. This course culminates in a public presentation of a school-based problem-solving project. Course must be scheduled near the end of a student's program.
(3). Prerequisite: EAD 681. Continuation of practical problem - solving in relation to the administration of schools and school systems culminating in a public presentation of a school based problem-solving project.
(3). Corequisites: ECE 304, 305, and 306. An introduction to the historical, philosophical, and cultural aspects of early childhood education. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Corequisites: ECE 303, 305, and 306. Materials and methods of teaching literacy in early childhood. Language arts, reading, assessment, and evaluation in early childhood will be emphasized. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Corequisites: ECE 303, 304, and 306. Early development of play, story telling, music, movement, and drama. Use of puppets, plays, and story telling. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Corequisites: ECE 303, 304, and 305. Provides preservice teachers with the opportunity to observe and apply theories and concepts in the classroom. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Review of developmentally appropriate assessment for young children. Included will be reviews of portfolios, standardized tests, anecdotal records, observations, and behavioral rating scales. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Overview of materials and methods in designing a creative classroom. Includes developmentally appropriate objectives and activities for the development of children's health, self-expression in art, storytelling, movement and play. Emphasis on the Alabama State Course of Study for Kindergarten. This course is for EED majors only and requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Corequisites: ECE 303, RDG 304, ECE 306. Prepares teacher candidates for integrating the arts and new technologies into the P-3 curriculum. Emphasis will be placed on introducing 21st Century skills (communicating, collaborating, creating, and critical thinking), project- and inquiry-based learning and common core standards. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Methods and materials in teaching math and science concepts and processes in P-3 classrooms. Prerequisites: Teacher Education Program eligibility; required undergraduate maths and sciences. Co-requisites: ECE block.
(3). Review of developmentally appropriate assessment for young children. Included will be reviews of portfolios, standardized tests, state required assessment, anecdotal records, observations, rating scales, land creation of teacher-made assessments. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Process of development in specific content areas and implementation of educational programs for young children.
(3). Physical, emotional, intellectual, and social components of development, their interrelationships and their effect on later functioning; psychological principles.
(3). Prerequisite: A passing score on the appropriate PRAXIS II exam is required prior to taking this course. Practicum experiences working with the young handicapped child, ages infancy to eight.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Methods and procedures for individualizing instruction.
(3). Theory, school design, scheduling, and equipment. A practicum is required. Not open to students enrolled in Ed.S. programs.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Supervision and implementation of programming of early childhood programs with emphasis on communication with professionals and lay-citizenry of goals and purposes of early childhood programs.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Current issues and trends in early childhood education.
(3). Techniques and strategies to utilize children's literature to enhance the early childhood curriculum. ECE 533 is cross- listed with EED 533 and only one course may be counted for credit.
(3). Methods, materials and research findings concerned with beginning reading instruction emphasizing P-3. ECE 538 is cross-listed with RDG 538 and only one course may be counted for credit.
(3). Theories, methods, and current research involving writing instruction; emphasis on P-3.
(3). Theory and research-based practices used in early childhood education and early education special education. Emphasis on strategies to plan developmentally appropriate activities for all children.
(3). Prerequisite: Admission to Alternative Fifth-Year Teacher Certification Program. Scheduled at end of program. Classroom experiences in grades P-3, under the supervision of a cooperating teacher and a university supervisor. A full-time assignment for a minimum of 15 weeks which includes at least 450 clock hours in a public school. Fall and Spring only.
(3). Exploration of current research and issues and trends in early childhood education; review and comparison of selected teacher research projects, and examination of the concept and practice of teacher research as a strategy to build school collaboration and strengthen the professional role of teachers. ECE 631 is cross-listed with EED 631 and only one course may be counted for credit.
(3). Prerequisite: ECE 631. Opportunity for students to develop and refine professional writing skills. ECE 642 is cross-listed with EED 642 and only one course may be counted for credit.
(3). Orientation to graduate courses and the counseling program. Review of APA and additional information regarding writing at the graduate level. Current technology in relation to the field of counseling will be emphasized. Course includes ten hours of group counseling experience and a series of personal assessments. Required of all counselor education students during the first semester of class.
(3). Examines the role of assessment in counseling and emphasizes basic techniques of appraisal and psychometric constructs associated with testing. Exposes students to a variety of educational and psychological tests. Emphasis in on those aspects important to the counselor as a consumer and administrator of testing information.
(3). Required first semester. This course presents an overview of historical and contemporary developments in the practice of professional counseling. Information related to: (a) professional roles and responsibilities; (b) professional organizations; (c) state and national credentialing; and (d) counselor advocacy will be addressed. This course will also provide instruction on technological use and applications in addition to program specific material for Clinical Mental Health Counseling and School Counseling majors. All students will be required to participate in a 10-hour group counseling experience.
(3). This course is designed to assist students in understanding the impact of social/cultural forces upon identity development and formation. Students will explore various components of our pluralistic society and how oppressive systems can exclude and harm individuals. Change theory and advocacy principles will be introduced to aid students in dealing with these issues in their communities and with clients.
(3). Prerequisites: ECG 506 and ECG 553. This course provides students an introduction to the counseling profession and helping relationships. The course will emphasize personal growth, self-awareness, and professional behavior. Students will experience the helping relationship as both client and counselor.
(3). Focus on the skills and competencies necessary in dealing effectively with the complex ethical standards and legal guidelines corresponding to clinical mental health and school counseling settings. Students will gain experience in ethical decision-making and consultation with other professionals. Offered Fall and Summer Terms.
(3). Function, organization and evaluation of guidance services in elementary and secondary schools, colleges, and junior colleges, and community agencies with emphasis on public schools. Topics include: 1) basic guidance services; 2) functions of school personnel; 3) organizational patterns for guidance services; 4) selection criteria training and certification of guidance personnel 5) organization of counseling, individual analysis, information placement and follow-up services; 6) administration of guidance services; 7) consultation services.
(3). This course provides an overview of the nature of family systems relationships and family development. Particular emphasis will be given to the theory and practice of marital and family therapy. Students will examine both theoretical and empirical elements of family counseling which can be applied to marriage and family systems. After 2013, offered Fall and Spring terms.
(3). In this course the student will examine the history, description, definition, causes, and treatment of psychological disorders. Course topic areas will include psychological disorders throughout the life span, multiaxial assessment, DSM diagnosis, and treatment of the disorders. Offered Fall and Summer terms.
(3). An examination of the major counseling theories and related techniques and an overview of the counseling relationship.
(3). An introduction to career development theories and concepts and related resources and practices for career planning and decision-making.
(3). Development of programs, practices, and techniques which address the unique needs of children and youth through college age.
(3). This course will provide an overview of the addictive process and addictive behaviors (e.g., substance abuse and gambling). Theories of addiction counseling and application of these theories will comprise a significant part of this course, particularly with how they apply to work with individuals, couples, families and groups. Co-occurring disorders, such as process addictions and mental illnesses will also be addressed. Offered Fall and Spring terms.
(3). This course provides an introduction to substance abuse counseling and related issues, including an overview of the historical context, etiological theories, and psychoactive impact of substances on the brain. The course will focus on assessment, diagnosis, and treatment of substance abuse/dependence with emphasis on clinical counseling practice informed by theory and research. Offered Spring and Summer terms.
(3). Historical and practical aspects of student personnel services and a review of the relationship of these services to each other and to student development.
(3). Prerequisite: ECG 573. Study of current issues and trends in the development and implementation of student personnel programs.
(3). Prerequisites: ECG 506, ECG 525, ECG 553, ECG 591, and passing score on Midpoint Exam. Practicum is a clinical, experimental course that requires students to complete hours in a professional setting. The student will apply counseling techniques and skills in a supervised setting. The student will participate in the counseling process, refine techniques, and further enhance his/her therapeutic development.
(3). Basic concepts and steps of crisis intervention with a focus on the background, dynamics, and strategies related to specific crises. Offered Spring and Summer terms.
(3). An examination of the principles of working with individuals who have experienced a crisis, disaster or other trauma-causing event. Issues addressed include: impact of crisis and disasters as well as disgnosis and treatment planning appropriate to disaster response in diverse populations; the role of the counselor as a member of an interdisciplinary emergency management response team; and theoretical models of crisis and disaster counseling. After 2013, offered Fall and Summer terms.
(3). Prerequisites: ECG 506 and 553. Principles of group counseling, ethical considerations and dynamics of group interaction. Implement theories and techniques in group therapy sessions. Multicultural problems included.
(3). Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor, ECG 585, and a passing score in the appropriate Praxis II. Must be completed at JSU. A 300 clock hour supervised field experience in an appropriate K-12 school setting.
(3). Prerequisites: Approval of the instructor and ECG 585. A 300 clock hour supervised field experience in an appropriate K-12 school setting. Must be completed at JSU.
(3) Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor, ECG 585. Each course requires a 300 clock hour supervised field experience in an appropriate job setting; Clinical Experiences limited to three semester hours in enrollment periods of less than 15 weeks.
(3). Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and ECG 585. Each course requires a 300 clock hour supervised field experience in an appropriate job setting; Clinical Experiences limited to three semester hours in enrollment periods of less than 15 weeks.
(3). Prerequisites: Approval of the instructor and ECG 585. A 300 clock hour supervised field experience in an appropriate job setting.
(3). Examination of a variety of counseling theories through selection, both individually and as a group, of theories on which to focus throughout the semester.
(3). Laboratory-based course, merging contemporary career theory with actual field practice; selection and administration of a battery of assessment instruments to individuals at significant life stages, scoring and interpretation of the test battery; presentation of findings and recommendations.
(3). Various theories of group work, review of basic group leadership skills, and basics of group process; provides integration of concepts and skills; opportunities to lead groups with supervision and ongoing feedback, participation in demonstrations of various group models, writing of reaction/thought/positions papers.
(3). Identification and analysis of problems specific to the current counseling environment with emphasis on development of innovative and unique solutions. To be taken near the end of the program.
(3). Prerequisite: ECG 691. Must be taken in the last semester of enrollment. Continuation of identification and analysis of problems specific to the current counseling environment with emphasis on development of innovative and unique solutions.
(3). Study of the supervision process in counseling highlighting legal and ethical issues, trends, multicultural considerations, and evaluation; both classroom seminars and supervision of master's students in clinical experiences required.
(2). This is an introductory course to teacher education and the CEPS Conceptual Framework. It is a requirement for all initial education candidates, Undergraduate Class B certificate and Alternative 5th Year Masters Class A certificate, and is required prior to admission to Teacher Education. ED 300 is to be taken after 30 semester hours of core curriculum coursework.
(6). Prerequisites: All general studies, professional, and teaching field courses; and approval of academic advisor. Co-requisite: ED 496. Internship will be under the supervision of a cooperating teacher and a university supervisor. The education degree candidate is required to take six (6) hours of internship. The internship semester is the last semester in each of the education programs.
(3). Co-requisite: To be taken concurrently with ED 495. This course contributes to the preparation and meaningfulness of the student internship and is a hybrid course. This hybrid course is a blend of face-to-face instruction with online learning.
(1). An introductory course for all graduate programs in the College of Education & Professional Studies. It is a requirement for all graduate students (Alternative 5th Year Masters Class A Certificate), and is required during the first semester of classes.
(3). Grade: Pass or Fail only. Prerequisite: Approval of academic adviser. Corequisite: To be taken concurrently with ED 596 Reflective Practices in Education (3). Internship will be under the supervision of a cooperating teacher and a university supervisor. Internship is a semester-long course.
(3). Corequisite: To be taken concurrently with ED 595 Internship in Education (3). This course contributes to the preparation and meaningfulness of the student internship and is a hybrid course. This hybrid course is a blend of face-to-face instruction with online learning.
(3). This course investigates techniques, strategies, and curriculum design in the elementary grades. Students learn how to integrate content areas, effective teaching and learning strategies, and methods for problem-solving/critical thinking. Requires Teacher Education Program Admission.
(3). Prerequisite: FCS 352 and 353. Corequisites: EED 339, 342, and 344. Evaluation of books for children, selection criteria, and the interests, needs and abilities of children emphasized. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Methods, materials, and research findings concerned with elementary reading/language arts (for Special Education majors only). Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisite: FCS 352 and 353. Corequisites: EED 312, 342, and 344. Provides prospective teachers an opportunity to observe, analyze, and apply concepts and theories in schools and classrooms. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(1). Prerequisites: All core math, science, and social studies courses and the Literacy Block (EED 339, 312, 342, 244). Corequisites: EED 341, 343, and 362. Provides preservice elementary teachers an opportunity to observe, analyze, and apply math, science, and social studies concepts and theories in schools and classrooms. Requires Teacher Education program admission. This block should be taken after completion of the Literacy Block.
(3). Prerequisites: Math 112 and other core math courses. Corequisites: EED 340 and 362. Materials and methods in the teaching of elementary mathematics concepts and processes. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisites: FCS 352 and 353. Corequisites: EED 312, 339, and 344. Methods, materials, and research findings concerned with beginning reading instruction for the elementary grades. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisites: All core social sciences. Methods and materials of teaching social studies in the elementary grades. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisites: FCS 352 and 353. Corequisites: EED 312, 339 and 342. Techniques and strategies for promoting communication skills among young learners, with emphasis on the interrelatedness of the language modes. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Introduces students to diversity goals, principles, and practices for teaching in the modern classroom. Includes theoretical issues for multicultural societies, second language learning, and development of a mutually respectful classroom environment. Requires Teacher Education Admission.
(3). Prerequisite: EED 342. Methods and materials in content area learning for the elementary grades with emphasis on study skills, diagnostic and remediation strategies, and evaluation of reading progress. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisites: All core science courses. Corequisites: EED 340 and 341. Methods, materials, laboratory demonstration, and organization of science concepts and processes taught in the elementary grades. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisites: Junior Status and approval of the Instructor. A general overview of the dynamics involved in teaching in multilingual classrooms will be discussed, including second language acquisition, parent-involvement patterns, cultural diversity as it affects learning, and recent research in teaching in multicultural settings. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisite: ECE 309. This course is designed to extend teacher candidates' knowledge about new literacies and multimodal pedagogies. Emphasis will be placed on interdisciplinary strategies and 21st Century skills along with project-and inquiry-based learning and common core. Requires Teacher Education admission.
(3). Research findings and practices used by effective teachers that result in positive outcomes for learners, including academic learning, discipline, teaching/learning styles, and classroom management. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisite: Admission to the Teacher Education Program. This course is designed to guide graduate teacher candidates to critically examine local school culture and/or teaching practice, set reasonable and appropriate 21st Century goals for change, and plan/conduct an action research project to achieve identified objectives.
(3). Prerequisites: Math 112 and other core math courses. Corequisites: EED 512, 513, and 514. Materials and methods in the teaching of elementary mathematics concepts and processes. Requires Teacher Education Program Admission.
(3). Prerequisites: All core science courses. Methods, materials, laboratory demonstration, and organization of science concepts and processes taught in the elementary grades. Requires Teacher Education Program admission. Taken in conjuction with EED 511, EED 513 and EED 514.
(3). Prerequisite: Requires Teacher Education Program admission. Corequisites: EED 511, EED 512, and EED 514. Methods and materials of teaching social studies in the elementary graduates.
(3). Prerequisite: Requires Teacher Education Program admission. Corequisites: EED 511, EED 512, and EED 513. This course provides prospective teachers an opportunity to observe, analyze, and apply mathematics, science, and social studies concepts and theories in schools and classrooms.
(3). Review the use of assessment procedures that are developmentally appropriate for us in elementary education.
(3). Current issues and trends in early childhood and elementary education are examined. EED 532 is cross-listed with ECE 532 and only one course may be counted for credit.
(3). Techniques and strategies to utilize children's literature to enhance the elementary education curriculum. EED 533 is cross-listed with ECE 533 and only one course may be counted for credit.
(3). Designed to examine the literacy needs of elementary students within the content areas of language arts, math, science, and social studies, as well as the literacy needs fo English Language Learners (ELL). Because literacy skills are so crucial to success in school, the course will focus on strategies and their application to the above content area.
(3). Advanced course in materials and teaching techniques for improving math concepts and skills.
(3). Prerequisite: EED 342. This advanced course in reading examines the research base, theories, and current issues in reading as well as instructional methods and practices, effective strategy instruction, and assessment. Classroom observations required for the 5th year and/or non-teaching master's students. EED 542 is cross-listed with RDG 542 and only one course may be counted for credit.
(3). Advanced course in materials and methods of teaching social studies emphasizing individual research projects.
(3). Problems in development of science program in the elementary school; facilitating children's learning of science & its concepts and attitudes.
(3). Scope and sequence of total language arts program in the elementary school; individual research projects. EED 545 is cross-listed with RDG 545 and only one course may be counted for credit.
(3). Prerequisite: Three semester hours of graduate study in reading or language arts. Research in diagnosing reading abilities, handling current diagnostic tools, and construction of evaluation of instruments.
(3). Current teaching practices examined in scheduled seminars and then implemented in an elementary classroom setting. Online assignments will augment and correspond with practicum experiences. It is a requirement for all JSU students who are completing a practicum or internship to be covered by professional liability insurance during the time of the practicum in the amount of $1,000,000. Not open to students enrolled in Alternative Fifth-Year Teacher Certification or Ed.S. programs.
(3). Prerequisite: Requires Teacher Education Program eligibility. Course provides information to educators, equipping them to work with ESL students, while incorporating curricular planning and instructional techniques specific to the diverse learner.
(3). Prerequisite: Admission to Alternative Teacher Fifth-Year Certification Program. Classroom experiences in grades K-6 under the supervision of a cooperating teacher and a university supervisor. A full-time assignment for a minimum of 15 weeks which includes at least 450 clock hours in a public school. Scheduled at end of program. Fall and Spring only. (Grade: Pass/Fail).
(3). Exploration of current research and issues and trends in elementary education; review and comparison of selected teacher research projects, and examination of the concept and practice of teacher research as a strategy to build school collaboration and strengthen the professional role of teachers. EED 631 is cross-listed with ECE 631 and only one course may be counted for credit.
(3). Prerequisite: EED 631. Opportunity for students to develop and refine professional writing skills. EED 642 is cross-listed with ECE 642 and only one course may be counted for credit.
(3). An interpretation and conceptualization of research in education with a focus on how to locate, read, and analyze research as well as educational implications.
(3). Emphasizes statistical underpinnings of testing, technical aspects of measurement, process of test development, interpretation of test scores, sources of testing information, and standardized instruments. Counselor Education students with a community agency counseling concentration may take PSY 512 in lieu of this course by advisement only.
(3). Overall process of curriculum construction and revision.
(1). Corequisite: EFD 500 Research in Education. For counselor education majors only. Application and interpretation of descriptive statistics in counseling research. Topics include properties of the normal distribution, defining and measuring variables, frequency distributions, measures of central tendency, measures of variability, z-scores, correlation, and reliability computations. Computer software programs such as SPSS and MS Excel will be used to summarize, describe, present, and interpret data.
(3). Orientation to organizational theory, site-based management, leadership skills, decision-making skills, and problem-solving strategies in secondary schools.
(2). Survey of the psychological, sociological, philosophical foundations of American education.
(1). Prerequisite: Approval of the instructor and approval of the department head.
(2). Prerequisite: Approval of the instructor and approval of the department head.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of the instructor and approval of the department head.
(3). Contemporary philosophies of education, their historical development, and the beliefs tantamount to each.
(3). Analysis of current issues and trends throughout society with implications for education.
(3). Study of issues in multiculturalism, globalism and comparative education as they influenced educational leadership, school curricular design and emerging educational policy.
(3). Advanced study of nature of knowledge, learning, and learner with emphasis on the teaching-learning process.
(3). Selected contemporary problems in education.
(3). Study of theories, models, and techniques for enhancing effective leadership in group settings in the context of site based management; practical applications through self-analysis and skill development.
(3). Current issues in educational measurement and evaluation, including qualitative and quantitative data analysis and strategies for program development and improvement.
(3). Current issues in educational assessment, including qualitative and quantitative approaches, strategies for program development and improvement.
(3). Developing federal, state, and local grant resources to enhance school improvement.
(3). Prerequisites for ECE and EED majors: ECE/EED 631 and ECE/EED 642. Identification and analysis of problems specific to the current educational environment with emphasis on development of innovative and unique solutions. Must be taken after all basic and concentration requirements have been successfully completed.
(3). Prerequisite: EFD 681. Continuation of identification and analysis of problems specific to the current educational environment with emphasis on development of innovative and unique solutions. Must be taken in the last semester of enrollment.
(3). Prerequisite: To be taken towards the end of the program. Identification and analysis of problems specific to the current educational environment with emphasis on development of innovative and unique solutions. Must be taken after all basic and concentration requirements have been successfully completed.
(3). Prerequisite: EFD 691. Continuation of identification and analysis of problems specific to the current educational environment with emphasis on development of innovative and unique solutions. Must be taken in the last semester of enrollment.
(3). Prerequisite or concurrently: MS 113 or approval of instructor. The use of applied mathematics in solving elementary scientific and engineering problems. Topics include basic mathematical analysis, the electronic calculator, unit systems, metrication, engineering statistics, laboratory procedures and measurements, and computer applications. Three hours lecture.
(4). Prerequisite: MS 112 or higher. Orthographic and isometric projections; multiview projection on principal and auxiliary planes; dimensioning; detail and assembly working drawings. Interactive tow-dimensional and three-dimensional computer-aided graphics based. Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory each week.
(3). Prerequisites: EG 112, PHS 211, and/or concurrently, MS 126. Analysis of the principles of mechanics and their engineering applications. Forces; moments and couples; resultants of force systems; equilibriom, friction, centroids, moments of inertia.
(3). Prerequisites: EG 201 and MS 126. Absolute and relative motion; force, mass and acceleration; work and energy; impulse and momentum; mechanical vibrations.
(3). Prerequisites: PHS 211 and MS 125. Electric and magnetic circuit concepts; transient and steady-state solutions of simple circuits. Phasor analysis of AC circuits and network theorems.
(3). Prerequisite: EG 112. The use of tapes, levels, transits, and surveying instruments including the theodolite will be studied and applied to problems involving position, area, volume, grade, mapping, distance, evaluation, analysis or error, and land surveying. Two hours lecture and three hours lab.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 112. The use of tapes, levels, transits, and surveying instruments including the theodolite will be studied and applied to problems involving position, area, volume, grade, mapping, distance, evaluation, analysis or error, and land surveying. Two hours lecture and three hours lab.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 112 or equivalent. Annual cost; present work, rate of return, and profit-cost methods of determining prospective differences among alternatives; depreciation, tax and cost analysis; and replacement and retirement analysis.
(3). Prerequisite: EG 226. Experiments related to electrical circuits. Application and verification of the principles in electrical circuits. Three hours laboratory hours per week.
(4). Prerequisites: EG 201 and MS 126. Stress-strain relationships; behavior of materials in tension, compression and shear; column formulae; combined stress computations; theorem of three moments; composite structural members.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 227 and PHS 211. Heat and work; thermodynamic systems and equations of state; the zeroth, first, and second laws of thermodynamics; change of phase; the combined first and second laws; irreversibility and availability of energy; mixtures of ideal gases; psychrometry.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 126 and PHS 211. Fluid statics; the conservation equations and their applications; dimensional analysis and similitude; flow in closed and open conduits; one-dimensional compressible flow.
(1). Laboratory in fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, and related areas. Typical experiments are flows in pipes and channels, flow control devices, gas laws, compressible flow, engine performance. Three laboratory hours per week.
(2). This course is designed to prepare future teachers with the ability to effectively develop and use technology rich activities in the student centered classroom. Activities will correlate to the eight Learning Outcomes and will include ISTE_NETS standards and state and national content standards and 21st Century Standards. As they have a number of years, computers and related technologies continue to influence the lives of most individuals. Today, teachers in K-12 schools are educating students who will spend all of their adult lives in school districts are spearheading massive funding efforts to equip classrooms with computers, with connectivity to networks, and with access to the Internet and the World Wide Web. Teachers in these classrooms must be prepared to utilize both current and emerging computer technologies. The purpose of this course is to provide students with the knowledge needed to use and integrate technology into specific classroom curriculum.
(2). Prerequisite for Undergraduate: CS 201. Prerequisite for Graduate: admission to the Alternative Fifth-Year Teacher Certification Program. The benefits, application, and production of advanced academic technology to the information age classroom. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). The use of technology in the school setting. Research, small group discussions, and demonstrated applications will be emphasized.
(3). Basic introduction to theory and operations of microcomputing hardware and software for instructional purposes; concepts presented include computer systems, hardware and software; hands-on experience with selected productive software packages pertinent to the K-12 environment.
(3). Prerequisite: EIM 503 or approval of the instructor. Application of current and emerging instructional technology in the information age classroom.
(3). Prerequisites: EIM 503 and 504 or approval of the instructor. Study of concepts and techniques for integrating various technology tools into K-12 curricula; emphasis on problem solving with intuitive and systematic methods with implementation of solutions to be done with various technology tools & computers, appropriate software, multi-media devices, and courseware authoring software.
(3). Introduces the latest innovative technologies that promote learning. Students will explore various learning environments and develop technology enhanced educational activities that are engaging, collaborative, and place emphasis on increasing student achievement.
(3). Examines the best practices of quality online courses for the K-12 environment. Students will plan, design, and develop a medial rich online course with a focus on collaboration and interactivity. Courses will be designed to meet iNACOL National Standards for Quality Online Program.
(3). Introduces the basics of video production utilizing digital video recording devices and video editing equipment. Students will study video technologies, basic equipment operation, video composition and video storytelling. Topics stress the creation of digital video productions for inclusion in multimedia and web applications for educational settings.
(3). Addresses the technical, visual, and conceptual challenges involved with digital photography in an educational setting. Topics include digital photography processes, file and storage consideration, image evaluation, image manipulation, and methods for using digital images to develop critical thinking skills.
(3). Emphasis is on building reading and writing skills in subject areas of the Middle School. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). The history and philosophy of the Middle School and designs for Middle School Curricula. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Curriculum of grades 4-8 and responsibilities of the Middle or Junior High School level teacher. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisites: All general studies, professional, and teaching field courses; and approval of academic advisor. Supervised, 100 clock-hours of practice teaching in Grades 4-8.
(2). Provides an overview of the Teaching/Learning process, learning principles and theories, educational policies, and understanding students' behaviors from humanistic, behaviorist, cognitive, developmental, and multicultural viewpoints.
Corequisite: EPY 429. Provides a 25 clock-hour, Level II clinical experience, supervised through the Teaching/Learning Center, Ramona Wood Hall. Requires Teacher Education Program Admission.
(2). An introduction to measurement and evaluation of students' achievement. The construction of bias free, teacher generated, paper-pencil, achievement tests, uses of standardized assessments in school settings, and descriptive statistics are covered. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). A study of principles and concepts of physical, cognitive, personality, and social development from birth through death.
(2). Corequisite: EPY 430. Covers stages of physical, cognitive, and social-emotional development in school-aged persons from a global and multicultural perspective. This course is a prequisite for ESE 404 and ESE 484. Requires Teacher Education Program Admission.
(2). An introduction to measurement and evaluation of students' achievement. The construction of bias free, teacher generated, paper-pencil, achievement tests, uses of standardized assessments in school settings, and descriptive statistics are covered. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisite: EFD 501 or equivalent. Underlying concepts of assessment methods, practice in administration and interpretation of standardized tests, and evaluation of assessment instruments and programs.
(1). Co-requisite: ED 300. This course provides an introduction to foundations of education, including responsiblities of various governmental and agency levels, and the understanding of how systems of education in the US operate; school governance; and the inclusion of stakeholders in the public educational process.
(3). Prerequisites: ED 300, ESE 300. Requires admission to Teacher Education; Co-requisite: ESE 455. Provides an introduction to all aspects of appropriate curriculum planning for secondary educators, differentiation required for teaching in the diverse classroom, and the learning differences that make this differentiation necessary. The course includes a 50-hour practicum component.
(1). Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. Corequisite: ESE 304. A 50 clock-hour, supervised Level II clinical experience in Grades 6-12. Provides 25 clock-hours of tutoring supervised through the Teaching/Learning Center, Ramona Wood Hall and 25 clock-hours of small group instruction supervised through the Department of Secondary Education.
(3). Prerequisites: ED 300, ESE 300, ESE 304, ESE 455. Requires admission to Teacher Education. Co-requisite: ESE 444. Provides an introduction to the integration of engaging instructional strategies, a variety of assessments, appropriate technologies, literacy strategies, and teaching field standards from multiple disciplines into an engaging and effective instructional design for any course he or she teaches. The course includes a 50-hour practicum component.
(3). Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education Program. English language arts pre-service teachers (grade 6-12) research and understand grammar and syntax in order to effectively design class activities for the language arts classroom.
(3). This course addresses the stages of physical, cognitive, and social-emotional development of adolescents at the middle and high school levels from a global and multicultural perspective as well as the range of behaviors exhibited by adolescents during the secondary school years in order to facilitate better decision-making by educators related to the appropriate developmental and behavioral expectations for students at the secondary level.
(3). Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. A survey of American public education and an overview of current problems and issues in secondary education.
(3). Investigates the pedagogical research, critical methods and models of practice of comics in the secondary classroom. Comics are known as sequential art, visual literature, graphic narrative and are often labeled as a new literacy.
(3). Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. This course addresses both theory and practice associated with content literacy.
(3). Prerequisites: ESE 331, ESE 383, EPY 429 and 430. Corequisites: ESE 444, ESE 484, and the appropriate special methods course. Also, 90% of all teaching field courses must be completed prior to enrollment in this course. Materials and methods of teaching mathematics at the secondary level. Requires Teacher Education Program admission. Offered in the Fall and Spring Semesters only.
(3). Prerequisites: ESE 304, 305, and ESE 329. Corequisites: The appropriate section of ESE 485. Also, students are encouraged to have 90% of all teaching field courses completed prior to enrollment in this course. Materials and methods of teaching history and other social sciences at the secondary level. Requires Teacher Education Program admission. Offered in the Fall and Spring semesters only.
(3). Prerequisites: ESE 304, 305, and ESE 329. Corequisites: The appropriate section of ESE 485. Also, students are encouraged to have 90% of all teaching field courses completed prior to enrollment in this course. Materials and methods of teaching English language arts at the secondary level. Requires Teacher Education Program admission. Offered in the Fall and Spring Semesters only.
(3). Prerequisites: ESE 304, 305, and ESE 329. Corequisites: The appropriate section of ESE 485. Also, students are encouraged to have 90% of all teaching field courses completed prior to enrollment in this course. Materials and methods of teaching natural and physical sciences at the secondary level. Requires Teacher Education Program admission. Offered in the Fall and Spring Semesters only.
(3). Prerequisites: ESE 331, ESE 383, EPY 429 and 430. Corequisites: ESE 444, ESE 484, and the appropriate special methods course. Also, 90% of all teaching field courses must be completed prior to enrollment in this course. Materials and methods of teaching foreign language at the secondary level. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisites: ED 300, ESE 300, ESE 304, ESE 455. Requires Admission to Teacher Education. Reviews the history of numerous regions around the world that are outside of the North American/European frame, considers the importance of these regions independently and collectively through historical and current lenses, reviews the secondary education standards related to the teaching of world regions and history. Considers research-based, best practices for teaching various world history content as well as incorporating these practices when teaching other history and/or social studies content that requires the inclusion of some world history.
(3). Prerequisites: ED 300, ESE 300, ESE 304, ESE 455. Requires admission to Teacher Education. Reviews the history and structure of various government types through both historical and current lenses, considers the impact and influence of economics and geography on human history, reviews the secondary education standards related to the teaching of government, economics, and geography. Considers research-based, best practices for these subjects as well as incorporating these practices when teaching a variety of history and/or social studies courses that require the inclusion of government, economics, and geography.
(3). Prerequisites: ESE 331, ESE 383, EPY 429 and 430. Processes of producing print and non-print school publications, especially newspapers and yearbooks. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisites: ED 300, ESE 300, ESE 304, and ESE 455. This course is designed to expose pre-service English language arts teachers to critical theory, history, and standards, which are embedded in the multiple roles of teaching literature in secondary schools. Opportunities for students to examine and evaluate current issues, research, as well as the integration of diverse instructional strategies in all program coursework will be explored.
(3). Prerequisites: ED 300, ESE 300, ESE 304, and ESE 455. This course is designed to expose pre-service English language arts teachers to critical theory, history, and standards, which are embedded in the multiple roles of teaching writing in secondary schools. Practical instructional strategies in teaching writing through traditional and new literacies will be explored.
(3). Develops a broad understanding of the student diversity in secondary schools in the United States. Various approaches to multicultural education will be employed to equip Teacher Candidates with teaching a diverse student population.
(3). Prerequisites: ED 300, ESE 300, ESE 304, ESE 455. Requires admission to Teacher Education. Co-Requisite: ESE 306. This course is an introduction to developmentally appropriate evaluation of teaching/learning at the secondary level and use of assessment to improve student outcomes.
(1). Prerequisites: All professional studies courses and teaching field courses must be completed prior to enrollment in this course. Corequisite: ESE 486. Models for establishing and maintaining classroom discipline. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisites: ED 300, ESE 300. Requires admission to Teacher Education. Corequisite: ESE 304. Provides an introduction to the major theories related to classroom management and appropriate application of these theories into the secondary school environment.
(1). Prerequisite: Admission into the College of Education & Professional Studies. Corequisite: ESE 404. Students in this course are required to complete 50-hour supervised field experiencee in a middle or secondary school, performing as a paraprofessional.
(2). Prerequisites: ESE 331, ESE 383, EPY 429 and 430. Corequisites: ESE 404, ESE 444, and the appropriate special methods course. Also, 90% of all teaching field courses must be completed prior to enrollment in this course. A 100 clock-hour, supervised Level III clinical experience in Grades 6-12.
(3). Prerequisites: ESE 304, ESE 305, and ESE 329. Corequisities: The appropriate special methods course ESE 420-424. Also, students are encouraged to have 90% of all teaching field courses completed prior to enrollment in this course. A 150 clock-hour, supervised Level III clinical experience in Grades 6-12. Requires Teacher Education Program admission. Offered in the Fall and Spring Semesters only.
(3). Provides the foundation for the interpretation and conceptualization of research in secondary education. Instruction will focus on the variety of research methodologies and statistical analysis to strategies to develop and incorporate such strategies into action research projects for the 6-12 classrooms. Replaces EFD 500.
(3). Advanced study of the theories, models, and practical application of curriculum development and revision in Secondary Schools.
(2). Prerequisite: EPY 429 and 430. Corequisite: ESE 484. Blends theory and practice. Materials and methods of teaching at the secondary level. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Co-requisite: ESE 510. Provides an introduction to basic teaching methodologies, assessment strategies, and available technologies for students seeking alternative certification. Students wishing to take this course must be unconditionally admitted to the Teacher Education Program.
(2). Co-requisite: ESE 505. Practical experience for students enrolled in ESE 505. Provides a 100 clock-hour, Level II clinical experience, supervised by secondary education faculty. Students wishing to take this course must be fully eligible for the Teacher Education Program.
(3). Materials and methods of teaching mathematics at the secondary level. Requires Teacher Education Program admission. Offered in the Fall and Spring Semesters only.
(3). Materials and methods of teaching history and other social sciences at the secondary level. Requires Teacher Education Program admission. Available in Fall and Spring semesters only.
(3). Materials and methods of teaching the language arts at the secondary level. Requires Teacher Education Program admission. Available in Fall and Spring semesters only.
(3). Materials and methods of teaching the natural and physical sciences at the secondary level. Requires Teacher Education Program admission. Available in Fall and Spring semesters only.
(3). Advanced study of contemporary philosophies of education as they relate to the education of adolescents, the historical development of these philosophies as they have been applied at the secondary education level, and the impact these philosophical beliefs have on secondary education.
(3). Co-requisite: Students must also be enrolled in the appropriate special methods course ESE 520-523. Practical experience for students enrolled in ESE 520-523. Provides a 150 clock-hour, Level III clinical experience, supervised by secondary education faculty. This practicum allows student to observe the daily functions of teachers and students and teach a minimum of six full lessons in a local school setting. Students wishing to take this course must be unconditionally admitted to the Teacher Education Program.
(3). Prerequisites: Student must fulfill one of the following in order to take this course: 1. Admission to the College of Education and Professional Studies or 2. Previous degree in an education related field or 3. Permission from instructor or department head. This course develops a broad understanding of the student diversity in secondary schools in the United States. Various approaches to multicultural education will be employed to equip Teacher Candidates with teacher to a diverse student population.
(2). Prerequisites: EPY 429 and 430. This course is an introduction to developmentally appropriate evaluation of teaching/learning at the secondary level. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Introduction of the current trends and issues in the American society today and the phychological, sociological, and philosophical impact of those issues on American education. Replaces EFD 515.
(3). Examines the basic of schools of thought concerning the foundations of public education with an emphasis on the psychological, sociological, and philosophical impact on the nature of learning and the learner. Students wishing to take this course must be unconditionally admitted to the Teacher Education Program.
(3). Examines literacy theory and practice in the secondary schools. ESE 567 is cross-listed with RDG 567 and only one course may be counted for credit. Students wishing to take this course must be unconditionally admitted to the Teacher Education Program.
(3). Provides opportunities to gather, interpret, and evaluate materials related to the teaching of mathematics. Evidence of inquiry may include in-class essay examinations, prepared essays, presentations, projects, etc.
(3). Provides opportunities to gather, interpret, and evaluate materials related to the teaching of history and social science. Evidence of inquiry may include in-class essay examinations, prepared essays, presentations, projects, etc.
(3). Provides opportunities to gather, interpret, and evaluate materials related to the teaching of language arts. Evidence of inquiry may include in-class essay examinations, prepared essays, presentations, projects, etc.
(3). Provides opportunities to gather, interpret, and evaluate materials related to the teaching of biology and general science. Evidence of inquiry may include in-class essay examinations, prepared essays, presentations, projects, etc.
(3). Investigates the pedagogical research, critical methods and models of practice of comics in the secondary classroom. Comics are known as sequential art, visual literature, graphic narrative and are often labeled as a new literacy.
(3). Comtemporary methods of teaching in secondary schools; behavioral objectives, teaching techniques, and group and individualized instruction.
(2). Prerequisite: EPY 429G and 430. Corequisite: ESE 504. A 100 clock-hour, supervised Level III clinical experience in Grades 6-12.
(3). Reviews the use of assessment procedures which are developmentally appropriate in secondary education.
(3). Prerequisites: Admission to Alternative Fifth-Year Teacher Certification Program and EFD 500, EFD 515 and EFD 560. Supervised teaching in grades 6-12; full-time assignment for a semester in a public school. Scheduled at the end of program. Fall and Spring only.
(3). Prerequisites: Student must fulfill one of the following in order to take this course: 1. Admission to the College of Education and Professional Studies or 2. Previous degree in an education related field or 3. Permission from instructor or department head. This course provides an introduction to the major theories related to classroom management and appropriate application of these theories into the secondary school environment.
(3). Lecture and laboratory experiences. Introduction to the study of food, including selection, principles of preparation, evaluation of food products, survey of the market place and management of resources in the preparation and serving of food.
(3). Personal appearance, selection, and care of clothing and textiles. Fundamentals of clothing construction, pattern selection, and fit. Application of fundamentals through garment construction.
(3). Prerequisite: FCS 122. An introduction to the study of commercial food production including fundamental cooking techniques, knife and hand-tool skills, flavor affinities, and visually pleasing culinary presentations.
(2). The philosophical base of family and consumer sciences and issues affecting the professions. Emphasis on managing the challenges of living and working in a diverse global society. Preparation of students for success including resume-writing, professional presentations, and the development of communication skills.
(3). Introduction to the principles of nutrition including nutrient requirements for individuals of all ages.
(3). An introduction to the service quality concept, particularly as it relates to the hospitality industry. Course content will provide theories and principles of service quality, along with definitions and key concepts.
(3). Textile fabrics, their composition, structure and use along with weaves, finishes and care. Natural and manmade fibers used in clothing.
(1). Prerequisite: Junior Status. A survey of the career paths in dietetics and the process for entering the field.
(3). Prerequisite: 4 hours of Chemistry or Biological Science. Application of fundamentals of human nutrition including various nutrients and requirements for different individuals and groups.
(3). Prerequisite: FCS 122. Lecture and laboratory experiences. The advanced study of food including the physical and chemical properties of food and factors affecting the quality of standard food products.
(3). Prerequisites: FCS 322, CY 164, and BY 263. Normal nutrition metabolism and an overview of aberrations in normal metabolism as affected by diseases.
(3). Prerequisite: FCS 122. Lectures and laboratory experiences. Introduction to institutional preparation and service of food, equipment operation and maintenance, menu planning and recipe standardization.
(3). Prerequisites: 4 hours of Natural Sciences and FCS 122. An introduction to foodborne illnesses, safe food preparation practices, microbiological considerations for specific foodservice systems, and regulatory laws for foodservice establishments.
(3). Prerequisite: FCS 322. How age, growth and normal development influence the nutritional requirements for individuals at each stage of the life cycle.
(3). The use of individuality in creating unusual trims and accessories for dress.
(3). Organization and structure of the fashion industry with emphasis on retailing, sources of information, and fashion trends.
(3). Overview of social, psychological, and cultural aspects of apparel.
(3). Prerequisite: FCS 131. Planning, selection, purchasing and care of family clothing. Emphasis on construction of children's clothing.
(3). Prerequisite: FCS 131. Application of fundamental principles and procedures in the development and use of the master pattern. Applying flat pattern principles to designing patterns, fitting and altering commercial patterns.
(3). Design principles applied to various display needs. Investigation and practical experience in planning, executing, and evaluation of 2-D and 3-D displays for commercial, educational, and other needs.
(3). Prerequisite: FCS 322. A discussion of the profession and practice of dietetics. Emphases are placed on the methods and procedures of the Nutritional Care Process including the collection and analysis of biochemical, clinical, and dietary data, and the design of nutritional care plans.
(3). Prerequisite: FCS 215 or 322. Application of community nutrition strategies to health care problems and exploration of approaches useful in the design and evaluation of these programs.
(2). The fundamentals of communication skills essential for professions related to the field of Family and Consumer Sciences. Emphasis on materials and methods necessary for satisfactory communication.
(3). Design principles applied to various promotional and presentation tools such as displays, brochures, and bulletin boards. This course will focus on the investigation and practical experience in planning, executing, and evaluation of displays for commercial, educational, and other needs.
(3). Overview of physical, intellectual, social, and emotional development from conception to death. Practical application of information to life stages and outside observations will be included.
(3). Development and guidance of young children from infancy through the school years. Not available to students in the traditional Child Development Concentration.
(2). Corequisite: FCS 353. Development and guidance of young children from infancy through middle childhood.
(1). Taken concurrently with FCS 352. Two hours per week. Methods of guidance of young children, ages three and four.
(3). A study of family relations and the skills needed to function within the family setting. Emphasis on interpersonal communication, conflict resolution, and parenting.
(3). Current topics in the areas of child and/or family development.
(3). Focuses on the practical application of management principles for use of resources to maximize individual and family quality of life.
(3). Prerequisites: FCS 337 and 322. The study of relationships between diseases and nutrition. Application of assessment techniques and alternative feeding modalities in medical/nutritional case studies.
(3). Prerequisite: FCS 420. A continuation of Medical Nutrition Therapy I. The study of relationships between diseases and nutrition. Application of assessment techniques and alternative feeding modalities in medical/nutritional case studies.
(3). Prerequisites: FCS 122 and MGT 301. Management techniques and functions in foodservice with emphasis on personnel management, materials management and systems approach to foodservice management.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. May be duplicated for credit for a total of six (6) semester hours. Practical experiences in foodservice management obtained in approved institutions. Must be planned in advance.
(3). Prerequisites: Senior Status and approval of instructor. May be duplicated for credit for a total of six (6) semester hours. Individual work in selected area.
(3). Lecture and laboratory experiences. Study of food practices, preparation and service of dishes typical of countries around the world.
(3). Normal nutrition metabolism and an overview of aberrations in normal metabolism as affected by diseases.
(3). Prerequisites: Senior Status and approval of instructor. Field experiences in merchandising. May be duplicated for credit for a total of six (6) semester hours.
(3). Prerequisites: FCS 331 and Junior Status. Role of fiber, textile and apparel industries in the international economy. Current issues related to fashion merchandising in the global economy.
(3). The development of fashion throughout history, with an investigation of the influence of sociological, psychological, economic and cultural factors.
(3). Prerequisite: FCS 131. Overview of the fashion design and manufacturing process. Examination of fashion illustration, methods of apparel design, creation of an apparel line and practical experiences in apparel design.
(3). Prerequisites: FCS 331, MKT 394, and Junior Status. Application of principles of merchandise management and retail buying to the merchandising of textiles and apparel and accessories.
(3). Prerequisites: FCS 122, FCS 132, and MGT 301. The study of the evolution of the hospitality industry and how it is currently stratified. Organizational systems, management, and career opportunities/salaries will be examined. Hospitality service management is viewed from both a consumer and business perspective.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Practical culinary and tourism experiences in the hospitality industry. May be duplicated for credit for a total of six (6) semester hours.
(3). Prerequisites: FCS 322, FCS 324, and Junior Status. Advanced study of the safety and efficacy of herbal and dietary supplements; mechanisms of action including potential drug/herbal/nutrient interactions; evaluation and regulation of health claims.
(3). Prerequisites: Junior Standing, FCS 352, FCS 353. Planning a developmentally appropriate curriculum for a child care program.
(3). Prerequisites: Junior Status and FCS 351 or 352/353. Study of the biological and environmental influences on development from infancy through age 5. Examine theories, research, the family context, school context, and the impact of diverse family experiences. Not available to students in the traditional or on-line Child Development concentrations.
(3). Prerequisite: Junior status. Study of the dynamics and reciprocal nature of parent-child relationships, including internal and environmental forces that inpact interactions between parents and children.
(3). Prerequisites: Junior standing, FCS 352, FCS 353, and approval of the instructor. The planning, implementing, and evaluating of a child care program.
(3). Prerequisites: FCS 350, FCS 352, FCS 355, FCS 360, SPE 300, ECE 303, and ECE 305. Developing a support system for family members using collaborative strategies to provide knowledge of community agencies and other available resources.
(3). Prerequisite: Junior status. FCS 352, FCS 353. Study of the biological and environmental influences on development from infancy to toddlerhood. Examine theories, research, and the family context.
(3). Prerequisites: Junior Status and FCS 352 and 353. Study of biological and environmental influences on development from toddlerhood through age five. Examine theories, research, the family context, school context, and the impact of diverse family experiences.
(3). Prerequisite: Junior Status. Methods and basic skills for conducting, analyzing, and interpreting research.
(3). Prerequisite: Junior Status. Study of various theories of family interaction, with an emphasis on understanding the family as a system.
(3). Prerequisites: Completion of general studies, professional and concentration courses, and approval of academic advisor. Supervised experiences in a community child care setting with observation and participation in approved programs for children.
(3). Prerequisites: Completion of general studies, professional and concentration courses, and approval of academic advisor. Supervised experiences in a community child care setting with observation and participation in approved programs for children. Not available to students in the traditional or on-line Child Development concentrations.
(3). Prerequisite: Completion of all content coursework. The practicum must be taken the last semester of the student's senior year. Field observations and experiences in agencies or organizations that provide services in a Human Sciences field and must be an approved site.
(3). Prerequisite: Junior Status. An overview of present-day family housing needs including location, space needs, house construction and selection, alternative housing, and home furnishings.
(3). Selection and use of household fabrics and materials including the design and construction of home furnishings and accessories.
(3). Investigation and study of the historical foundations and the philosophy of the profession of Family and Consumer Sciences.
(3). Study of current global issues and trends in the textile and fashion industries.
(3). The study of advanced methods of nutritional management of individuals across the age continuum.
(3). Advanced methods for the nutritional assessment and nutritional management of individuals.
(3). Study and investigation of food, nutrition, and health issues facing the U.S. and world populations.
(3). Advanced study of human development and family relations across the lifespan.
(3). Study of advanced methods for teaching Family and Consumer Sciences curricula.
(2). An introduction to the profession including physical activities, professional organizations, career opportunities, historical development, and development of a sound professional philosophy. Practicum required. HPE 101 is a prerequisite to HPE 270, 280, and 290. Successful completion of HPE 101 is also required prior to admittance to education.
(3). The course is designed to provide students with various aerobically based activities for overall fitness and health of the body.
(3). Study of basic concepts of wellness including: nutrition, cancer prevention, addictions, STDs, and physical fitness including principles of exercise, stress management, weight control, and the management of emergencies, accidents, and injuries.
(1). Basic skills in hiking including planning, clothing, map reading, safety, types of hikes and hiking trips (TBA).
(1). Basic skills in off-road cycling.
(1). An introductory course in the lifetime activity of cycling. A 10 hour lab is required. The safety, repair, riding, and value are covered.
(3). An introduction to the basic principles of fitness as they relate to fatty weight loss and muscular development.
(1). An introduction course in the ancient system of mind-body exercise that offers benefits including increased flexibility, greater strength, and improved concentration.
(1). Basic skills in bowling. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirements.
(1). Basic skills in foil fencing. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirements.
(1). Basic skills in weight training. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirement.
(1). Basic skills in tennis. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirement.
(1). Basic skills in racquetball. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirement.
(1). Basic skills in golf. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirement.
(1). Basic skills in archery. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirement.
(1). Basic skills in volleyball. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirement.
(1). Basic skills in badminton, pickle ball, and deck tennis. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirement.
(1). Basic skills in table tennis and billiards. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirements.
(2). Intermediate skills in resistance training with free weights. Includes resistance training exercises with a barbell and dumbbells.
(1). Basic skills in tap and clogging dancing. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirement.
(1). Basic skills in folk and square dancing. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirement.
(1). Basic skills in social and ballroom dancing. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirement.
(1). Introduction to Foxtrot, Slow Waltz, Viennese Waltz, and American Tango dances. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirements.
(1). Introduction to Latin dance steps, such as merengue and salsa. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirements.
(1). Instruction in "swing" dance steps, such as swing, jitterbug, rock and roll. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirements
(1). Performing dance movements in unison to music and consists of patterned foot measurements that are performed to a number of counts in sequence. Several popular tunes will be used. Also, two-step will be introduced.
(1). Basic skills in alpine skiing. Six hours of dry-land instruction and three days (20 hours) of on-snow instruction. Students pay all expenses.
(1). Prerequisite: PE 140 or approval of instructor. Advanced skills in alpine skiing. Four hours of dry-land instruction and three days (20 hours) of on-snow instruction. Students pay all expenses.
(1). Basic instruction in beach volleyball. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirements.
(2). The purpose of this course is to provide an introduction to fitness boot camps as they relate to fatty weight loss and muscular development.
(2). The purpose of this course is to provide experiences that will lead to the development of team sports skills. In addition to skill acquisition, the course will focus on the development of the knowledge and positive dispositions associated with team sports activities. Students will be expected to achieve an intermediate level of skill in specified team sports.
(3). Aqua Zumba combines the high-energy, fitness dance formula and philosophy of Zumba with traditional aqua fitness disciplines. The Aqua Zumba class blends the two together in a safe, challenging, water-based workout that's cardio-conditioning, body-toning, and most of all, exhilarating.
(1). The adaptation of the water and basic strokes of swimming. Non-swimmers only.
(3). Low impact exercises performed in the medium of water.
(1). Basic fundamentals of fishing.
(2). Elementary and advanced forms of rescue including: approaches, escapes, carries, removal from water, and preventive life guarding. ARC lifeguard certification awarded if CPR and first aid requirements have previously been met. (See instructor for specific details.)
(2). Prerequisite: Instructor certification in CPR and first aid (ARC) and current lifeguard certification. Preparation to become certification instructor in Lifeguarding.
(1). The course covers emergency procedures, spinal injuries, and other aquatic activities.
(1). This course is designed for students with intermediate swimming skills interested in learning and applying conditioning and training to swimming. Individual workloads are determined and self-paced programs are centered on those workloads.
(2). Prerequisite: current lifeguard instructor certification. Water safety instructor certification. A 10 hour laboratory is required.
(2). Essential skills for river canoeing and whitewater rafting.
(3). Knowledge and skill development in scuba diving. Eight hours pool work, five hours open water diving. Experienced swimmers only. Student pays all expenses.
(2). Introduction to Judo.
(2). Basic skills in aikido including: etiquette, warm-up activities, falls, throws, principles of movement and self defense.
(1). A study of the 24 basic forms of Tai Chi, a martial art. Elective credit only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirements.
(2). Students will participate in on-campus skill sessions and two weekends of natural rock climbing and cliff rappelling.
(1). An introduction to careers and opportunities in the field of exercise science and wellness. Students majoring in ESW are required to complete this course prior to their junior year. Practicum required.
(1). Basic skills in Jazz Dance. Elective only, cannot be used to satisfy HPER requirement.
(1). Successful participation in major varsity sports (Male and Female). May be duplicated for credit to a maximum of eight semesters.
(3). Prerequisite: HPE 109. An introduction to the scientific principles of the human body/organ systems as related to human performance. This course is recommended prior to BY 263 for ESW majors.
(3). The development of habits, attitudes, and knowledge concerning health, and the professional preparation of individuals for work in the community health field.
(3). Prerequisite: HPE 101. Corequisite: To be taken concurrently with HPE 280 and 290. A course designed to teach the fundamentals of individual and dual sports basic to the physical education program. A practicum is required. HPE 270, 280, and 290 must be complete prior to admission to teacher education.
(3). Prerequisite: Enrollment in or completion of BY 263 or permission of instructor. Introduction to the athletic training profession. Prevention, etiology, and management of athletic injuries will be stressed. Basic anatomy and first aid will be reviewed.
(3). Prerequisite: HPE 272 or permission of instructor. Advanced athletic training fundamentals including prevention, evaluation, care and etiology of athletic injuries. Legal, professional, and ethical considerations will be discussed.
(3). Prerequisite: HPE 101. Corequisite: To be taken concurrently with HPE 270 and 290. A course designed to teach the fundamentals of team sports basic to the physical education program. A practicum is required. HPE 270, 280, and 290 must be completed prior to admission to teacher education.
(1). Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor. An introduction to the basic principles of athletic training in the college environment. May be repeated a total of 4 times for credit.
(1). Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor. An introduction to the basic principles of strength and conditioning in the college environment. May be repeated a total of 4 times for credit.
(1). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. An introduction to the basic principles of personal training in the university wellness setting. May be repeated a total of 4 times for credit.
(3). Prerequisite: HPE 101. Corequisite: To be taken concurrently with HPE 270 and 280. A course designed to teach the fundamentals of lifetime activities basic to the physical education program. A practicum is required. HPE 270, 280, and 290 must be complete prior to admission to teacher education.
(3). Prerequisite: Nine hours in physical education including HPE 101. Directed experience in observations and participation in physical education classes. Seminars will be held in conjunction with this course.
(3). Prerequisite: Junior standing. The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the fundamental concepts, principles, and best practices associated with managing a fitness facility. This course was developed with the intent of providing students with a general overview of the management issues facing fitness professionals in their careers.
(3). Field experience in coaching.
(3). An introduction to the profession of PE and Sports including the historical development, development of a philosophy, and teaching.
(3). An overview of health problems and disease prevention in today's society. An analysis of a variety of personal, social and environmental factors is explored.
(3) This course is designed to offer science-based facts and guidelines on consumer health within the community.
(3). This course is an intense study of specific health issues and trends affecting today's society.
(3). This course examines the nature and needs of special populations and explores current research regarding special populations to better understand the area.
(1). This course is intended to introduce prospective baseball coaches to techniques, strategies, team management, motivation, conditioning, equipment selection/fitting, and scheduling. It offers an introduction into rules, organization, and administrative details relative to the game of baseball.
(1). This course is intended to introduce prospective basketball coaches to techniques, strategies, team management, motivation, conditioning, equipment selection/fitting, and scheduling. It offers an introduction into rules, organization, and administrative details relative to the game of basketball.
(1). This course is intended to introduce prospective cheerleading coaches to techniques, strategies, team management, motivation, conditioning, equipment selection/fitting, and scheduling. It offers an introduction into organization, and administrative details relative to cheerleading.
(1). This course is intended to introduce prospective defensive football coaches to techniques, strategies, team management, motivation, conditioning, and equipment selection/fitting. It offers an introduction into rules, organization, and administrative details relative to coaching defensive football.
(1). Stategies and techniques for coaching offensive football.
(1). This course is intended to introduce prospective golf coaches to techniques, strategies, team management, motivation, conditioning, equipment selection/fitting, and scheduling. It offers an introduction into rules, organization, and administrative details relative to the game of golf.
(1). This course is intended to introduce prospective rifle coaches to techniques, strategies, team management, motivation, conditioning, equipment selection/fitting, and scheduling. It offers an introduction into rules, organization, and administrative details relative to the sport of rifle.
(1). This course is intended to introduce prospective soccer coaches to techniques, strategies, team management, motivation, conditioning, equipment selection/fitting, and scheduling. It offers an introduction into rules, organization, and administrative details relative the the game of soccer.
(1). This course is intended to introduce prospective softball coaches to techniques, strategies, team management, motivation, conditioning, equipment selection/fitting, and scheduling. It offers an introduction into rules, organization, and administrative details relative to the game of softball.
(1). This course is intended to introduce prospective tennis coaches to techniques, strategies, team management, motivation, conditioning, equipment selection/fitting, and scheduling. It offers an introduction into rules, organization, and administrative details relative to the game of tennis.
(1). This course is intended to introduce prospective track and field coaches to techniques, strategies, team management, motivation, conditioning, equipment selection/fitting, and scheduling. It offers an introduction into rules, organization, and administrative details relative to track and field.
(1). This course is intended to introduce prospective volleyball coaches to techniques, strategies, team management, motivation, conditioning, equipment selection/fitting, and scheduling. It offers an introduction into rules, organization, and administrative details relative to the game of volleyball.
(1). Strategies and techniques for coaching wrestling. Grade: Pass/Fail.
(1). Coaching Special Teams Football will provide coaching techniques for all special teams situations: kickoffs, kickoff returns, punts, punt returns, field goals, extra points, etc.
(3). Prerequisite: HPE 209 or BY 263. The purpose of this course is to prepare the student to take a valid personal trainer certification exam. At the completion of the course, the student will have a basic understanding of the design and delivery of exercise programs for clients with varying levels of health with different needs and goals.
(3). Prerequisites: HPE 303, HPE 145 and REC 271. Corequisites: HPE 356 and 357. Course designed to build foundation knowledge necessary for successful planning, implementing and evaluating various teaching methods and strategies necessary for quality elementary physical education.
(3). Prerequisites: HPE 303, HPE 145, and REC 271. Corequsites: HPE 355 and 357. Course designed to build foundation knowledge necessary for successful planning, implementing and evaluating various teaching methods and strategies necessary for quality secondary physical education.
(3). Prerequisites: HPE 303, HPE 145, and REC 271. Corequisites: HPE 355 and 356. Course designed to build foundation knowledge about seamlessly integrating various technologies and applications into the planning and instructional practices of quality physical education.
(3). This course deals with child and adolescent health and wellness. Specifically, it deals with assisting children adolescents develop positive health habits.
(3). Basic knowledge of Health and PE in elementary school. Emphasis on health topics and PE activities. Intended to satisfy ECE and EED certification requirements.
(3). Prerequisite: BY 263 or HPE 209. A science of human motion, and analysis of body movements and action of muscles in human activities.
(3). Prerequisite: HPE 275 or permission of instructor. Evaluation of injuries which occur in athletics. Special attention will be given to the orthopedic assessment of joint injuries.
(3). Prerequisite: HPE 272. Theory and use of therapeutic modalities and rehabilitative exercise. Students will have the opportunity to learn through special experience.
(3). Introductory course in the field of Adapted Physical Education that provides an understanding of the nature, behavioral characteristics and motor limitations of various disabilities and basic skills necessary to prepare meaningful individualized movement experiences of individuals with special needs functioning in an integrated, segregated, community or home environment. HPE 381 is a hybrid course with the majority of class work being completed via the JSU Blackboard website.
(3). Directed practical experiences in physical education and recreation with exceptional individuals. A student practicum will be required.
(3). Theory and technique of coaching. Psychological aspects and scientific principles of movement are considered.
(3). Deals with theory. Consideration given to rules, team strategy, and training.
(3). Deals with theory. Consideration given to rules, team strategy, and training.
(3). Reflective Field Experience in coaching.
(1). Opportunity for undergraduate students to explore a particular area of personal interest in HPER. Approval of instructor and department head required.
(2). Opportunity for undergraduate students to explore a particular area of personal interest in HPER. Approval of instructor and department head required.
(3). Opportunity for undergraduate students to explore a particular area of personal interest in HPER. Approval of instructor and department head required.
(3). Prerequisite: BY 263. The study of the effects of exercise on the various human physiological systems. Special attention will be given to energy metabolism, cardiovascular parameters, pulmonary function, muscle structure and function, neuromuscular integration, and environmental factors.
(3). Emphasis will be on activities of a recreational nature which may be used with the exceptional child. A student practicum will be required.
(3). Historical and current trends overview of sports for the handicapped. All types of handicapping conditions will be considered. Special attention will be on Special Olympics activities. Active involvement in the Special Olympics will be required.
(3). Prerequisites: HPE 303 and MS 110 or higher. Techniques of test evaluation, administration, and interpretations. Emphasis on physical fitness, body mechanics, sports skills, and knowledge tests. Requires Junior status.
(3). Prerequisite: Junior standing. Application of scientific principles to the training and conditioning of athletics are taught. Emphasis will be directed toward strength, endurance, and speed acquisition, ergogenic aids, and nutrition.
(3). Prerequisites: HPE 362, 400. Detailed analysis of techniques associated with instruction in aerobic and anaerobic exercise. Special emphasis is placed on weight training, dance aerobics, and aqua aerobics.
(3). Prerequisites: HPE 270, 280, 290. Corequisite: To be taken concurrently with HPE 410, 411, 451 and 462. Effective teaching practices and implementation of developmentally appropriate K-5 physical education instruction are taught. Requires admission to the teacher education program.
(3). Prerequisites: HPE 270, 280, 290. Corequisite: To be taken concurrently with HPE 409, 411, 451 and 462. Methods and techniques of teaching 6-12 physical education are taught. Requires admission to the teacher education program.
(3). Prerequisites: HPE 270, 280, 290. Corequisite: To be taken concurrently with HPE 409, 410, 451 and 462. This is a field experience course specific to the application of methods and materials for P-12 physical education. Requires admission to the teacher education program.
(3). Student participation in solving actual problems related to health.
(3). Prerequisite: HPE 362. This course is a study of human movement with emphasis on biomechanical principles and their application to sport and exercise.
(3). Problems involved in teaching issues in health education and related topics.
(3). The physical, social, emotional, and mental aspects of healthy aging will be explored.
(3). Organization and administration of intramural programs. Emphasis is on officiating the fall sports of football and volleyball. Laboratory arranged.
(3). Organization and administration of intramural programs. Emphasis is on officiating the winter and spring sports of basketball & softball. Laboratory arranged.
(3). Prerequisites: HPE 362, 400. Detailed analysis of different fitness tests. Particular attention to cardiovascular tests, interpretation of results and prescription of exercise and activities.
(3). Prerequisites: HPE 362, 400, 440 and Senior Status. Study of the different areas in wellness programming such as smoking cessation, nutrition, stress awareness, and various fitness programs. This class includes directed practical activities as well as a comprehensive semester project.
(3). Prerequisites: HPE 270, 280, 290. Corequisite: To be taken concurrently with HPE 409, 410, 411 and 462. Techniques of test evaluation, administration, and interpretations. Emphasis on physical fitness, body mechanics, sports skills, and knowledge tests. Requires admission to the teacher education program.
(3). Prerequisite: Junior standing. Theoretical and practical principles of motor development, with special emphasis on identification and assessment. A motor behavior lab component will be required.
(3). Prerequisites: HPE 270, 280, 290. Corequisite: To be taken concurrently with HPE 409, 410, 411, and 451. The study of curriculum, teaching methods, skills, and the organization and administration of PE programs. Ten hours practicum required. Requires admission to the teacher education program.
(6). Prerequisites: HPE 441 and Senior Standing. Practicum experiences in rehabilitative and/or preventative medicine with respect to ESW programming.
(3). Corequisite: HPE 487. This course contributes to the preparation and meaningfulness of the student internship.
(1). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. An introduction to the advanced principles of athletic training in the college environment. May be repeated a total of 4 times for credit.
(1). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. An introduction to the advanced principles of strength and conditioning in the college environment. May be repeated a total of 4 times for credit.
(1). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. An introduction to the advanced principles of personal training in the university wellness setting. May be repeated a total of 4 times for credit.
(3). Analysis and study of human behavior patterns as they relate to participation in sports and games.
(3). Development of sport in the U.S. and other countries.
(3). Prerequisite: Admittance to the teacher education program. Corequisites: HPE 507, HPE 551, and HPE 562. Effective teaching practices and implementation of developmentally appropriate K-5 physical education instruction are taught.
(3). Prerequisite: Admittance to the teacher education program. Corequisites: HPE 506, HPE 551, and HPE 562. Methods and techniques of teaching 6-12 physical education are taught.
(3). This advanced online course examines the underlying philosophies and foundations of the physical education curriculum in the educational setting. Replaces EFD 502, Curriculum Development.
(3). Prerequisite: Admittance to the teacher education program. Corequisites: HPE 506, 507, 551, and 562. This is a field experience course specific to the application of methods and materials for P-12 physical education.
(3). This advanced on-line course examines techniques and methodologies that have been shown to reliably produce desired outcomes in physical education.
(3). This course examines issues and trends encountered by secondary and collegiate coaches in the administration of sport programs. The concepts will be exploredfrom a theoretical and applied perspective. Also examines possible courses of action to meet such issues and trends that occur in athletics. Includes in-depth study and problem solving approaches.
(3). Experiences in physiology of muscular activity and application of these to physical education, training, and health.
(3). Advanced course in clinical exercise physiology. Study of the anatomy, physiology, and pathophysiology of the cardiac, vascular and pulmonary systems.
(3). Basic skills involved in several individual and team sports; special attention will be given to body movement.
(3). Legal implications of those involved with physical education, recreation, and athletic programs.
(3). Prerequisite: Admittance to teacher education program. Corequisite: HPE 506, HPE 507, and HPE 562. Techniques of test evaluation, administration, and interpretations. Emphasis on physical fitness, body mechanics, sports skills, and knowledge tests.
(3). Effectiveness of different training methods on the performance of the anaerobic athlete.
(3). Exercise physiology examines the physiological responses of the human body to acute and chronic physical activity. This course will provide a more in-depth study of aerobic metabolism, energy balance, and muscle structure and function.
(3). Identification and analysis of current issues and trends; recent developments in physical education, curriculum, and practices in physical education.
(3). Prerequisite: Admittance to the teacher education program. Corequisites: HPE 506, HPE 507, and HPE 551. The study of curriculum, teaching methods, skills, and the organization and administration of PE programs. Ten hour practicum required.
(3). Concepts, principles, and application associated with finance in the sport and physical activity contexts. The course covers a variety of topics ranging from basic financial concepts to taxation and cash management.
(3). Concepts, principles, and application associated with human resources management in the sport and physical activity contexts. A variety of topics ranging from performance appraisal strategies to job design.
(3). Concepts, principles, and application associated with public and media relations issues in the sport and physical activity contexts. A variety of topics ranging from the process of sport information to the sport broadcast media.
(3). Concepts, principles, and application associated with the planning, designing, and managing a sport facility. A variety of topics ranging from maintenance and security operations to sport facility design principles.
(3). Place of interscholastic athletics in the program, organization and administration of program, budget, equipment, facilities, public relations, and legal liability.
(3). Introduction to the principles and application of marketing theory to the sport industry. Covers wide range of sport marketing related topics including promotion and media relations in sport businesses, licensing and sponsorship of sport products, and the marketing mix strategies for sport organizations. Students will gain valuable insight into theory and practice of sport marketing strategies for a diverse range of sport related organizations.
(3). Comprehensive study to develop ability to deal successfully with handicapped children, youth, and adults in a variety of settings.
(3). Supervised field experience in applying skills, knowledge, and concepts in special physical education; supervised work with the handicapped.
(3). Critical analysis and evaluation of current research and practical application in the field of special physical education.
(3). Development of perceptual-motor skills through physical activities; including locomotor skills, laterality and direction ability; investigations of theories, programs, activities, and evaluation.
(3). Examination of scientific evidence concerning the relationship between physical activity level and physical, mental, and social-psychological well-being during aging.
(3). Concepts, principles, and application associated with planning and promoting sporting events. Topics range from developing an event budget to attracting sponsors to a sporting event.
(3). Prerequisites: Admission to Alternative Fifth-Year Teacher Certification Program and EPY 429G. Student teaching in grades P-12 under the supervision of a cooperating teacher and a university supervisor; full-time assignment for a minimum of 15 weeks which includes at least 450 clock hours in a public school. Scheduled at end of program. Fall and Spring only. (Grade: Pass/Fail).
(3) (3). Prerequisite: Approval of instructor and approval of the department head. Work with a HPER professor to carry out a specific project. This course is to be offered as an elective credit for those M.S.Ed. and Ed.S. candidates who are interested in engaging in formal research practices under the guidance of HPER faculty. This course will be offered on an as needed basis. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours.
(3). The sport management internship is designed to provide students with practical experience under the supervision of an athletic administrator in a secondary school setting.
(3). Provides students with practical experience under the supervision of a sport management practitioner. This mutually beneficial relationship enhances the student's job marketability in the field of sport management by providing the student with professional experience.
(3). In depth analysis of the problems in Health Education in the world today: investigation into evaluation procedures, questions, solutions, and conclusions.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of the instructor and approval of the department head. Opportunity to explore in detail an area or issue in HPE. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 6 semester hours.
(3). An introductory course for students accepted into the Instructional Leadership program. Students will be instructed on expectations surrounding the program of study. The course will also serve to develop technology skills specific to locating, creating, and disseminating information for educational purposes. Students accepted to the Instructional Leadership program are required to take IL 504 the first semester of enrollment.
(3). A study of the basic elements of action research design with effective research and evaluative strategies.
(3). Principles of curriculum development, staff development, and instructional leadership at the local school and system levels.
(3). Development and managing financial resources to enhance student learning. This new course will replace EAD 563 School Finance.
(3). Processes and procedures to develop and enhance the school's learning environment. This new course will replace EAD 556 Management of Student Services.
(3). Analysis of basic concepts of school administration with special emphasis on leadership, management, and administration.
(3). Legal and political structures under which public schools function with emphasis on school-community interaction and student services.
(3). Supervised field-based experience; observation, study, and analysis of the administration of educational programs in selected schools; requires a minimum of 300 clock hours of supervised internship. Should be scheduled at the end of a student's program. A student must be in the last or next-to-last semester of study to register for this course. Must be completed at JSU. Fall and Spring only.
(3). Prerequisites or co-requisites: IL 553, 556, 562, 564, EAD 563, and passing the Praxis II: School Leadership. May be taken before or after IL 566 with permission of advisor. Either IL 566 or IL 576 must be taken in the last semester. Supervised field experience including participation in and leadership of educational programs in selected schools upder the supervision of a mentor who is a practicing school administrator, and a university supervisor: includes the ten-day residency; must be scheduled during the last or next-to-last semester of study, must be completed at JSU; is offered fall, spring, and summer semesters.
(3). Introduction to and utilization of essential research skills with an emphasis on application, ethics, and report-writing as commonly needed in the field; should be scheduled early in the program.
(3). Procedures and issues related to design, development, and operation of educational facilities and programs.
(3). Procedures and issues related to development of and administration of effective and efficient processes for hiring, mentoring, and inducting new faculty.
(3). The study of supervisory leadership for personnel development focusing on instructional improvement.
(3). Study of the research process, analysis and evaluation of selected research literature, and actual research proposal development.
(3). Procedures and issues related to design, development, and operation of educational plant facilities.
(3). Procedures and issues related to administration of effective and efficient school personnel programs.
(3). Analysis and discussion of curriculum issues and application of a process approach to curriculum review and development in the local/school district level.
(3). The study of theory and practice of curriculum development.
(3). Study of theories of supervision; assessing, planning, implementing, and evaluating staff development programs; mentorships. (Open to instructional leadership majors only.)
(3). Prerequisite: IL 610. Development of a practical problem-solving process in relation to the administration of schools and school systems. This course culminates in a public presentation of a school-based problem-solving project. Course must be scheduled near the end of a student's program.
(3). Prerequisite: IL 681. Continuation of practical problem-solving in relation to the administration of schools and school systems culminating in a public presentation of a school based problem-solving project.
(3). Prerequisite: IL 612. Development of a practical problem-solving process in relation to the administration of schools and school systems. This course culminates in a public presentation of a school-based problem-solving project. Course must be scheduled near the end of a student's program.
(3). Prerequisite: IL 691. Continuation of practical problem-solving in relation to the administration of schools and school systems culminating in a public presentation of a school based problem-solving project.
(1). Current techniques in tutoring to help improve the academic skills of K-12 children. Three hours lecture and ten hours tutoring.
(2). Current techniques in tutoring to help improve the academic skills of K-12 children. Five hours lecture and twenty hours tutoring.
(3). Overview of the design and implementation of the total school library media program. Emphasis is placed on the integration of the information literacy skills throughout the school curriculum.
(3). Criteria of selection and evaluation of media center materials for building a library media collection to support the curriculum and encourage reading for pleasure. The tools and techniques used in selection all forms of materials and equipment for school library media centers are emphasized.
(3). Policies and procedures relative to the operation of a media center.
(3). Principles and procedures of classifying and cataloging print and non-print media.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of the instructor. Directed experience in performing various services in a school library media center. Must be completed at JSU.
(3). Prerequisites: LM 515 and approval of the instructor. Directed experience in performing various services in a school library media center.
(3). Study and evaluation of basic reference sources and services.
(3). Design and development of a systematic approach to learner-based instruction emphasizing the role of media in the communication process.
(3). Applies innovative tools and techniques for access and utilization of materials for children and young adults in the classroom as they relate to collaboration with teachers. E-books and other electronic media emphasized. Lesson plans that are technology-oriented will be developed as students explore the integration of a variety of materials as they relate to learning styles and enhancement of learning.
(3). The analysis, design, and implementation of world class manufacturing systems and their integration with functions of the production system for the manufacture of superior quality, low cost products. Topics include lean manufacturing, cellular manufacturing, integrated quality systems, Just-In-Time/Pull production control, and other current manufacturing strategies.
(3). Prerequisite: MFG 505. A continuation of the analysis, design, and implementation of world class manufacturing systems studied in MFG 505. Detailed examination of competencies required of technology managers in contemporary manufacturing, with emphasis on integrating quality into all areas of the organization with the manufacturing system. Topics include quality management, manufacturing teams, safety and health management, total productive maintenance, vendor relationships, and other global manufacturing issues.
(3). The theory and practice of using the computer to integrate the functional manufacturing areas into an effective system. Emphasis on computer interfacing, including hardware and software.
(3). An examination of decision-making competencies required of manufacturing managers using current manufacturing system-modeling packages. Emphasis will be on solving manufacturing system problems consisting of labor, material, and equipment to predict future outcomes of various alternatives. Topics include computer simulation of manufacturing systems, computer simulation of materials handling systems, data collection, validation, output analysis, job shop applications, and line balancing.
(3). A comprehensive course covering topics necessary for making effective manufacturing economic decisions with emphasis on using a computerized engineering economic decision packages for application of cost controls and budgeting. Topics include evaluation of alternative projects, make versus buy decisions, cost justification methods, cost of product tolerances, and replacement analysis.
(3). A summary course of material processing & machining methods with an emphasis on planning and implementation of flexible manufacturing systems (FMS) and computer-integrated manufacturing (CIM). Topics include robotics & computer numberical control (CNC) systems, automated material handling and storage, and automated inspection.
(3). The examination and analysis of administrative concepts and principles for organizing and managing the functional areas of safety and health within an organization, to include methods for improving management's safety effectiveness. Specifically, the course focuses on the application of behavioral principles to motivate safe workplace behavior.
(3). This course will focus on an advanced manufacturing systems technology topic of interest.
(3). The examination and analysis of administrative concepts and principles for organizing and managing the functional areas of safety and health within an organization, to include methods for improving management's safety effectiveness. Specifically, the application of behavior principles to motivate safe workplace behavior.
(3). Students are directed in methods and techniques used in project development and management as they develop a proposal for completion of a project manufacturing systems technology.
(3). Students complete an independent, comprehensive project integrating the functional areas of manufacturing systems technology. Students will be required to present a seminar outlining the project and submit a detailed technical project report.
(3). Independent study of selected problems under the guidance of a member of the graduate faculty.
(3). Corequisites: ECE 303, ECE 306, and ECE 309. Materials and methods of teaching literacy in early childhood. Foundations of literacy development including reading, writing, listening, spelling, and speaking will be emphasized. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Methods, materials and research findings on beginning reading instruction in P-3 classrooms. Emphasis will be placed on teaching phonics and integrating children's literature in early childhood literacy programs. Prerequisites: Teacher Education Program eligibility and successful completion of the ECE block.
(3). Corequisites: EED 339, RDG 342, EED 344. Evaluation of books for children, selection criteria, and the interests, needs and abilities of children emphasized. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisite: RDG 304. Corequisites: RDG 312, EED 339, and EED 344. Methods, materials, and research findings concerned with beginning reading instruction and literacy development for the elementary grades. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). The purpose of this course is to provide information regarding methods, materials, and research findings concerned with beginning reading instruction for the elementary grades. The course is to be taken along with SPE 337, SPE 338, SPE 339, SPE 340, and SPE 341.
(3). Prerequisites: RDG 304, RDG 342. Methods and materials in reading and literacy development in elementary grades with emphasis on diagnostic, remediation, and enrichment strategies along with progress monitoring of reading progress. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). The purpose of this course is to provide information regarding methods, materials, and research findings concerned with beginning reading instruction for the elementary grades. Requires Teacher Education Admission.
(1). Course provides teachers and prospective teachers an opportunity to observe, analyze, and apply concepts and theories in schools and classrooms. Requires admission to the Teacher Education Program.
(3). Methods, materials and research findings concerned with beginning reading instruction emphasizing P-3. RDG 538 is cross-listed with ECE 538 and only one course may be counted for credit.
(3). Prerequisite: EED 342. This advanced course in reading examines the research base, theories, and current issues in reading as well as instructional methods and practices, effective strategy instruction, and assessment. Classroom observations required for the 5th year and/or non-teaching master's students. RDG 542 is cross-listed with EED 542 and only one course may be counted for credit.
(3). Scope and sequence of total language arts program in the elementary school; individual research projects. EED 545 is cross-listed with RDG 545 and only one course may be counted for credit.
(3). Using literature to increase cultural awareness can be an effective tool for teaching in the elementary classroom. Students will explore, analyze, and share literature that portrays history, customs, values, and/or languages of various cultural groups. Requires admission to the Teacher Education Program.
(3). Prerequisites: Three semester hours of graduate study in reading or language arts. Requires admission to Teacher Education Program. Research in diagnosing reading abilities, handling current diagnostic tools, and construction of evaluation of instruments.
(3). Teaching reading in subject matter areas and developmental reading for high school students. RDG 567 is cross-listed with ESE 567 and only one course may be counted for credit.
(3). Prerequisite: EED 542 or RDG 542. Application of knowledge gained in course work; emphasis placed on using a variety of formal and informal assessment tools to determine the strengths and weaknesses of struggling readers while using this information to implement specialized instruction to enhance the student�s literacy development; case study requires collection and interpretation of assessment data, planning, and implementation of remediation lessons for the struggling reader.
(3). Prerequisite: EED 542 or RDG 542. Examines research-based best practices in effective intervention strategies for students experiencing difficulties in reading; reading materials and programs will be examined and evaluated in terms of application for effective intervention instruction.
(3). Prerequisite: EED 542 or RDG 542 and a passing score on the appropriate PRAXIS II exam is required prior to taking this course. Application of knowledge gained in course work; emphasis placed on providing literacy services in developmental reading or reading intervention programs at a variety of levels.
(3). Prerequisite: EED 542 or RDG 542. Application of knowledge gained in course work; emphasis placed on designing and implementing literacy programs, planning and providing professional development, providing leadership in literacy instruction and serving as a resource for teachers, administrators, and the community. Must be completed at JSU.
(3). The basic concepts of recreation. History of recreation movement, theories of play and leisure, and philosophies of recreation.
(2). An introduction to games for all populations including recreational, educational, developmental, and therapeutic settings. Emphasis is on cooperative games and group development activities.
(3). Intensive technical skills training in selected land and water outdoor pursuits including backpacking and canoe/kayak touring leading to certifications.
(3). Methods and principles of organizing and administering youth sports programs. Activities include directed practical experiences.
(3). A minimum of 100 clock hours required. This course will provide practical field experiences in one of the following areas of concentration: community recreation and youth sports, camping and outdoor education, and youth development.
(3). Methods, principles, and practical experiences of leadership roles in recreation and camp settings.
(3). The out-of-doors and its potential for enhancing the recreation program. Special emphasis is placed on activities in the out-of-doors. A review of the developments in out-of-doors education.
(3). The course provides the student with knowledge of recreational activities suitable for the older adult. The class includes directed practical activities.
(3). Methods of organization and administration of camp programs including knowledge of standards, utilization of facilities and personnel roles.
(3). Provides theoretical and experiential understanding of program and management practice associated with the use of the Low Challenge Courses in education, recreation, and therapeutic settings. Technical skill development, facilitation strategies, safety procedures, equipment management, and program design are addressed.
(3). A comprehensive examination of theory and practice in contemporary youth development leadership and youth serving agencies.
(3). Prerequisite: Junior standing. The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the fundamental concepts, principles, and application associated with managing recreation and sport organizations. It is a general recreation course covering a broad variety of topics ranging from the functions of management to organizational effectiveness.
(6). Prerequisites: REC 430 and Senior standing. Practical field experience in selected programs.
(3). Prerequisite: Junior Standing. The purpose of this course is to introduce students the fundamental concepts, principles, and application associated with law and ethics in a recreation and sport contexts. It is a general sport law course covering a variety of topics ranging from Title IX to best practices in risk management. This course was developed with the purpose of providing students with a general overview of the legal issues you are likely to encounter in their professional careers.
(3). Prerequisite: Junior Standing. This course is designed to introduce students to the principles and application of marketing theory to the recreation and sport industries. This is a general course covering a wide range of sport marketing topics. These topics include promotion and media relations in recreation and sport, licensing and sponsorship of sport products, and the marketing mix strategies for recreation and sport organizations just to name a few. After completing this course students will have gained valuable insight into the theory and practice of sport marketing strategies for a diverse range of recreation and sport organizations.
(3). Prerequisite: Junior Standing. This course is designed to introduce students to the principles and application of recreation and sport facility management. This is a general course covering a wide range of recreation and sport facility management topics. These topics include concessions, merchandise, and ticket sales, organization, planning and design of facilities, and event management just to name a few. After completing this course students will have gained valuable insight into the theory and practice of recreation and sport facility management for a diverse range of recreation and sport facilities.
(3). Prerequisite: Junior Standing. The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the fundamental concepts, principles, and application associated with finance in recreation and sport management. It is a general sport finance course covering a broad variety of topics ranging from basic financial concepts to budget formats. This course was developed with the purpose of providing students with a general overview of the recreation and sport financial issues they are likely to encounter in their professional careers.
(3). An introductory course to the field of exceptional children and youth.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300. Co-requisites: SPE 331, SPE 332, SPE 334, SPE 335, SPE 336. Introduction to assessment, techniques appropriate in evaluating teaching/learning of exceptional students, legal considerations and development of Individualized Educational Programs. Requires Teacher Education Program Admission.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300. Co-requisites: SPE 300, SPE 332, SPE 334, SPE 335, SPE 336. Administrative processes for special education including Mastering the Maze, planning for classroom, Individualized Education Planning, Lesson Planning, SETS training, Introduction of Behavior Intervention Plans and Transition Plans.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300. Corequisites: SPE 330, SPE 334, SPE 335, SPE 336. SPE 300 requires Teacher Education Program admission. This course will cover federal laws, rules, and regulations governing and/or impacting on programs for exceptional students, litigation cases that have impact on individual with exceptionalities, interdisciplinary collaboration with health care professionals and other agencies, the role other disciplines and agencies play in meeting the needs of children with exceptionalities, the needs and management techniques for students who have communicable diseases and medical diagnosis or who are considered medically fragile and the adverse effect of these conditions on learning and family functioning, medications, administration of medications, and school healthcare procedures, and professionalism and ethics in teaching individuals with exceptionalities.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300 and Teacher Education Program eligibility. Corequisites: SPE 330, SPE 331, SPE 332, and SPE 336. This course is designed to examine the many accessibility features within a computer as well as hand held devices. This course will also cover how to utilize accessibility features and applications to meet individual student needs within the school setting.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300 and admission to the Teacher Education Program. Corequisites: SPE 330, SPE 331, SPE 332, SPE 334, SPE 336. This course will center on the necessity of culturally responsive teaching beginning with the preparation of the prospective teacher. Students will determine the importance of including students' cultural references in all aspects of teaching while continually examining their own. There will be an emphasis on cultural and linguistic diversity and exceptionally.
(1). Corequisites: SPE 330, SPE 331, SPE 332, SPE 334, SPE 335. Clinical Observation. In school observation of special education classrooms and inclusive general education classrooms for students with mild and severe disabilities.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300. Corequisites: RDG 342, SPE 338, SPE 339, SPE 340, SPE 341. Strategies for meeting educational needs of students with mild disabilities in elementary inclusive general education classrooms or special education classrooms. Includes collaboration, co-teaching, and response to intervention procedures.
(3). Corequisites: RDG 443, SPE 337, SPE 339, SPE 340 and SPE 341. This course focuses on strategies for math instruction for students with disabilities in K-12 general education and special education classrooms.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300. Corequisites: SPE 337, RDG 343, SPE 340, SPE 341. This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of collaborative and co-teaching models and prepare them to implement these models in the inclusive setting. The course also covers student engagement, overview of course content standards and how to plan neurodiversity within the inclusive secondary classroom. Requires Teacher Education Program eligibility.
(2). Corequisites: SPE 337, 339, 341 and RDG 343. Directed experiences in observation and participation in special education classrooms and inclusive general education classrooms (K-6) with students with mild disabilities. Requires Teacher Education Program eligibility.
(2). Prerequisite: SPE 300 and admission to the Teacher Education Program. Corequisites: SPE 337, SPE 338, SPE 339, RDG 343, SPE 340. Directed experiences in observation and participation in special education classrooms and inclusive general education classrooms (6-12) with students with mild disabilities.
(3). This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of collaborative and co-teaching models and prepare them to implement these models in the inclusive setting. The course also covers student engagement, overview of course content standards and how to plan for neurodiversity within the inclusive secondary classroom.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300. Emphasis on definitions, characteristics, and teaching strategies appropriate to public and private placement facilities for students with developmental disabilities (birth to nine). Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300. Designed to provide extensive and sophisticated approaches for planning instruction and motivating students with mental retardation, learning disabilities, and emotional/behavioral disorders. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300. Examines effective inclusive teaching, behavior management, applied behavioral analysis, functional assessment and intervention in the collaborative classroom. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Introduces major sign systems used by the deaf. Students acquire basic sign vocabulary of 750 words and idiomatic expressions.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 387 or approval of instructor. Continues acquisition of sign vocabulary and focuses on development of ASL and Pidgin skills.
(3). Emphasis will be placed on activities of a recreational nature which may be used with the exceptional child. Requires a practicum experience.
(3). Prerequisites: SPE 300, 331, 382, and 385. Directed experiences in observation and participation in special education classrooms for students with severe disabilities. Seminars will be held in conjunction with this course. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisites: SPE 300, 331, 384 and 385. Designed to give classroom experiences to students in the area of mild disabilities. Facilities will include, when feasible, public school, mental health facilities and day care facilities. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300. Designed to provide methods and procedures for improving parent/teacher relations in order to have more effective educational programs for exceptional children. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300. Introduction to assessment techniques appropriate in evaluating teaching/learning of exceptional students. Legal considerations and development of Individualized Educational Programs. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300 and Literacy Block, Early Childhood Block or Math/Science Block. The purpose of this course is to prepare general education candidates to effectively utilize various curricula, teaching strategies, legal issues information, knowledge of diversity, collaborative teaching models, learning styles, medical issues, assessment instruments, curriculum adaptation, parent communication skills, classroom management and problem-solving in an inclusive classroom as they enter the elementary/childhood field. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(2). The purpose of this course is to provide students with the opportunity to work together with general education teachers to meet the needs of diverse learners in the collaborative classroom setting. Requires Teacher Education Program admission.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300 and admission to the Teacher Education Program. Corequisites: SPE 427, SPE 425, SPE 426, SPE 440, SPE 441. This course will include accommodations and modifications to the instructional program to assist students with severe disabilities succeed. Topics covered will include assistive technology, self-contained and resource room models, extended standards, task analysis, physical management, lifting, wheel chair maintenance, ambulation, positioning, and communication skill development, including AAC.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300 and admission to teacher education. This course is designed to introduce inclusion strategies for creating an inclusive environment, individual curricular and instructional accommodations, as well as individual assessment and program evaluation for students with disabilities in a variety of educational settings.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300 and Admission to the Teacher Education Program. Corequisites: SPE 423, SPE 427, SPE 426, SPE 440, SPE 441. This is a weekly seminar that focuses on Autism Spectrum Disorder. It consists of a series of seminars on major topics related to ASD such as: historical timeline, diagnosis and assessment, advocacy, current research and statistics, behavioral interventions, classroom supports and services, transition and it covers the lifespan.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300 and admission to the Teacher Education Program. Co-Requisities: SPE 423, SPE 427, SPE 425, SPE 440, SPE 441. Instruction of classroom strategies for teaching communication skills to students with low-incidence disabilities. Included will be how to assess existing communication abilities of students with severe disabilities, and instruction on how to integrate use of aided and unaided augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) to include finger spelling, sign language, gestures, body language (total communication), augmentative and alternative communication systems and voice output communication aids (VOCAS), both low-tech and high-tech.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300 and admission to the Teacher Education Program. Co-requisites: SPE 423, SPE 425, SPE 426, SPE 440, SPE 441. Examines effective inclusive teaching, planning for neurodiversity in the classroom, behavior managment, applied behavioral analysis, functional assessment, positive behavioral support and behavior intervention as well as providing the knowledge and skills focused on the development and implementation of school and community-based vocational and employment programs for students with disabilities.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300 and teacher education admission. This course emphasizes specific intervention techniques to facilitate management of curriculum and behavior while teaching pre-service special education teachers about assessment and evaluation.
(2). Prerequisite: Requires Teacher Education Program admission. Practicum in Low Incidence/Severe Disabilities. Directed experiences in observation and participation in special education classrooms for students with severe disabilities. Seminars will be held in conjuction with this course.
(2). Prerequisite: Requires Teacher Education Program admission. Practicum in Low Incidence/Severe Disabilities. Directed experiences in observation and participation in special education classroooms for students with severe disabilities in secondary school settings. Seminars will be held in conjunction with this course.
(3). Various areas of exceptionality including cognitive impairments, behaviorally disordered, multiple handicapped, learning disabled, gifted and talented, hearing impaired, visually impaired, speech and language disordered, and early education for the handicapped. Spring, May, and Summer only.
(3). Developmental approach to acquisition of language with emphasis on educational intervention for specific linguistic anomalies.
(3). Use of technology to support collection, organization, and presentation of classroom assessment data. Emphasis on summarizing, describing, presenting, and interpreting data to facilitate decision-making for students with various disabilities.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 300/500 or equivalent. Introduction of the basic concepts ad issues of biological and psychological growth and development from birth to death. Emphasis on biophysical, cognitive, and psychosocial diversity in development throughout the lifetime for individuals with disabilities.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 502. Methods for teaching students with moderate to severe disabilities throughout the life span including hands-on experiences; emphasis on career education, transitions, and lesson plans emphasizing life skills. Emphasis is on self-evaluation and plans to improve instruction.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 502. Advanced discussion of how mild disabilities affect academics and behavior; current methods for teaching and training individuals from kindergarten through graduation.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 510. Specialized applications of classroom technology to support UDL and RTI for students with disabilities with diverse learning needs.
(3). Strategies for identifying problems and planning instruction to remediate reading and/or math problems.
(3). Focuses on the evaluation process, related strategies and instruments designed to facilitate decision-making for students with various disabilities.
(3). Introduction to inclusion, strategies for creating an inclusive environment, individual curricular and instructional accommodations, as well as individual assessment and program evaluation for students with disabilities.
(3). Methods for teaching students with moderate to severe disabilities including hands-on experiences, career education, transition, AAA assessment, and lesson planning to teach life skills.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 510. Advanced discussion of how mild disabilities affect academics and behavior. Emphasis on current methods for teaching and training individuals from kindergarten through high school.
(3). Practical approach to applied behavior management through demonstration and application of frequently employed models of classroom intervention.
(3). Assessment and evaluation including the technical aspects of testing, the interpretation of test scores, test administration skills, and developing individual education programs from results of the evaluations. Specific intervention techniques to facilitate management of curriculum and behavior.
(3). Prerequisites: A passing score on the appropriate Praxis II, permission of instructor, successful completion of SPE 509, 510, 528, 520, 521, and 533. Practical teaching experiences in all public school core general education curriculum areas, as well as communication, social behavior, and transition skills.
(3). Prepare teachers with the following skills: needs of management techniques for students who have communicable diseases, medical diagnosis or who are considered medically fragile, the adverse effect of these conditions on learning and family function; administration of medications and health school care procedures, ability to serve as child advocate, identification of key legal issues.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 500 or approval of instructor. Broad overview of a typical development and characteristics of low incidence and severe disabilities; focuses on students with low incidence and severe physical, mental, and medical developmental disabilities at the graduate level.
(3). Prerequisites: A passing score on the appropriate Praxis II, permission of instructor, successful completion of SPE 509, 510, 528, 520, 521, and 533. Practical teaching experiences with students who have intellectual and adaptive behavior scores in the significant cognitive disability range served in a self-contained classroom for students with severe disabilities.
(3). During the final semester, candidates will conduct an action research project on either an individual student or the entire class, report findings and present the project to the SPE Graduate Faculty.
(3). Prerequisites: SPE 516 and SPE 517 or SPE 518, and a passing score on the appropriate PRAXIS II exam is required prior to taking this course. Designed to provide practicum/internship application of previously learned skills in assessing and teaching students with disabilities of learning and behavior.
(3). Prerequisites: SPE 560, SPE 561, SPE 533, permission of the instructor, and a passing score on the appropriate PRAXIS II examination is required prior to taking this course. Designed to provide 120-150 practicum hours applying previously learned skills in assessing and teaching students with severe disabilities of learning and behavior. Classroom placement will be in an accredited public school classroom for students with severe disabilities at the K-6 level. Offered Spring semester only.
(3). Prerequisites: SPE 560, SPE 561, SPE 533, permission of the instructor, and a passing score on the appropriate PRAXIS II examination is required prior to taking this course. Designed to provide 120-150 practicum hours applying previously learned skills in assessing and teaching students with severe disabilities of learning and behavior. Classroom placement will be in an accredited public school classroom for students with severe disabilities at the 6-12 level. Offered Spring semester only.
(3). Prerequisites: SPE 560 and SPE 561 or SPE 562, and a passing score on the appropriate PRAXIS II exam is required prior to taking this course. Supervised classroom teaching experience through on-site observation, as well as related assignments and seminars for graduate students in an actual teaching situation; experience provides a vehicle for discussing current practical issues and teaching strategies as they apply to existing problems in the teacher's classroom setting.
(3). Prerequisites: Admission to Alternative Teacher Fifth-Year Certification Program. Supervised classroom observations and participation with seminars; Alternative Fifth-Year students will do supervised teaching in either grade K-6 or 6-12; full-time assignment for a minimum of 15 weeks/400 clock hours is required; supervision for the Alternative Fifth-Year student will be provided by the Office of Clinical Experiences. Admission to and completion of the majority of the Alternative Collaborative Teacher Program. Must be scheduled during the last semester of course work. Fall and Spring only.
(3). Prerequisites: SPE 300/500. This course is designed to present specialist students with preparation in learning, reading, writing, note taking, math, social skills, content, and transition strategies for persons at the elementary level.
(3). Prerequisites: SPE 300/500. This course is designed to present specialist students with preparation in learning, reading, writing, note taking, math, social skills, content, and transition strategies for persons at the secondary level.
(3). Individual student review and development of curriculum in special education field of interest; analysis of principles of early and present curricula and validity of prevailing practice.
(3). Refine and develop professional writing skills.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 560. Advanced study of methodologies, materials, and management techniques for students with severe physical, mental, and medical developmental disabilities K-6th grade. The purpose is to enhance the capacity of teachers as creative decision makers who are committed to and capable of facilitating student learning in appropriate settings.
(3). Prerequisite: SPE 560. Advanced study of methodologies, materials, and management techniques for students with severe physical, mental, and medical developmental disabilities 6th-12th grade. The purpose is to enhance the capacity of teachers as creative decision makers who are committed to and capable of facilitating student learning in appropriate settings.
(3). Prerequisites: SPE 524, SPE 534, SPE 516, SPE 560, SPE 533, SPE 617, and a passing score on the appropriate Praxis II examination prior to beginning the practicum. THis practicum is for EdS candidates who have a master's level teacher certification in an area other than Colaborative Teacher/Special Education. Time will be spent in both a mild to moderate classroom setting as well as a severe disabilities classroom at the K-6 level.
(3). Prerequisites: SPE 525, SPE 534, SPE 516, SPE 560, SPE 533, and SPE 618 and a passing score on the appropriate Praxis II examination prior to beginning the practicum. This practicum is for EdS candidates who have a master's level teacher certification in an area other than Collaborative Teacher/Special Education. Time will be spent in both mild to moderate classroom setting as well as a severe classroom at a 6-12 level.
(2). Orientation to the department of Technology. Topics include: Personal and social skills, academic/study skills, Technology career planning, advising, program requirements, university organization. Field trips to various local industries required.
(3). Two hours lecture and two hours lab per week. An introduction to microcomputer hardware and applications of the microcomputer in industry. Hands on experience with computer system hardware and software.
(3). An introduction to electrical, mechanical and fluid power systems found in manufacturing. Topics include: safety, basic electricity, circuits, inductors and capacitors, AC basic, transformers and three phase power, relays, and motor starters, switches and sensors, hydraulics and pneumatics, mechanics and power transmissions.
(3). Introduction to concepts fundamental to manufacturing including career paths, basic machining practices, elementary measurements, and limited manufacturing processes. Practical experiences with common processes are emphasized.
(3). This course examines fundamental topics in Industrial Technology. Topics include: role and scope of Industrial Technology, career paths, problem solving in Technology, numbering systems, scientific calculators, dimensioning and tolerancing and computer applications in Industrial Technology.
(3). An introduction to machining concepts and basic processes. Practical experiences with hand tools, jigs, drills, grinders, mills and lathes is emphasized.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 112. Two hours lecture and two hours lab. Scientific and engineering notation; voltage, current, resistance and power, inductors, capacitors, network theorems, phaser analysis of AC circuits.
(4). Prerequisites: MS 112 and TEC 211. Three hours lecture and two hours lab. First course in solid state devices. Course topics include: solid state fundamentals, diodes, BJTs, amplifiers and FETs.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 112, TEC 201 or equivalent. Two hours lecture and two hours lab. Interpreting engineering drawings and the creation of computer graphics as applied to two-dimensional drafting and design.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 201 or equivalent. Two hours lecture and two hours lab. Study of basic industrial control concepts using modern PLC systems.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 112 or higher. Selected topics from trigonometry, analytic geometry, differential and integral calculus. Emphasis on problem solving applications relating to technology.
(3). Prerequisite: Sophomore or higher standing. Analysis and development of the competencies and knowledge required of industrial leaders to effectively manage production and work teams in a dynamic workplace comprised of a diverse population.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 201 or equivalent. Study of time analysis methods used to determine training requirements, assessing personnel and training resources as well as planning, coordinating and evaluating training
(4). Prerequisite: TEC 201 or equivalent. Three hours lecture and two hours lab per week. Introduction to digital logic, binary numbers and codes, Boolean algebra, gating networks, flip-flops and registers, sequential and combinatorial logic circuits and semi-conductor memories.
(4). Prerequisites: TEC 225, 311, or equivalents. Three hours lecture and two hours lab per week. In-depth study of selected electronic concepts. Topics include: computer analysis of major digital logic families, introduction to state logic, transmission lines, and A/D conversion.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 201 or equivalent.
(3). Prerequisites: EG 255 and approval of instructor. Problems involving the application and integration of robotic design, remote control of robots, and programming robots for autonomous control.
(3). Prerequisites: EG 255 and MS 112/113/125 or permission of instructor. Problems involving the application and integration of robotic design, remote control of robots, and programming robots for autonomous control. This is the second of two courses that constructs and programs a robot to compete in the ATMAE annual robotics contest. The educational objectives are to gain proficiency in research, design, team work and project management.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 225. Corequisite: TEC 327. Second course in solid state devices. Topics include: amplifier frequency characteristics, UJT, SCR, OPTO devices, operational amplifiers, filters, and voltage regulators.
(1). Corequisite: TEC 326. Three hours lab per week. Experiments involving basic electronic devices.
(3). Prerequisite: Sophomore Status. Examines the issues involved in effective manufacturing, production and inventory control and shows their interrelatedness.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 112. Analysis of motions necessary to perform industrial operations; motion economy; development of ratings, allowances, standard data, formula construction, work sampling, wage payment and performance training.
(3). Prerequisite: Sophomore Status. Theory and policy to perform industrial relations; organization and administration, theories of work, labor relations, commitment and morale, communications, employee benefits and services.
(3). Prerequisite: Sophomore Status. Examination and planning of manufacturing operations, personnel, control methods, equipment and supplies.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 112 and TEC 201 or equivalent. Technical and economic evaluation of manufacturing operations to determine cost and feasibility.
(4). Prerequisites: MS 112 or higher. Three hours lecture and two hours lab. Interpreting engineering drawings and the creation of computer graphics as applied to two-dimensional and three-dimensional drafting and design.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 351 or equivalent. Two hours lecture and two hours lab each week. A parametric, feature based, sold modeling 3D computer-aided design course using pro-engineer software package for mechanical design.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 210 or equivalent. Selection/altering of industrial materials to increase their value, and how they are used in manufacturing. Emphasis on metal and plastics but other materials are discussed.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 302 or MS 113 or equivalent. Internal stresses and deformation of bodies resulting from action of external forces; concepts and techniques of testing tensile, compression, shear, transverse, hardness, elasticity on various materials and fasteners.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 211. Coverage of control systems fundamentals to include: open and closed loop systems, measuring instruments characteristics, sensors in control systems, manipulation methods, and types of control systems.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 210 or equivalent. An introduction to the concept of continuous quality improvement and its implementation using process improvement teams.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 112 and TEC 370. Methods and procedures employed in industrial quality control, theories of measurement, error, prediction, sampling, tests of significance and models.
(3). Prerequisites: MS 204 and TEC 370. Examination of failure analysis and calculation of individual component and system reliabilities, maintainability and availability, and their relationships to product liability and safety.
(3). Principles of hazard identification. Engineering and administrative controls and personal protective equipment. Accident analysis and corrective action.
(3). Prerequisites: TEC 210 and TEC 380. Standards for plants and manufacturing operations. Enforcement of safety standards and OSHA checklist.
(3). Concepts of construction safety and health and an in-depth coverage of federal and state construction safety regulations. Recognition and control of construction hazards, fall protection, scaffolding, excavation, and crane safety.
(3). Prerequisites: TEC 211, TEC 210 and TEC 380. Principles and methods for the analysis and design of processes, equipment, products, facilities, operations and environment.
(3). Prerequisite: MS 112. Fire chemistry and propagation. Recognition and control of fire hazards, fire codes, risk, reports and records, and emergency response.
(3). This course introduces technical education teachers to the principles, practices, and techniques for managing manufacturing technologies.
(3). Development of operational skills for technical education and career technology teachers.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 201. Examination of how industrial controls, and industrial robots function in an automated manufacturing environment. Students learn the theory of operation, how to program, and the practical application of robotic systems. Topics will also include software applications and the integration of control systems for manufacturing.
(4). Prerequisite: TEC 317 or equivalent.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 201 or equivalent. Two hours lecture and two hours lab per week. Introduction to 16-bit computer technology, microcomputer programming, instruction set, breadboarding circuits, device selection and interfacing.
(3). This course introduces the Safety and Health issues confronting the Automotive Industry. Included is a comprehensive examination of issues with automotive manufacturing as well as issues pertaining to consumer product safety. Extensive use of recent Automotive Industry Case Studies.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 417 or equivalent.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 225. RF transmitting and receiving circuits, amplitude and frequency modulation and detection, phase modulation, antennas, and RF transmission lines, and data transmissions. Two hours lecture and two hours lab per week.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 201 or equivalent. A detailed study of digital communications techniques. Topics include: sampling and digital pulse modulation, communications networks and standards, protocol and troubleshooting, digital multiplexing and cellular communications.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 330. Prepares students for positions in the field of production and inventory management through understanding of production scheduling, implementation and design.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 330. Basic issues in capacity management, planning principles, techniques, including resource planning, rough cut capacity planning, loading, scheduling, work order release and input/output control.
(3). Prerequisites: TEC 343 and 344. The analysis, design, and implementation of world class manufacturing systems for the manufacture of superior, low cost parts. Topics include lean manufacturing, cellular manufacturing, manufacturing teams, integrated quality systems, and other current manufacturing management strategies.
(3). Prerequisites: TEC 201 and TEC 343. Prepare students for managing projects in manufacturing and service industries through understanding of how to plan, manage, and deliver projects on time and within budget and how to effectively contribute in project teams.
(3). Techniques and procedures for developing an efficient facility layout. Includes collection, analysis, and development of vital and relevant data to produce a functional plant layout.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 252. Two hours lecture and two hours lab. Study of advanced control concepts using modern programmable controllers with detailed study of selected controllers. Study of recent controller architectures with emphasis on data communications.
(3). Prerequisites: TEC 250 and 460. Two hours lecture and two hours lab. CIM group productivity techniques to include basic CIM management concepts, basics of networking, and advanced customization.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 250 and TEC 302. Three hours lecture and one hour lab. Utilization of computer technology in the automation of manufacturing systems.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 371. A continuation of TEC 371 with emphasis on the management aspect of the quality function.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 472. A management-level analysis of the principles and strategies required to understand, implement, and use a quality cost system.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 472. A thorough coverage of quality audit principles and standards including a wide range of planning tools.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 302. Concepts and techniques of work measurements, human factors, and industrial safety and hygiene are merged to provide a comprehensive view of the workplace.
(3). Prerequisites: TEC 380 and TEC 343. Planning, implementation and evaluation of industrial safety programs.
(3). Prerequisites: PSY 201 and TEC 485. Concepts and methodologies for evaluating performance of safety programs with emphasis on human behavior and the role of management in influencing safety performance.
(3). Prerequisites: TEC 380 and MS 204 or TEC 371. Principles and techniques of systems safety analysis to assure safe operation of systems and facilities throughout the life cycle from design to disposal
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 380. Recognition, evaluation, and control of toxic hazards in the work environment. Acute and chronic systemic effects of environmental toxins in the workplace.
(3). Prerequisite: TEC 380. Practical management and control of hazardous materials and wastes for the safety professional.
(3). Students relate modern leadership practices to practical industrial situations.
(1). Prerequisites: EH 322 or equivalent, Senior Standing and approval of instructor. Corequisite: TEC 494. Coverage of terms, concepts, tools, and skills needed (industrial business, ethics, tech presentations) to succeed as a professional in technological and engineering environments. (Pass/Fail only.)
(2). Prerequisites: EH 322 or equivalent, Senior Standing and approval of instructor. Corequisite: TEC 493. Provides Technology majors with practical industrial experiences via an approved internship arrangement. (Pass/Fail only.)
(3). Prerequisites: Senior status and approval of department head. Special topics of current interest to groups of students in the Technology program concerning content not presented in regular course offerings.
(3). Prerequisites: Senior status, approval of department head and EH 322 or CBA 350. Problems involving the application and integration of electronics, industrial safety, quality, industrial management, and/or computer integrated manufacturing technology. This may include an industrial practicum and/or internship.
(3). Prerequisite: Senior status. An in-depth and through coverage of the terms, concepts, tools and skill needed to obtain the certification of Certified Manufacturing Technologist.
(3). This course has been designed to be used with your textbook to provide a comprehensive course covering the concepts of the healthcare organization culture, implications for ethical and legal decision making, and the vital components of professionalism. This online course has been created incorporating the QSEN competencies; therefore, professional concepts such as patient safety, patient centered care, quality improvement, health informatics, evidence based practice, teamwork and collaboration will be explored.
(0). Prerequisite: Acceptance to upper division nursing. This course is a 1 day workshop offered just prior to the first semester nursing course, designed to enhance skills needed for success in the baccalaureate nursing program. Emphasis will be on the acquirement, development, and utilization of proper study, time management, stress management, and learning style strategies to enhance success and thus improve retention.
(4). Prerequisite: Acceptance to STEP Program. For RN students only. Using ethical decision making as a framework, professional communication will be evidenced through peer critique and scholarly writing. Personal and professional values will be identified through technical, analytical, persuasive, and creative writing.
(2). Prerequisite: Acceptance to STEP Program. For RN students only. This course focuses on current pharmacological concepts for practicing nurses. Emphasis is on current drug classifications, commonly used drugs, assessing client responses to drug therapy, client teaching and nursing interventions related to drug therapy.
(2). Prerequisite: Completion of semesters 1 and 2 level nursing courses. Designed to assist students to develop knowledge and skills in the research process, to become consumers of research, and to conceptualize the significance of research as the foundation of evidence-based nursing practice.
(5). Prerequisite: Completion of first and second semester upper division courses. This course presents nursing care of children and families from well-child care through acute and chronic illnesses in a variety of settings from schools, hospitals to specialty area that focus on early intervention and special needs. The nursing care of children and families centers on understanding growth and development, health promotion, and interventions to maximize optimal health. Lab required.
(2). Prerequisite: Completion of first and second semesters upper division courses. Introduction to concepts of professional leadership and management and their use in the practice setting with a concentration on professionalism. Emphasis is placed on leadership theories, leadership and management styles, time and stress management, burnout, types of communication, conflict strategies and conflict resolution, planned change, decision making, delegation and sccope of practice, prioritization, legalities, advocacy and the significance of diversity and inclusion.
(3). Provides an overview of concepts of professional leadership and management and their use in the practice setting for the practicing nurse. Emphasizes organizational structure, management, professional and leadership issues.
(2). This course is designed to facilitate academic success in nursing curriculum. Emphasis is placed on academic strategies, which promote attainment of the knowledge, skills, and attitudes to facilitate personal and professional achievement of academic goals.
(4). Prerequisite: Completion of semesters 1, 2, 3, and 4 level courses. Designed to be a capstone course in the baccalaureate nursing program. Professional nursing competencies such as patient safety, patient centered care, teamwork and collaboration, health informatics, evidence based practice and quality improvement are key components of the course. Validation of nursing knowledge related to clinical reasoning, clinical decision making, prioritization, delegation, problem solving, leadership/management is highlighted. The concept of lifelong learning is encouraged and learning experiences foster the acquisition of competencies vital to successful transition to the healthcare organization. Lab required.
(0). Online orientation is designed to provide a framework for delivery of essential information designed to promote academic success of the newly enrolled graduate student; and to provide consistent introduction to online services at the university.
(3). An advanced, systems-based exploration of normal human physiological function in relation to physiological changes that occur as a result of disease. Includes advances in genetics, immunology, and molecular biology.
(3). Provides opportunities to review, examine, and analyze individual, family, and population-based care from a community health perspective and synthesize selected issues that affect the role responsibilities of the advance community health nurse within systems and organizations.
(3). Facilitate synthesis of the research process, appraisal of research, and implementation of research for an evidence-based practice.
(0). Cooperative Education experience of full-time employment (approximately 40 hrs./week)
(0). Cooperative Education experience of full-time employment (approximately 40 hrs./week).
(0). Cooperative Education experience of full-time employment (approximately 40 hrs./week).
(0). Cooperative Education experience of full-time employment (approximately 40 hrs./week).
(0). Cooperative Education experience of part-time employment (15-30 hrs./week) in an approved Co-Op position while enrolled.
(0). Cooperative Education experience of part-time employment (15-30 hrs./week) in an approved Co-Op position while enrolled.
(0). Cooperative Education experience of part-time employment (15-30 hrs./week) in an approved Co-Op position while enrolled.
(0). Cooperative Education experience of part-time employment (15-30 hrs./week) in an approved Co-Op position while enrolled.
(0). Participants will achieve course objectives related to their overall adjustment to being a successful student at JSU. Topics discussed include how to declare a major and develop a relationship with an academic advisor, understanding components of MyJSU, know and understand JSU policies, participate in the summer reading program, learn and become active in JSU activities for students, understand and develop appropriate behaviors for a college student, become familiar with student services, and acquire knowledge and skills necessary to prosper as a JSU student. This course is mandatory for all students with fewer than 24 accrued hours. Grade: Credit/No Credit.
(3). Individualized instruction in self-analysis of abilities, achievements, and interests to develop career goals and plans. Various career opportunities will also be explored.
(1). Seminar for resident hall assistant providing experience in developing community, working with college students, and understanding the purpose and scope of resident halls.
(1). This course will combine academics with outside-of-the-classroom learning. Students will live together in the Leadership House for Women and evaluate leadership and personal development. The course will incorporate readings, in-class and online discussions, service learning, group work, simulations, critical reflections, and lectures to expose students to a wide range of leadership concepts and models. Students will examine leadership on three levels: self-leadership, collaborative leadership, and leadership for change within the community. Over the course of the semester, each student will develop their philosophy of leadership and engage in the practice of socially responsible leadership.
(1). This course will combine academics with outside-the-classroom learning. Students will live together in the Leadership House for Women and evaluate leadership and personal development. This course will incorporate readings, in-class and online discussions, service learning, group work, simulations, critical reflections, and lectures to expose students to a wide range of leadership concepts and models. Students will examine leadership on three levels: self-leadership, collaborative leadership, and community leadership. Over the course of the semester, each student will develop their philosophy of leadership and engage in the practice of socially responsible leadership.
(3). This course includes the choice of one of two training modules. One option involves training for students as peer educators in tutoring or assisting other students with life adjustment issues such as drug and alcohol abuse and sexual harassment. The second option involves training for students serving as orientation peer counselors in knowledge of self, campus, orientation consumers, listening skills, public speaking, and decision making.
(3). This course includes the option of one of two training modules. The first option involves advanced training for students serving as peer educators in tutoring or assisting other students with life adjustment issues such as drug and alcohol abuse and sexual harrassment. The second option involves advanced training for students serving orientation leaders. Gives students opportunity to enhance leadership, organizational, and human relations skills through supervisory responsibilities.
(2). Individualized exploration of career interests and practice of specific career-related skills, designed to focus on the career decision process appropriate to the student's major. Personal and career-related decision activities engage students in entrepreneurial aspects of a discipline through understanding of regional economic development.
(1). Individualized instruction in the job search process, including cover letter, resume writing, and interviewing.
(0). Cooperative Education experience involving full-time employment for the semester in an approved Co-Op position. The semester of full-time work (approximately 40 hr./week) is equivalent to full-time student status, with the exception of financial aid. (Contact Financial Aid for additional information.)
(0). Cooperative Education experience involving full-time employment for the semester in an approved Co-Op position. The semester of full-time work (approximately 40 hr./week) is equivalent to full-time student status, with the exception of financial aid. (Contact Financial Aid for additional information.)
(0). Cooperative Education experience involving full-time employment for the semester in an approved Co-Op position. The semester of full-time work (approximately 40 hr./week) is equivalent to full-time student status, with the exception of financial aid. (Contact Financial Aid for additional information.)
(0). Cooperative Education experience involving full-time employment for the semester in an approved Co-Op position. The semester of full-time work (approximately 40 hr./week) is equivalent to full-time student status, with the exception of financial aid. (Contact Financial Aid for additional information.)
(0). Cooperative Education experience involving full-time employment for the semester in an approved Co-Op position. The semester of full-time work (approximately 40 hr./week) is equivalent to full-time student status, with the exception of financial aid. (Contact Financial Aid for additional information.)
(0). Cooperative Education experience involving full-time employment for the semester in an approved Co-Op position. The semester of full-time work (approximately 40 hr./week) is equivalent to full-time student status, with the exception of financial aid. (Contact Financial Aid for additional information.)
(0). Cooperative Education experience involving full-time employment for the semester in an approved Co-Op position. The semester of full-time work (approximately 40 hr./week) is equivalent to full-time student status, with the exception of financial aid. (Contact Financial Aid for additional information.)
(0). Cooperative Education experience involving full-time employment for the semester in an approved Co-Op position. The semester of full-time work (approximately 40 hr./week) is equivalent to full-time student status, with the exception of financial aid. (Contact Financial Aid for additional information.)
(0). Cooperative Education experience involving full-time employment for the semester in an approved Co-Op position. The semester of full-time work (approximately 40 hr./week) is equivalent to full-time student status, with the exception of financial aid. (Contact Financial Aid for additional information.)
(0). Cooperative Education experience involving full-time employment for the semester in an approved Co-Op position. The semester of full-time work (approximately 40 hr./week) is equivalent to full-time student status, with the exception of financial aid. (Contact Financial Aid for additional information.)
(0). Cooperative Education experience involving full-time employment for the semester in an approved Co-Op position. The semester of full-time work (approximately 40 hr./week) is equivalent to full-time student status, with the exception of financial aid. (Contact Financial Aid for additional information.)
(0). Cooperative Education experience involving full-time employment for the semester in an approved Co-Op position. The semester of full-time work (approximately 40 hr./week) is equivalent to full-time student status, with the exception of financial aid. (Contact Financial Aid for additional information.)
(0). Cooperative Education experience involving full-time employment for the semester in an approved Co-Op position. The semester of full-time work (approximately 40 hr./week) is equivalent to full-time student status, with the exception of financial aid. (Contact Financial Aid for additional information.)
(0). Guatemalan Visitors.
(0.) Cooperative Education experience of part-time employment (15-30 hrs./week) in an approved Co-Op position while enrolled in a minimum of 6 semester hours.
(0.) Cooperative Education experience of part-time employment (15-30 hrs./week) in an approved Co-Op position while enrolled in a minimum of 6 semester hours.
(0.) Cooperative Education experience of part-time employment (15-30 hrs./week) in an approved Co-Op position while enrolled in a minimum of 6 semester hours.
(0.) Cooperative Education experience of part-time employment (15-30 hrs./week) in an approved Co-Op position while enrolled in a minimum of 6 semester hours.
(0.) Cooperative Education experience of part-time employment (15-30 hrs./week) in an approved Co-Op position while enrolled in a minimum of 6 semester hours.
(1). Corequisite: MSC 103 Lab required. Lecture: Prerequisite to all other military science courses unless exemption is approved by the Department Head. Courses provide an introduction to leadership, character development, military operations and skills, and the Army's continually changing role in the world. Course goals are accomplished through lecture, field trips, guest speakers and films. (2). Lab: Students will demonstrate knowledge of subjects taught in lecture and additional topics taught in the lab through hands-on training. Emphasis is on developing leadership skills, physical fitness, and military knowledge. Students participate in physical fitness activities one hour each week to learn the fundamentals of exercise and gain aerobic and muscular fitness.
(1). Corequisite: MSC 102 Lab required. Prerequisite to all other military science courses unless exemption is approved by the Department Head. Courses provide an introduction to leadership, character development, military operations and skills, and the Army's continually changing role in the world. Course goals are accomplished through lecture, field trips, guest speakers and films. (2). Lab: Students will demonstrate knowledge of subjects taught in lecture and additional topics taught in the lab through hands-on training. Emphasis is on developing leadership skills, physical fitness, and military knowledge. Students participate in physical fitness activities one hour each week to learn the fundamentals of exercise and gain aerobic and muscular fitness.
(1). Required to be taken respectively in conjunction with 101 and 102. Students will demonstrate knowledge of subjects taught in lecture and additional topics taught in the lab through hands-on training. Emphasis is on developing leadership skills, physical fitness, and military knowledge. Students participate in physical fitness activities a minimum of one hour each week to learn the fundamentals of exercise and gain aerobic and muscular fitness.
(1). Required to be taken respectively in conjunction with 101 and 102. Students will demonstrate knowledge of subjects taught in lecture and additional topics taught in the lab through hands-on training. Emphasis is on developing leadership skills, physical fitness, and military knowledge. Students participate in physical fitness activities a minimum of one hour each week to learn the fundamentals of exercise and gain aerobic and muscular fitness.
(2). Fundamentals, principles, and techniques of marksmanship including equipment, maintenance, shooting position, safety, and range operation. Students fire marksmanship rifles.
(3). Prerequisite: Medical clearance is required. Examines options available in outdoor environments for survival. Students appraise and prioritize their physical and emotional needs incorporating Maslow's hierarchy. Demonstration of outdoor skills including rappelling, orienteering, and employment of game trapping methods.
(3). Instruction in lifesaving measures for clearing the airway, rescue breathing, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, controlling bleeding, preventing shock, treating fractures and emergency care for other serious injuries. Prevention of illness and injuries is emphasized.
(1). Prerequisites: Medical clearance is required. Students learn to apply leadership skills and employ techniques, problem-solving, and resourcefulness while in stressful leadership situations. Students are expected to pass stringent physical aptitude tests, and will participate in a 48 hour field exercise during the semester. May be duplicated for credit for a total of 8 semester hours.
(2). Corequisite: MSC 203. Explores the dimensions of creative and innovative tactical leadership strategies and styles by examining team dynamics and two historical leadership theories that form the basis of the Army leadership framework. Aspects of personal motivation and team building are practiced planning, executing and assessing team exercises. The focus continues to build on developing knowledge of the leadership attributes and core leader competencies through the understanding of Army rank, structure, and duties as well as broadening knowledge of land navigation and squad tactics. Case studies will provide a tangible context for learning the Soldier's Creed and Warrior Ethos.
(2). Corequisite: MSC 204 Lab required. This course examines the challenges of leading teams in the complex operational environment. The course highlights dimensions of terrain analysis, patrolling, and operation orders. Further study of the theoretical basis of the Army Leadership Requirements Model explores the dynamics of adaptive leadership in the context of military operations.
(1). Required in conjunction with MSC 201 and 202. Students demonstrate knowledge of subjects taught in lecture through hands-on experience. Emphasis is on developing leader and military skills, and enhancing military knowledge. Students participate in physical fitness activities a minimum of two hours each week to learn the fundamentals of exercise and gain aerobic and muscular fitness. MSC 201, 202 required.
(1). Required in conjunction with MSC 201 and 202. Students demonstrate knowledge of subjects taught in lecture through hands-on experience. Emphasis is on developing leader and military skills, and enhancing military knowledge. Students participate in physical fitness activities a minimum of two hours each week to learn the fundamentals of exercise and gain aerobic and muscular fitness. MSC 201, 202 required.
(3). Prerequisites: Pass a standard medical physical, take the Army Physical Fitness Test, and approval of the Department Head. Students travel to Fort Knox, Kentucky, to attend a four-week course designed for those who wish to enter MSC 301 but did not participate in 100 and 200-level Military Science classes. The course provides an introduction to the Army, as well as an introduction to leadership theory and techniques. Students apply leadership theory in a hands-on environment. Students participate in Rappelling, Water Survival, Basic Marksmanship, and in a Leader's Reaction Course where small teams solve challenging problems in a field environment. All travel, lodging, and meal costs are paid for by the Department of the Army. No fee.
(3). Prerequisites: MSC 101, 102, 201, 202 or successful completion of the Leader Training Course, Army Basic Training, or a prescribed course of study approved by the Department Head. Corequisite: MSC 301 Lab required. Lecture: Builds on previous leadership courses by introducing advanced theories and applying previous learning during practical classroom and field training exercises. Emphasis is on problem solving and learning how to motivate self and others as well as small unit leadership techniques and military small unit tactics. Students learn how to evaluate/analyze military missions and plan and prepare orders for military operations. Students must participate in a two-day field training exercise during the semester. (2). Lab: Students learn small unit military tactics/operations. Students apply theory taught in MSC 301 while leading their peers in small unit operations. Students learn planning skills and are evaluated in their ability to plan activities and organize their peers to execute the events. Oral and written communication skills are stressed and evaluated. Students participate in physical fitness activities three hours each week to gain aerobic and muscular fitness. Lab is focused on preparation for the Leader Development & Assessment Course (LDAC).
(3). Prerequisite: MSC 301. Corequisite: MSC 302 Lab required. Lecture: Reinforces dimensions of leadership taught in MSC 301 and addresses additional dimensions. Students study group dynamics, adult learning, personality models, and ethical decision making. Students refine oral communication skills and prepare and deliver information briefings. Students must participate in a three-day field training exercise during the semester. (2). Lab: Students learn small unit military tactics/operations. Students apply theory taught in MSC 302 while leading their peers in small unit operations. Students learn planning skills and are evaluated in their ability to plan activities and organize their peers to execute the events. Oral and written communication skills are stressed and evaluated. Students participate in physical fitness activities three hours each week to gain aerobic and muscular fitness. Lab is focused on preparation for the Leader Development & Assessment Course (LDAC).
3). May-term class emphasizes and refines all MSC 301 and 302 skills. Students enhance personal orienteering, rifle marksmanship, communications and physical training skills and abilities. Students practice planning and executing small unit operations and lead their peers in small unit operations. Students participate in a major field training exercise. Course is mandatory for all students attending LDAC during the summer terms.
(3). The evolution of warfare and the military in America's past. Required for commissioning.
(3). Prerequisites: MSC 301, 302, 303, and/or the approval of the Department Head. Students fly to Fort Lewis, Washington to attend LDAC. During the five-week course, a student's basic military, organizational, communications, and leadership skills are evaluated as they interact with ROTC cadets from colleges and universities across the nation. Travel and living expenses are paid by the Department of the Army. No fee.
(1). Students learn small unit military tactics/operations. Students apply theory taught in MSC 301 and 302 while leading their peers in small unit operations. Students learn planning skills and are evaluated in their ability to plan activities and organize their peers to execute the events. Oral and written communication skills are stressed and evaluated. Students participate in physical fitness activities three hours each week to gain aerobic and muscular fitness. Lab is focused on preparation for the Leader Development and Assessment Course (LDAC).
(1). Students learn small unit military tactics/operations. Students apply theory taught in MSC 301 and 302 while leading their peers in small unit operations. Students learn planning skills and are evaluated in their ability to plan activities and organize their peers to execute the events. Oral and written communication skills are stressed and evaluated. Students participate in physical fitness activities three hours each week to gain aerobic and muscular fitness. Lab is focused on preparation for the Leader Development and Assessment Course (LDAC).
(3). Prerequisites: Approval of the Department Head. Corequisites: MSC 401 Lab required. Lectrure: An examination of advanced leadership theory. In depth analysis of professionalism, ethical decision making, learning in organizations, the role of communications, and hierarchical staff functions. (2). Lab: Application of Leadership Theory in the organizational setting. Consists of role playing, problem solving, decision making, and application using practical situations.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of the Department Head. Corequisite: MSC 401 Lab required. Lecture: Course provides in-depth analysis of the role of law in the conduct of Army operations, personnel management, logistics management, and applied doctrine. (2). Lab: Application of Leadership Theory in the organizational setting. Consists of role playing, problem solving, decision making, and application using practical situations.
(3). Prerequisite: Approval of the Department Head. A directed study of various themes in leadership theory. Application of leadership theory, problem solving, decision-making, risk-analysis and communicative skills to selected topics. Student are required to conduct an oral presentation of their selected theme. Course includes intern work, where the student acts as an assistant to a member of the staff.
(1). Application of leadership theory in the organizational setting. Consists of role playing, problem solving, decision making, and application using practical situations. Approval of the Professor of Miliary Science is required.
(1). Application of leadership theory in the organizational setting. Consists of role playing, problem solving, decision making, and application using practical situations. Approval of the Professor of Miliary Science is required.